FOREWORD - V6 Mr2 ES300 1993 Workshop Manual...1 FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been...
Transcript of FOREWORD - V6 Mr2 ES300 1993 Workshop Manual...1 FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been...
1
FOREWORD
This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provideinformation on the electrical system of the 1993 LEXUS ES300.
Applicable models: VCV 10 Series
For service specifications and repair procedures of the abovemodels other than those listed in this manual, refer to thefollowing manuals;
Manual Name Pub. No.
1992 LEXUS ES300Repair ManualVolume 1Volume 2
1993 LEXUS New Car Features
RM223U1RM223U2NCF089U
All information in this manual is based on the latest productinformation at the time of publication. However, specificationsand procedures are subject to change without notice.
TOYOTA MOTOR CORPORATION
When handling supplemental restraint system components (removal,installation or inspection, etc.), always follow the direction given in the repairmanuals listed above to prevent accidents and supplemental restraintsystem malfunction.
NOTICE
2
INTRODUCTION
This manual consists of the following 11 sections:
No. Section Description
A
INDEX Index of the contents of this manual.
A
INTRODUCTION Brief explanation of each section.
B HOW TO USETHIS MANUAL Instructions on how to use this manual.
C TROUBLE–SHOOTING Describes the basic inspection procedures for electrical circuits.
D ABBREVIATIONS Defines the abbreviations used in this manual.
EGLOSSARY OFTERMS ANDSYMBOLS
Defines the symbols and functions of major parts.
F RELAY LOCATIONS Shows position of the Electronic Control Unit, Relays, Relay Block, etc.This section is closely related to the system circuit.
G ELECTRICALWIRING ROUTING
Describes position of Parts Connectors, Splice points, Ground points, etc.This section is closely related to the system circuit.
H POWER SOURCE(Current Flow Chart)
Describes power distribution from the power supply to various electricalloads.
INDEX Index of the system circuits.
I
SYSTEM CIRCUITS
Electrical circuits of each system are shown from the power supply throughground points. Wiring connections and their positions are shown andclassified by code according to the connection method. (Refer to thesection, “How to use this manual”).The “System Outline” and “Service Hints” useful for troubleshooting are alsocontained in this section.
J GROUND POINTS Shows ground positions of all the parts described in this manual.
K OVERALLWIRING DIAGRAM Provides circuit diagrams showing the circuit connections.
3
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
This manual provides information on the electrical circuits installed on vehicles bydividing them into a circuit for each system.
The actual wiring of each system circuit is shown from the point where the power sourceis received from the battery as far as each ground point. (All circuit diagrams are shownwith the switches in the OFF position.)
When troubleshooting any problem, first understand the operation of the circuit wherethe problem was detected (see System Circuit section), the power source supplyingpower to that circuit (see Power Source section), and the ground points (see GroundPoints section). See the System Outline to understand the circuit operation.
When the circuit operation is understood, begin troubleshooting of the problem circuitto isolate the cause. Use Relay Location and Electrical Wire Routing sections to findeach part, junction block and wiring harness connectors, wiring harness and wiringharness connectors, splice points, and ground points of each system circuit. Internalwiring for each junction block is also provided for better understanding of connectionwithin a junction block.Wiring related to each system is indicated in each system circuit by arrows (from , to ). When overall connections are required, see the Overall Wiring Diagramat the end of this manual.
* The system shown here is an EXAMPLE ONLY. It is differentto the actual circuit shown in the SYSTEM CIRCUITS SECTION.
4
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
5
B
: System Title
: Indicates a Relay Block. No shading is used and onlythe Relay Block No. is shown to distinguish it from theJ/B.
Example: Indicates Relay Block No. 1.
: Indicates the connector to be connected to a part (thenumeral indicates the pin No.)
Explanation of pin use.
The pins shown are only for the highest grade, or onlyinclude those in the specification.
: Connector Color
Connectors not indicated are milky white in color.
: ( ) is used to indicate different wiring and connector,etc. when the vehicle model, engine type, orspecification is different.
: Indicates related system.
: Indicates the wiring harness and wiring harnessconnector. The wiring harness with male terminal isshown with arrows ( ).
Outside numerals are pin numbers.
The first letter of the code for each wiring harness andwiring harness connector(s) indicates the component’slocation, e.g., “E” for the Engine Compartment, “I” for theInstrument Panel and Surrounding area, and “B” for theBody and Surrounding area.
When more than one code has the first and secondletters in common, followed by numbers (e.g., IH1, IH2),this indicates the same type of wiring harness andwiring harness connector.
: Represents a part (all parts are shown in sky blue). Thecode is the same as the code used in parts position.
: Junction Block (The number in the circle is the J/B No.and the connector code is shown beside it). JunctionBlocks are shaded to clearly separate them from otherparts (different junction blocks are shaded differently forfurther clarification).
3B indicatesthat it is insideJunction BlockNo. 3.
Example:
: Indicates the wiring color.
Wire colors are indicated by an alphabetical code.
B = Black L = Blue R = Red
BR = Brown LG = Light Green V = Violet
G = Green O = Orange W = White
GR = Gray P = Pink Y = Yellow
The first letter indicates the basic wire color and thesecond letter indicates the color of the stripe.Example: L – Y
(Blue) (Yellow)
: Indicates a wiring Splice Point (Codes are “E” for theEngine Room, “I” for the Instrument Panel, and “B” forthe Body).
Example:
The Location of Splice Point I 5 is indicated by theshaded section.
: Page No.
: Indicates a shielded cable.
: Indicates a ground point.
The first letter of the code for each ground point(s)indicates the component’s location, e.g., “E” for theEngine Compartment, “I” for the Instrument Panel andSurrounding area, and “B” for the Body andSurrounding area.
: Indicates the pin number of the connector.
The numbering system is different for female and maleconnectors.
Example: Numbered in orderfrom upper left tolower right
Numbered in orderfrom upper right tolower left
: When 2 parts both use one connector in common, theparts connector name used in the wire routing sectionis shown in square brackets [ ].
Q
R
S
T
U
V
W
X
6
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW, TERMINAL 2 OF THE POWER WINDOW CONTROLRELAY AND TERMINAL 8 OF THE POWER WINDOW SW THROUGH THE DOOR FUSE.
1. DRIVER’S WINDOW “MANUAL UP” OPERATION BY MASTER SW
HOLDING MANUAL SW (DRIVER’S) ON “UP” POSITION LOCATED IN POWER WINDOW MASTER SW, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE POWER WINDOWCONTROL RELAY THROUGH TERMINAL 3 OF THE MASTER SW TERMINAL 2 TO OPERATE A POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY. THUS THE CURRENT INSIDE THE RELAYFLOWS FROM TERMINAL 2 OF THE RELAY TERMINAL 1 TERMINAL 2 OF THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR TERMINAL 1 TERMINAL 4 OF THE RELAY TERMINAL3 TO GROUND. THE MOTOR TURNS TO ASCENT THE WINDOW. RELEASING THIS SW, THE ROTATION OF MOTOR IS STOPPED AND THE WINDOWS CAN STOP AT WILLPOINT.
(FOR THE “MANUAL DOWN” OPERATION, CURRENT FLOWS IN THE REVERSE DIRECTION BECAUSE THE TERMINALS WHERE IT FLOWS ARE CHANGED).
2. DRIVER’S WINDOW “AUTO DOWN” OPERATION BY MASTER SW
ONCE THE “AUTO DOWN” BUTTON OF THE MASTER SW IS PUSHED, THE CURRENT FLOWS TERMINAL 9 OF THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY THROUGH TERMINAL3 OF THE MASTER SW TERMINALS 8 AND 9 TO OPERATE THE RELAY. THUS THE CURRENT INSIDE THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY FLOWS FROM TERMINAL2 OF THE RELAY TERMINAL 4 TERMINAL 1 OF THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR TERMINAL 2 TERMINAL 1 OF THE RELAY TERMINAL 3 TO GROUND.THE MOTOR CONTINUES THE ROTATION ENABLING TO DESCENT THE WINDOW.
THE WINDOW DESCENDS TO THE END POSITION. THE CURRENT WILL BE CUT OFF TO RELEASE THE AUTO DOWN FUNCTION BASED ON THE INCREASING CURRENTBETWEEN TERMINAL 2 OF THE RELAY AND TERMINAL 1 IN RELAY.
3. DRIVER’S WINDOW AUTO DOWN RELEASE OPERATION BY MASTER SW
HOLDING THE MANUAL SW (DRIVER’S) ON “UP” POSITION IN OPERATING AUTO DOWN. THE CURRENT FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THE MASTER SW PASSING TERMINAL 2FLOWS TERMINAL 5 OF THE RELAY AND RELEASES THE AUTO DOWN FUNCTION IN THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY. RELEASING THE HAND FROM SW, WINDOWSTOPS AND CONTINUING ON TOUCHING SW, THE FUNCTION SWITCHES TO MANUAL UP OPERATION.
4. PASSENGER’S WINDOW UP OPERATION (MASTER SW) AND WINDOW LOCK SW OPERATION
HOLDING PASSENGER’S WINDOW SW (MASTER SW) ON “UP”, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THE MASTER SW PASSING TERMINAL 6 TO TERMINAL 3 OFTHE POWER WINDOW SW (PASSENGER’S) TERMINAL 4 TERMINAL 2 OF THE MOTOR TERMINAL 1 TERMINAL 9 OF THE POWER WINDOW SW TERMINAL7 TERMINAL 1 OF THE MASTER SW TERMINAL 4 TO GROUND. THE MOTOR RUNS TO ASCENT THE WINDOW. RELEASING THIS SW, THE ROTATION OF MOTORIS STOPPED AND WINDOW CAN STOP AT WILL PLACE.
SWITCHING THE WINDOW LOCK SW IN “LOCK” POSITION, THE CIRCUIT IS OPENED AND STOPPED THE MOTOR ROTATION.
(FOR THE DOWN OPERATION, CURRENT FLOWS IN THE REVERSE DIRECTION BECAUSE THE TERMINALS WHERE IT FLOWS ARE CHANGED).
P 2 POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY
3–GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUITY
2–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
5–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND MASTER SW AT UP POSITION
8–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND MASTER SW AT AUTO DOWN POSITION
9–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND MASTER SW AT DOWN OR AUTO DOWN POSITION
P 4 POWER WINDOW MASTER SW
4–GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUITY
3–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
WINDOW LOCK SW
OPEN WITH THE WINDOW LOCK SW AT LOCK POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
P2 21 P4 21 P6 21
P3 21 P5 21
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCK (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1 16 R/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT SIDE)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3B 14 J/B NO. 3 AND COWL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT SIDE)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
ID1 26 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
IH1 26 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINT LOCATION
IC 24 COWL LEFT
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I 5 24 COWL WIRE
SYSTEM OUTLINE
SERVICE HINTS
Q
R
S
T
U
V
W
X
Junction connector (code: J1, J2, J3, J4, J5)in this manual include a short terminal whichis connected to a number of wire harnesses.Always perform inspection with the shortterminal installed. (When installing the wireharnesses, the harnesses can be connectedto any position within the short terminalgrouping. Accordingly, in other vehicles, thesame wire harness form a different part.)Wire harness sharing the same short terminalgrouping have the same color.
HINT
7
: Explains the system outline.
: Indicates values or explains the function for reference during troubleshooting.
: Indicates the reference page showing the position on the vehicle of the parts in the system circuit.
Example: Part “P4” (Power Window Master SW) is on page 21 of the manual.
* The letter in the code is from the first letter of the part, and the number indicates its orderin parts starting with the letter.
Part is 4th in orderPower Window Master SW
Example: P 4
: Indicates the reference page showing the position on the vehicle of Relay Block Connectors in thesystem circuit.
Example: Connector “1” is described on page 16 of this manual and is installed on the left side of theinstrument panel.
: Indicates the reference page showing the position on the vehicle of J/B and Wire Harness in the systemcircuit.
Example: Connector “3B” connects the Cowl Wire and J/B No. 3. It is described on page 14 of thismanual, and is installed on the instrument panel left side.
: Indicates the reference page describing the wiring harness and wiring harness connector (the femalewiring harness is shown first, followed by the male wiring harness).
Example: Connector “ID1”connects the front door RH wire (female) and cowl wire (male). It is describedon page 26 of this manual, and is installed on the right side kick panel.
: Indicates the reference page showing the position of the ground points on the vehicle.
Example: Ground point “IC” is described on page 24 of this manual and is installed on the cowl left side.
: Indicates the reference page showing the position of the splice points on the vehicle.
Example: Splice point “I 5” is on the Cowl Wire Harness and is described on page 24 of this manual.
* The system shown here is an EXAMPLE ONLY. It is different to the actual circuit shown in the SYSTEM CIRCUITS SECTION.
POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart)
The chart below shows the route by which current flows from the battery to each electrical source (Fusible Link, CircuitBreaker, Fuse, etc.) and other parts.The next page and following pages show the parts to which each electrical source outputs current.
POWER SOURCE
8
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
The “Current Flow Chart” section, describes which parts each power source (fuses, fusible links, and circuit breakers)transmits current to. In the Power Source circuit diagram, the conditions when battery power is supplied to each system areexplained. Since all System Circuit diagrams start from the power source, the power source system must be fully understood.
* The system shown here is an EXAMPLE ONLY. It is different to the actual circuit shown in the SYSTEM CIRCUITS SECTION.
GROUND POINT
9
The ground points circuit diagram shows the connections from all major parts to the respective ground points. Whentroubleshooting a faulty ground point, checking the system circuits which use a common ground may help you identify theproblem ground quickly. The relationship between ground points ( , , and shown below) can also bechecked this way.
10
TROUBLESHOOTING
VOLTAGE CHECK(a) Establish conditions in which voltage is present at the
check point.
Example:– Ignition SW on– Ignition SW and SW 1 on– Ignition SW, SW 1 and Relay on (SW 2 off)
(b) Using a voltmeter, connect the negative lead to a goodground point or negative battery terminal, and thepositive lead to the connector or component terminal.This check can be done with a test light instead of avoltmeter.
CONTINUITY AND RESISTANCE CHECK(a) Disconnect the battery terminal or wire so there is no
voltage between the check points.(b) Contact the two leads of an ohmmeter to each of the
check points.
If the circuit has diodes, reverse the two leads and checkagain.When contacting the negative lead to the diode positive sideand the positive lead to the negative side, there should becontinuity.When contacting the two leads in reverse, there should be nocontinuity.
(c) Use the volt/ohmmeter with high impedance (10 kΩ/Vminimum) for troubleshooting of the electrical circuit.
11
FINDING A SHORT CIRCUIT(a) Remove the blown fuse and disconnect all loads of the
fuse.(b) Connect a test bulb in place of the fuse.(c) Establish conditions in which the test bulb comes on.Example:
– Ignition SW on– Ignition SW and SW 1 on– Ignition SW, SW 1 and Relay on (Connect the
Relay) and SW 2 off (or Disconnect SW 2)(d) Disconnect and reconnect the connectors while
watching the test bulb.The short lies between the connector where the testbulb stays lit and the connector where the bulb goesout.
(e) Find the exact location of the short by lightly shakingthe problem wire along the body.
CAUTION(a) Do not open the cover or the case of the ECU unless
absolutely necessary. (If the IC terminals are touched,the IC may be destroyed by static electricity.)
(b) When replacing the internal mechanism (ECU part) ofthe digital meter, be careful that no part of your body orclothing comes in contact with the terminals of leadsfrom the IC, etc. of the replacement part (spare part).
DISCONNECTION OF MALE AND FEMALECONNECTORSTo pull apart the connectors, pull on the connector itself, not thewire harness.HINT: Check to see what kind of connector you are disconnectingbefore pulling apart.
12
TROUBLESHOOTING
HOW TO REPLACE TERMINAL(with terminal retainer or secondary lockingdevice)1. PREPARE THE SPECIAL TOOL
HINT: To remove the terminal from the connector, pleaseconstruct and use the special tool or like object shownon the left.
2. DISCONNECT CONNECTOR
3. DISENGAGE THE SECONDARY LOCKING DEVICE ORTERMINAL RETAINER.(a) Locking device must be disengaged before the
terminal locking clip can be released and the terminalremoved from the connector.
(b) Use a special tool or the terminal pick to unlock thesecondary locking device or terminal retainer.
NOTICE:Do not remove the terminal retainer from connectorbody.
For Non–Waterproof Type ConnectorHINT: The needle insertion position varies according
to the connector’s shape (number of terminalsetc.), so check the position before inserting it.
“Case 1”Raise the terminal retainer up to the temporarylock position.
“Case 2”Open the secondary locking device.
13
For Waterproof Type ConnectorHINT: Terminal retainer color is different
according to connector body.Example:Terminal Retainer: Connector BodyBlack or White : GrayBlack or White : Dark GrayGray or White : Black
“Case 1”Type where terminal retainer is pulled upto the temporary lock position (Pull Type).Insert the special tool into the terminalretainer access hole ( Mark) and pull theterminal retainer up to the temporary lockposition.
HINT: The needle insertion position variesaccording to the connector’s shape(Number of terminals, etc.), so check theposition before inserting it.
“Case 2”Type which cannot be pulled as far asPower Lock
14
TROUBLESHOOTING
Insert the tool straight into the access hole of terminalretainer as shown.Push the terminal retainer down to the temporary lockposition.
(c) Release the locking lug from terminal and pull theterminal out from rear.
4. INSTALL TERMINAL TO CONNECTOR(a) Insert the terminal.HINT:1. Make sure the terminal is positioned correctly.2. Insert the terminal until the locking lug locks firmly.3. Insert the terminal with terminal retainer in the
temporary lock position.
(b) Push the secondary locking device or terminal retainerin to the full lock position.
5. CONNECT CONNECTOR
15
ABBREVIATIONS
ABBREVIATIONS
The following abbreviations are used in this manual.
A/C = Air ConditioningABS = Anti–Lock Brake SystemA/T = Automatic TransmissionCB = Circuit BreakerCOMB. = CombinationECU = Electronic Control UnitEFI = Electronic Fuel InjectionEGR = Exhaust Gas RecirculationEx. = ExceptFL = Fusible LinkJ/B = Junction BlockLH = Left-HandM/T = Manual TransmissionO/D = OverdriveR/B = Relay BlockRH = Right–HandSRS = Supplemental Restraint SystemSW = SwitchTDCL = Total Diagnostic Communication LinkTEMP. = TemperatureVSV = Vacuum Switching ValveW/ = WithW/O = Without
* The titles given inside the components are the names of the terminals (terminal codes) and are not treatedas being abbreviations.
METER, ANALOGCurrent flow activates a magneticcoil which causes a needle tomove, thereby providing a relativedisplay against a backgroundcalibration.
LED (LIGHT EMITTING DIODE)Upon current flow, these diodesemit light without producing theheat of a comparable light.
IGNITION COILConverts low–voltage DC currentinto high–voltage ignition currentfor firing the spark plugs.
1. SINGLEFILAMENT
GROUNDThe point at which wiring attachesto the Body, thereby providing areturn path for an electrical circuit;without a ground, current cannotflow.
Current flow causes a headlightfilament to heat up and emit light.A headlight may have either asingle (1) filament or a double (2)filament.
BATTERYStores chemical energy andconverts it into electrical energy.Provides DC current for the auto’svarious electrical circuits.
CAPACITOR (Condenser)A small holding unit for temporarystorage of electrical voltage.
CIRCUIT BREAKERBasically a reusable fuse, a circuitbreaker will heat and open if toomuch current flows through it. Someunits automatically reset when cool,others must be manually reset.
DIODEA semiconductor which allowscurrent flow in only one direction.
DIODE, ZENERA diode which allows current flowin one direction but blocks reverseflow only up to a specific voltage.Above that potential, it passes theexcess voltage. This acts as asimple voltage regulator.
FUSEA thin metal strip which burnsthrough when too much currentflows through it, thereby stoppingcurrent flow and protecting acircuit from damage.
FUSIBLE LINKA heavy–gauge wire placed inhigh amperage circuits whichburns through on overloads,thereby protecting the circuit.The numbers indicate the cross–section surface area of the wires.
HORNAn electric device which sounds aloud audible signal.
LIGHTCurrent flow through a filamentcauses the filament to heat upand emit light.
METER, DIGITALCurrent flow activates one ormany LED’s, LCD’s, or fluorescentdisplays, which provide a relativeor digital display.
MOTORA power unit which convertselectrical energy into mechanicalenergy, especially rotary motion.
CIGARETTE LIGHTERAn electric resistance heatingelement.
DISTRIBUTOR, IIAChannels high–voltage currentfrom the ignition coil to theindividual spark plugs.
2. DOUBLEFILAMENT
HEADLIGHTS
FUEL
(for High Current Fuse orFusible Link.)
(for Medium Current Fuse)
M
16
GLOSSARY OF TERMS AND SYMBOLS
17
1. NORMALLYOPEN
Opens andcloses circuits,therebystopping (1) orallowing (2)current flow.
RESISTORAn electrical component with afixed resistance, placed in a circuitto reduce voltage to a specificvalue.
RESISTOR, TAPPEDA resistor which supplies two ormore different non–adjustableresistance values.
SENSOR (Thermistor)A resistor which varies itsresistance with temperature.
SHORT PINUsed to provide an unbrokenconnection within a junction block.
SOLENOIDAn electromagnetic coil whichforms a magnetic field whencurrent flows, to move a plunger,etc.
SWITCH, DOUBLE THROWA switch which continuouslypasses current through one setof contacts or the other.
SWITCH,IGNITION
A key operated switch withseveral positions which allowsvarious circuits, particularly theprimary ignition circuit, tobecome operational.
Wires are alwaysdrawn as straight lineson wiring diagrams.Crossed wires (1)without a black dot atthe junction are notjoined; crossed wires(2) with a black dot oroctagonal ( ) mark atthe junction are spliced(joined) connections.
RELAY, DOUBLE THROWA relay which passes currentthrough one set of contacts or theother.
SENSOR, ANALOG SPEEDUses magnetic impulses to openand close a switch to create asignal for activation of othercomponents.
TRANSISTORA solidstate device typically usedas an electronic relay; stops orpasses current depending on thevoltage applied at “base.”
SWITCH, WIPER PARKAutomatically returns wipers tothe stop position when the wiperswitch is turned off.
SWITCH, MANUAL
SPEAKERAn electromechanical devicewhich creates sound waves fromcurrent flow.
2. NORMALLYCLOSED
RESISTOR, VARIABLE orRHEOSTAT
A controllable resistor with avariable rate of resistance.Also called a potentiometer orrheostat.
2. NORMALLYOPEN
RELAY
1. NORMALLYCLOSED
Basically, an electricallyoperated switch which maybe normally closed (1) oropen (2).Current flow through asmall coil creates amagnetic field which eitheropens or closes anattached switch.
(2) SPLICED
WIRES(1) NOT
CONNECTED
[Engine Compartment]
[Body]
18
RELAY LOCATIONS
19
[Instrument Panel]
20
RELAY LOCATIONS
: J/B No. 1 Instrument Panel Left (See Page 19)
21
[J/B No. 1 Inner Circuit]
22
RELAY LOCATIONS
: J/B No. 2 Engine Compartment Left (See Page 18)
23
[J/B No. 2 Inner Circuit]
24
RELAY LOCATIONS
: J/B No. 3 Behind Combination Meter (See Page 19)
[J/B No. 3 Inner Circuit]
25
1 : R/B No. 1 Left Kick Panel (See Page 19)
4 : R/B No. 4 Right Kick Panel (See Page 19)
26
RELAY LOCATIONS
5 : R/B No. 5 Engine Compartment Left (See Page 18)
6 : R/B No. 6 Behind Glove Box (See Page 19)
27
7 : R/B No. 7 Near The Battery (See Page 18)
(for CANADA)
28
ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
Position of Parts in Engine Compartment
A 1 A/C Ambient Temp. Sensor E 5 Engine Hood Courtesy SWA 2 A/C Dual and High Pressure SW E 6 Engine Oil Level Warning SWA 3 A/C Magnetic Clutch and Lock SensorA 4 ABS Actuator F 1 Front Airbag Sensor LHA 5 ABS Actuator F 2 Front Airbag Sensor RHA 6 ABS Relay F 3 Front Fog Light LHA 7 ABS Relay F 4 Front Fog Light RHA 8 ABS Speed Sensor Front LH F 5 Front Turn Signal and Clearance Light LHA 9 ABS Speed Sensor Front RH F 6 Front Turn Signal and Clearance Light RH
F 7 Fuse BoxB 1 Back–Up Light SW (M/T)B 2 Brake Fluid Level SW G 1 Generator (Alternator)
G 2 Generator (Alternator)C 1 Cold Start InjectorC 2 Cruise Control Actuator H 1 Headlight Cleaner Motor
H 2 Headlight Cleaner RelayD 1 Data Link Connector 1 (Check Connector) H 3 Headlight Hi LHD 2 Distributor H 4 Headlight Hi RH
H 5 Headlight Lo LHE 1 EGR Gas Temp. Sensor or Short Pin H 6 Headlight Lo RHE 2 Electronic Controlled Transmission Solenoid H 7 Horn LHE 3 Engine Coolant Temp. Sensor (EFI Water Temp. Sensor) H 8 Horn RHE 4 Engine Coolant Temp. Sensor [Water Temp. Sensor
(for Cooling Fan)]
29
Position of Parts in Engine Compartment
I 1 Idle Air Control Valve (ISC Valve) S 1 Solenoid Valve (for Hydraulic Motor)I 2 Igniter S 2 Start Injector Time SWI 3 Ignition Coil S 3 StarterI 4 Injector No. 1 S 4 StarterI 5 Injector No. 2I 6 Injector No. 3 T 1 Theft Deterrent HornI 7 Injector No. 4 T 2 Throttle Position SensorI 8 Injector No. 5I 9 Injector No. 6 V 1 VSV (for Fuel Pressure Up)
V 2 VSV (for Intake Air Control)K 1 Knock Sensor No. 1 V 3 Vehicle Speed Sensor (Speed Sensor)K 2 Knock Sensor No. 2 V 4 Vehicle Speed Sensor (Speed Sensor)
(for Electronic Controlled Transmission)N 1 Noise Filter (for Ignition System) V 5 Volume Air Flow (Air Flow Meter)
O 1 Oil Pressure SW W 1 Washer MotorO 2 Oxygen Sensor No. 1 (Main) W 2 Water Temp. SenderO 3 Oxygen Sensor No. 2 (Main) W 3 Wiper Angle Control Motor
W 4 Wiper MotorP 1 Park/Neutral Position SW (Neutral Start SW)P 2 PPS Solenoid
30
ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
Position of Parts in Instrument Panel
A 10 A/C Control Assembly C 13 Cruise Control Clutch SW (M/T)A 11 A/C Control Assembly C 14 Cruise Control ECUA 12 A/C Control AssemblyA 13 A/C Room Temp. Sensor D 3 Data Link Connector 2 [TDCL (Total DiagnosticA 14 A/C Power Transistor Communication Link)]A 15 A/C Solar Sensor D 4 Daytime Running Light Relay (Main)A 16 A/C Evaporator Temp. Sensor D 5 Diode (for Cruise Control)A 17 A/C Thermistor (Engine Coolant Temp. Sensor)A 18 ABS ECU E 7 Engine Control Module (Engine and ElectronicA 19 ABS ECU Controlled Transmission ECU (A/T), Engine ECU M/T))A 20 Airbag Squib E 8 Engine Control Module (Engine and ElectronicA 21 Air Inlet Control Servo Motor Controlled Transmission ECU (A/T), Engine ECU M/T))A 22 Air Mix Control Servo Motor E 9 Engine Control Module (Engine and ElectronicA 23 Air Vent Mode Control Servo Motor Controlled Transmission ECU (A/T), Engine ECU (M/T))
E 10 Engine Control Module (Engine and ElectronicB 3 Blower Motor Controlled Transmission ECU (A/T), Engine ECU (M/T))B 4 Blower Resistor (for Low Speed) E 11 Electronic Controlled Transmission Pattern Select SW
E 12 Extra High Speed RelayC 3 Cellular Phone (Hand Set)C 4 Center Airbag Sensor Assembly F 8 Front Squawker (Speaker) LHC 5 Cigarette Lighter and Ashtray Illumination F 9 Front Squawker (Speaker) RHC 6 Clutch Start SW (M/T)C 7 Combination MeterC 8 Combination MeterC 9 Combination MeterC 10 Combination SWC 11 Combination SWC 12 Cooling Fan ECU
31
Position of Parts in Instrument Panel
G 3 Glove Box Light R 1 Radio and PlayerG 4 Glove Box Light SW R 2 Radio and Player
R 3 Remote Control Mirror SWH 9 Hazard SW R 4 RheostatH 10 Headlight Cleaner SW R 5 Rheostat Volume and Theft Deterrent Indicator LightH 11 Heated Oxygen Sensor (Oxygen Sensor (Sub))
S 5 Seat Heater SW (Driver’s)I 10 Ignition Key Cylinder Light S 6 Seat Heater SW (Passenger’s)I 11 Ignition SW and Unlock Warning SW S 7 Shift Lock ECUI 12 Integration Relay S 8 Short Connector
S 9 Short ConnectorJ 1 Junction Connector S 10 Stereo Component AmplifierJ 2 Junction Connector S 11 Stereo Component AmplifierJ 3 Junction Connector S 12 Stop Light SWJ 4 Junction Connector (for SRS)
T 3 Theft Deterrent and Door Lock ECUK 3 Key Inter Lock Solenoid T 4 Theft Deterrent and Door Lock ECU
T 5 Trip SWL 1 Luggage Compartment Door Opener Main SW
W 5 Wiper Control RelayO 4 O/D Main SW and A/T Indicator Light (Shift Lever) W 6 Wireless Door Lock Main SW
P 3 PPS ECUP 4 Parking Brake SW
32
ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
Position of Parts in Body
A 24 ABS Speed Sensor Rear LH J 5 Junction ConnectorA 25 ABS Speed Sensor Rear RH L 2 Light Failure SensorA 26 Auto Antenna Motor and Relay L 3 Luggage Compartment Door Opener MotorC 15 CD Automatic Changer L 4 Luggage Compartment Door and Fuel Lid Opener SWC 16 CD Automatic Changer L 5 Luggage Compartment Key Unlock SWC 17 Choke Coil L 6 Luggage Compartment LightD 6 Diode L 7 Luggage Compartment Light SWD 7 Door Courtesy Light Front LH M 1 Moon Roof Control RelayD 8 Door Courtesy Light Front RH M 2 Moon Roof Control SW and Personal Light (w/ Moon Roof)D 9 Door Courtesy SW Front LH M 3 Moon Roof Limit SWD 10 Door Courtesy SW Front RH M 4 Moon Roof MotorD 11 Door Courtesy SW Rear LH P 5 Personal Light (w/o Moon Roof)D 12 Door Courtesy SW Rear RH P 6 Power Window Control SW Front RHD 13 Door Handle SW P 7 Power Window Control SW Rear LHD 14 Door Key Cylinder Light P 8 Power Window Control SW Rear RHD 15 Door Key Lock and Unlock SW LH P 9 Power Window Master SW and Door Lock Control SW LHD 16 Door Key Lock and Unlock SW RH P 10 Power Window Motor Front LHD 17 Door Lock Control SW RH P 11 Power Window Motor Front RHD 18 Door Lock Motor, Door Unlock and Open Detection
SW Front LHPP
1213
Power Window Motor Rear LHPower Window Motor Rear RH
D 19 Door Lock Motor, Door Unlock and Open Detection R 6 Rear Combination Light LHSW Front RH R 7 Rear Combination Light RH
D
D
20
21
Door Lock Motor, Door Unlock and Open DetectionSW Rear LHDoor Lock Motor, Door Unlock and Open Detection
RRR
89
10
Rear Speaker LHRear Speaker RHRear Window Defogger (+)
SW Rear RH R 11 Rear Window Defogger (–)F 10 Front Door Speaker LH R 12 Remote Control Mirror and Mirror Heater LHF 11 Front Door Speaker RH R 13 Remote Control Mirror and Mirror Heater RHF 12 Front Tweeter (Speaker) LH T 6 Telephone Transceiver and Speaker RelayF 13 Front Tweeter (Speaker) RH T 7 Telephone Transceiver and Speaker RelayF 14 Fuel Lid Opener Motor V 6 Vanity Light LHF 15 Fuel Pump and Sender V 7 Vanity Light RHH 12 High Mount Stop Light W 7 Wireless Door Lock ECUI 13 Interior Light
33
Position of Parts in Seat
B 5 Buckle SW P 20 Power Seat Motor (for Passenger’s Seat RecliningControl)
P 14 Power Seat Control SW (for Driver’s Seat) P 21 Power Seat Motor (for Passenger’s Seat SlideP 15 Power Seat Control SW (for Passenger’s Seat) Control)P 16 Power Seat Motor (for Driver’s Seat Front Vertical
Control) S 13 Seat Heater LH (for Seat Back)P 17 Power Seat Motor (for Driver’s Seat Rear Vertical S 14 Seat Heater LH (for Seat Cushion)
Control) S 15 Seat Heater RH (for Seat Back)P 18 Power Seat Motor (for Driver’s Reclining Motor S 16 Seat Heater RH (for Seat Cushion)
Control)P 19 Power Seat Motor (for Driver’s Seat Slide Control)
34
ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
: Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness: Location of Ground Points
: Location of Splice Points
35
Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
CODE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EA1 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND RELAY WIRE (UNDER THE R/B NO. 7)
EB1 ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (UNDER THE J/B NO. 1)
EC1 COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (UNDER THE J/B NO. 1)
ED1 ENGINE WIRE AND SENSOR WIRE (SIDE OF FRONT CYLINDER HEAD)
EE1 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (NEAR THE BRAKE MASTER CYLINDER)
36
ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
: Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
: Location of Ground Points
37
Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
CODE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
IF1 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IG1FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IG2FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IH1 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IH2 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
IH3 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
II1 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IJ1 INSTRUMENT PANEL NO. 2 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE COMBINATION METER)
IK1 COWL WIRE AND A/C SUB WIRE (NEAR THE RADIO AND PLAYER)
IL1 COWL WIRE AND SERVO MOTOR SUB WIRE (BEHIND RADIO AND PLAYER)
38
ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
: Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
: Location of Splice Points
39
Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
CODE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
IM1IM2 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)IM3
ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)
IN1 ENGINE WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)I01I02 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)I03
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
IP1 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)IQ1
FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)IQ2 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
IR1 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)IR2
INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND FLOOR NO 2 WIRE (UNDER THE PASSENGER’S SEAT)IR3 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (UNDER THE PASSENGER’S SEAT)
40
ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
: Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness: Location of Ground Points
: Location of Splice Points
41
Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
CODE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
BS1 MIRROR LH WIRE AND FRONT DOOR LH WIRE (FRONT LH DOOR INSIDE)
BT1 MIRROR RH WIRE AND FRONT DOOR RH WIRE (FRONT RH DOOR INSIDE)
BU1 REAR DOOR LH WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT CENTER PILLAR)
BV1 REAR DOOR RH WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (RIGHT CENTER PILLAR)
BW1 FUEL GAUGE WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (UNDER THE REAR SEAT CUSHION)
BX1FLOOR NO 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO 2 WIRE (BEHIND PACKAGE TRAY TRIM)
BX2FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (BEHIND PACKAGE TRAY TRIM)
BY1 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LUGGAGE ROOM LEFT)
42
ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
: Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
: Location of Ground Points
43
Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
CODE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
BZ1 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND SEAT LH NO. 1 WIRE (UNDER THE DRIVER’S SEAT)
Ba1 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND SEAT RH NO. 1 WIRE (UNDER THE PASSENGER’S SEAT)
Bb1 SEAT LH NO. 2 WIRE AND SEAT LH NO. 1 WIRE (UNDER THE DRIVER’S SEAT)
Bc1 SEAT RH NO. 2 WIRE AND SEAT RH NO. 1 WIRE (UNDER THE PASSENGER’S SEAT)
44
POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart)
The chart below shows the route by which current flows from the battery to each electrical source(Fusible Link, Circuit Breaker, Fuse, etc.) and other parts.The next page and following pages show the parts to which each electrical source outputs current.
Starter
Integration Relay
Battery
30A ST MAIN
FL MAIN 2.0L
15A EFI
15A HAZ–HORN
7.5A ALT–S
Daytime RunningLight Relay (Main)
100A ALT
20A RADIO
Headlight Relay(Coil Side)
Theft Deterrentand Door Lock ECU
Dimmer SW[Comb. SW]
40A DEFOG
Generator(Alternator)
40A AM1
20A FOG
30A POWER
25A STOP
60A ABS
20A DOME
15A ECU–B
Taillight Relay(Point Side)
Daytime RunningLight Relay (Main)
40A HEATER
* These are the page numbers of the first page on which the relatedsystem is shown.The part indicated is located somewhere in the system, notnecessarily on the page indicated here.
Starter Relay(Point Side)
Headlight Cleaner SW
15A HEAD (UPR–LH)
15A HEAD (UPR–RH)
Taillight Relay(Coil Side)
Daytime RunningLight Relay No.2(Coil Side)
Daytime RunningLight Relay No.2(Point Side)
[LOCATION] (1) : J/B No. 1 (See page 20) (2) : J/B No. 2 (See page 19) (3) : R/B No. 1 (See page 23)(7) : R/B No. 7 (See page ) (8) : Fuse Box (F7 See on page )
20 22 2527 28
45
Headlight Relay(Point Side)
Light Control SW[Comb. SW]
7.5A TURN
7.5 IGN
Engine ControlModule (Engineand ElectronicControlledTransmissionECU(A/T), EngineECU (M/T))
15A Head LH
7.5A DRL
10A STARTER
Ignition SW
Start Relay(Coil Side)
Theft Deterrent andDoor Lock ECU
HeadlightCleaner Relay
ABS Relay
Light Control SW[Comb. SW]
ABS ECU
15A Head RH
15A Head (LWR–LH)
15A Head (LWR–RH)
Starter
Ignition SWAM1
30A AM2
ABS Relay
Integration Relay
Theft Deterrent andDoor Lock ECU
Defogger Relay(Point Side) 10A MIR.HTR
15A TAIL
Park/NeutralPosition SW(Neutral StartSW)
15A SEAT HTR
15A CIG/RADIO
15A ECU–IG
10A GAUGE
20A WIPER
ABS Actuator
Clutch Start SW
Injector No. 1
Injector No. 2
Injector No. 3
Injector No. 4
Injector No. 5
Injector No. 6
Igniter
Noise Filter (forIgnition System
Ignition Coil
Igniter
Distributor
HeadlightCleaner Relay
15A TEL
Daytime RunningLight Relay (Main)
(4) : R/B No. 4 (See page 20) (5) : R/B No. 5 (See page 19) (6) : R/B No. 6 (See page 23)25 26 26
46
POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart)
* These are the page numbers of the first page on which the related system is shown.The part indicated is located somewhere in the system, not necessarily on the page indicated here.
*Page Nos. ofRelated Systems
Parts
Code orLocation
CB or Fuse
10A MIR–HTR
15A TAIL
15A ECU–B
15A FOG
20A WIPER
7.5A TURN
7.5A IGN
15A CIG/RADIO
15A ECU–IG
10A GAUGE
25A STOP
15A SEAT HTR
30A POWER
40A DEFOG
40A AM1
10A STARTER
15A HEAD(RH)(USA)
15A HEAD(LH)(USA)
15A HEAD (UPR–RH)(Canada)
15A HEAD (UPR–LH)(Canada)
7.5A ALT–S
20A DOME
15A EFI
15A HAZ–HORN
20A FOG
40A HEATER
15A HEAD (LWR–LH)(Canada)
15A HEAD (LWR–RH)(Canada)
15A TEL
20A RADIO
7.5A DRL
198 158 106198 94169198
198170198 182 198 192 163150 64
A3 A7 C4 C7B2A5 A14 A18A12 A19 A23 A26 B3 C5Loca
tion
94169
Cig
aret
te L
ight
er a
ndA
shtr
ay Il
lum
inat
ion
Cen
ter
Airb
ag S
enso
rA
ssem
bly
Aut
o A
nten
na M
otor
and
R
elay
A/C
Mag
netic
Clu
tch
and
Lock
Sen
sor
AB
S A
ctua
tor
Bra
ke F
luid
Lev
el S
W
A/C
Pow
er T
rans
isto
r
AB
S R
elay
Ope
n D
oor
War
ning
Lig
ht[C
omb.
Met
er]
Air
Ven
t Mod
e C
ontr
olS
ervo
Mot
or
A/T
Indi
cato
r Li
ght
[Com
b. M
eter
]
SR
S W
arni
ng L
ight
[Com
b. M
eter
]
Bac
k–U
p Li
ght S
W (
M/T
)
Col
d S
tart
Inje
ctor
Com
bina
tion
Met
er
Blo
wer
Mot
or
AB
S E
CU
A10
Cha
rge
War
ning
Lig
ht[C
omb.
Met
er]
A/C
Con
trol
Ass
embl
y
158
AB
S W
arni
ng L
ight
[Com
b. M
eter
]
C1B1
8615816360192
[LOCATION] (1) : J/B No. 1 (See page 20) (2) : J/B No. 2 (See page 19) (3) : R/B No. 1 (See page 23)(7) : R/B No. 7 (See page 19) (8) : Fuse Box (F7 See on page )
20 22 2527 28
47
66144
66144150163
150 8098125 78
66158163
76100 100150 90103 177 170
C12C11 C14C10 D8 D9
Ope
n D
oor
Indi
cato
r Li
ght
[Com
b. M
eter
]O
/D O
ff In
dica
tor
Ligh
t[C
omb.
Met
er]
Dim
mer
SW
[Com
b. S
W]
Rea
r Li
ght W
arni
ng L
ight
[Com
b. M
eter
]
Cru
ise
Con
trol
Indi
cato
rLi
ght [
Com
b. M
eter
]
A/T
Indi
cato
r Li
ght
[Com
b. M
eter
]
Com
bina
tion
Met
er
Turn
Sig
nal I
ndic
ator
Lig
htLH
[Com
b. M
eter
]
Fog
Lig
ht S
W [C
omb.
SW
]
Turn
Sig
nal S
W
[Com
b. S
W]
Turn
Sig
nal I
ndic
ator
Lig
ht
RH
[Com
b. M
eter
]
Dat
a Li
nk C
onne
ctor
1
(Che
ck C
onne
ctor
)
Hor
n S
W [C
omb.
SW
]
Wip
er a
nd W
ashe
r S
W[C
omb.
SW
]
Cru
ise
Con
trol
EC
U
Day
time
Run
ning
Lig
htR
elay
(M
ain)
Dio
de
Doo
r C
ourt
esy
Ligh
t F
ront
RH
Coo
ling
Fan
EC
U
Doo
r C
ourt
esy
Ligh
t F
ront
LH
112
D6 D7C9C8 D4D3D1
Doo
r C
ourt
esy
SW
Lig
ht F
ront
LH
86
Cho
ke C
oil
Ligh
t Con
trol
SW
[C
omb.
SW
]
C17
Mal
func
tion
Indi
cato
r La
mp
(Che
ck E
ngin
e W
arni
ngLi
ght)
[Com
b. M
eter
]
86 7880192 80
94 144 80 94192
C7
Dat
a Li
nk C
onne
ctor
2
(TD
CL)
Com
bina
tion
Met
er
Sea
t Bel
t War
ning
Lig
ht[C
omb.
Met
er]
Hig
h B
eam
Indi
cato
r Li
ght
[Com
b. M
eter
]
94142144192
64100
(4) : R/B No. 4 (See page 20) (5) : R/B No. 5 (See page 19) (6) : R/B No. 6 (See page 23)25 26 26
48
POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart)
* These are the page numbers of the first page on which the related system is shown.The part indicated is located somewhere in the system, not necessarily on the page indicated here.
E7 E10E9D11 E12E11D10 E6 G4G2 G3D12 D18 D19
86 132 66150 66192
94150 94198
Gen
erat
or (
Alte
rnat
or)
Fro
nt T
urn
Sig
nal a
nd C
lear
ance
Ligh
t LH
Doo
r Lo
ck M
otor
, Doo
r U
nloc
k an
dO
pen
Doo
r D
etec
tion
SW
Fro
nt R
H
Eng
ine
Oil
Leve
l War
ning
SW
Ext
ra H
igh
Spe
ed R
elay
Ele
ctro
nic
Con
trol
led
Tran
smis
sion
Pat
tern
Sel
ect S
W
Fro
nt T
urn
Sig
nal a
nd C
lear
ance
Ligh
t RH
Fro
nt F
og L
ight
RH
Eng
ine
Con
trol
Mod
ule
(Eng
ine
and
Ele
ctro
nic
Con
trol
led
Tran
smis
sion
(A/T
), E
ngin
e E
CU
(M
/T))
Glo
ve B
ox L
ight
SW
90100
64192
66192 108
F4 F5F3 F15F14F6
Glo
ve B
ox L
ight
Fue
l Lid
Ope
ner
Mot
or
Fue
l Pum
p an
d S
ende
r
Fro
nt F
og L
ight
LH
Doo
r K
ey C
ylin
der
Ligh
t
Doo
r C
ourt
esy
SW
Rea
r R
H
Doo
r C
ourt
esy
SW
Rea
r LH
Doo
r Lo
ck M
otor
, Doo
r U
nloc
k an
d O
pen
Det
ectio
n S
W F
ront
LH
8098
*Page Nos. ofRelated Systems
Parts
Code orLocation
CB or Fuse
10A MIR–HTR
15A TAIL
15A ECU–B
15A FOG
20A WIPER
7.5A TURN
7.5A IGN
15A CIG/RADIO
15A ECU–IG
10A GAUGE
25A STOP
15A SEAT HTR
30A POWER
40A DEFOG
40A AM1
10A STARTER
15A HEAD(RH)(USA)
15A HEAD(LH)(USA)
15A HEAD (UPR–RH)(Canada)
15A HEAD (UPR–LH)(Canada)
7.5A ALT–S
20A DOME
15A EFI
15A HAZ–HORN
20A FOG
40A HEATER
15A HEAD (LWR–LH)(Canada)
15A HEAD (LWR–RH)(Canada)
15A TEL
20A RADIO
7.5A DRL
Loca
tion
H1D14
Hea
dlig
ht C
lean
er M
otor
Doo
r C
ourt
esy
SW
Fro
nt R
H
66150
[LOCATION] (1) : J/B No. 1 (See page 20) (2) : J/B No. 2 (See page 19) (3) : R/B No. 1 (See page 23)(7) : R/B No. 7 (See page ) (8) : Fuse Box (F7 See on page )
20 22 2527 28
49
H5 H6 H11H8H7 H9 H10 I10I1 I2 I12 L7L6L4 M1
19266177 103 94100
94 66H
eadl
ight
Hi L
H
Hor
n LH
Hor
n R
H
Haz
ard
SW
Hea
ted
Oxy
gen
Sen
sor
(Oxy
gen
Sen
sor)
(S
ub)
Hea
dlig
ht C
lean
er R
elay
Hig
h M
ount
Sto
p Li
ght
Idle
Air
Con
trol
Val
ve(I
SC
Val
ve)
Inte
rior L
ight
Hea
dlig
ht H
i RH
Igni
tion
Key
Cyl
inde
r Li
ght
L2I13H12
86
Hea
dlig
ht L
o LH
Hea
dlig
ht L
o R
H
Igni
ter
Inte
grat
ion
Rel
ay
H2 H3 H4
86 94150
7880
108 132 90103
M2 M4 O1 O4 P1 P3 P4 P5
106150 1421921721728686
809486192
Hea
dlig
ht C
lean
er S
W
Moo
n R
oof M
otor
Moo
n R
oof C
ontr
ol S
W a
ndP
erso
nal L
ight
(w
/ Moo
n R
oof)
Lugg
age
Com
part
men
t Li
ght
Ligh
t Fai
lure
Sen
sor
Lugg
age
Com
part
men
t Li
ght S
W
Moo
n R
oof C
ontr
ol R
elay
PP
S E
CU
Oil
Pre
ssur
e S
W
O/D
Mai
n S
W a
nd A
/TIn
dica
tor
Ligh
t (S
hift
Leve
r)P
ark/
Neu
tral
Pos
ition
SW
(Neu
tral
Sta
rt S
W)
(A/T
)
Par
king
Bra
ke S
W
Per
sona
l Lig
ht(w
/o M
oon
Roo
f)
Lugg
age
Com
part
men
t Doo
ran
d F
uel L
id O
pene
r S
W
(4) : R/B No. 4 (See page 20) (5) : R/B No. 5 (See page 19) (6) : R/B No. 6 (See page 23)25 26 26
50
POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart)
* These are the page numbers of the first page on which the related system is shown.The part indicated is located somewhere in the system, not necessarily on the page indicated here.
P7 P10P6 P9P8
122116 140 94
Pow
er W
indo
w C
ontr
ol S
WR
ear
RH
Pow
er W
indo
w M
aste
r S
W
and
Doo
r Lo
ck C
ontr
ol S
WP
ower
Win
dow
Con
trol
Fro
nt L
H
Pow
er W
indo
w M
otor
F
ront
RH
Pow
er W
indo
w C
ontr
ol S
WF
ront
RH
Pow
er W
indo
w C
ontr
ol S
WR
ear
LH
90106
94182184188
P11
*Page Nos. ofRelated Systems
Parts
Code orLocation
CB or Fuse
10A MIR–HTR
15A TAIL
15A ECU–B
15A FOG
20A WIPER
7.5A TURN
7.5A IGN
15A CIG/RADIO
15A ECU–IG
10A GAUGE
25A STOP
15A SEAT HTR
30A POWER
40A DEFOG
40A AM1
10A STARTER
15A HEAD(RH)(USA)
15A HEAD(LH)(USA)
15A HEAD (UPR–RH)(Canada)
15A HEAD (UPR–LH)(Canada)
7.5A ALT–S
20A DOME
15A EFI
15A HAZ–HORN
20A FOG
40A HEATER
15A HEAD (LWR–LH)(Canada)
15A HEAD (LWR–RH)(Canada)
15A TEL
20A RADIO
7.5A DRL
Loca
tion
P12 R6P18P16P13 P14 P15 P19 P20P17 P21
Pow
er S
eat M
otor
(fo
r P
asse
nger
’sS
eat R
eclin
ing
Con
trol
)
Pow
er S
eat M
otor
(fo
r D
river
’sS
eat S
lide
Con
trol
)
Pow
er S
eat M
otor
(fo
r D
river
’sS
eat F
ront
Ver
tical
Con
trol
)
Pow
er W
indo
w M
otor
R
ear
LHP
ower
Win
dow
Mot
or
Rea
r R
HP
ower
Sea
t Con
trol
SW
(for
Driv
er’s
Sea
t)P
ower
Sea
t Con
trol
SW
(for
Pas
seng
er’s
Sea
t)
Pow
er S
eat M
otor
(fo
r D
river
’sS
eat R
ear
Ver
tical
Con
trol
)P
ower
Sea
t Mot
or (
for
Driv
er’s
Sea
t Rec
linin
g M
otor
Con
trol
)
Pow
er S
eat M
otor
(fo
r P
asse
nger
’sS
eat S
lidin
g C
ontr
ol)
Rem
ote
Con
trol
Mirr
or S
W
Rad
io a
nd P
laye
r
Rhe
osta
t
Rhe
osta
t Vol
ume
and
The
ftD
eter
rent
Indi
cato
r Li
ght
Bac
k–U
p Li
ght L
H[R
ear
Com
b. L
ight
LH
]Li
cens
e P
late
Lig
ht L
H[R
ear
Com
b. L
ight
LH
]
R4R1 R3 R5
[LOCATION] (1) : J/B No. 1 (See page 20) (2) : J/B No. 2 (See page 19) (3) : R/B No. 1 (See page 23)(7) : R/B No. 7 (See page ) (8) : Fuse Box (F7 See on page )
20 22 2527 28
51
R6
156116132 94
120
182184188
132
S5 S6
184188
Rea
r Tu
rn S
igna
l Lig
ht L
H[R
ear
Com
b. L
ight
LH
]S
top
Ligh
t LH
[Rea
r C
omb.
Lig
ht L
H]
Bac
k–U
p Li
ght R
H[R
ear
Com
b. L
ight
RH
]
Rea
r Tu
rn S
igna
l Lig
ht R
H[R
ear
Com
b. L
ight
RH
]
Rem
ote
Con
trol
Mirr
or a
ndM
irror
Hea
ter
RH
Rem
ote
Con
trol
Mirr
or a
ndM
irror
Hea
ter
LH
Sea
t Hea
ter
SW
(D
river
’s)
Sea
t Hea
ter
SW
(P
asse
nger
’s)
R10 R12 R13R7
Sto
p Li
ght R
H[R
ear
Com
b. L
ight
RH
]
86,128,172
Lice
nse
Pla
te L
ight
RH
[Rea
r C
omb.
Lig
ht R
H]
Rea
r W
indo
w D
efog
ger
(+)
106 90 100 103 90 170 140170 60 192 120
S2
Taill
ight
LH
[Rea
r C
omb.
Lig
ht L
H]
Taill
ight
RH
[Rea
r C
omb.
Lig
ht R
H]
Sta
rt In
ject
or T
ime
SW
T4T3S11S8 S13 S16S7 T1S14 S15S10
The
ft D
eter
rent
Hor
n
Sea
t Hea
ter
RH
(for
Sea
t Cus
hion
)
Sea
t Hea
ter
LH(f
or S
eat B
ack)
Ste
reo
Com
pone
nt
Am
plifi
er
Shi
ft Lo
ck E
CU
Sto
p Li
ght S
W
Sea
t Hea
ter
LH(f
or S
eat C
ushi
on)
Sea
t Hea
ter
RH
(for
Sea
t Bac
k)
Trip
SW
The
ft D
eter
rent
and
D
oor
Lock
EC
U
T5
Sho
rt C
onne
ctor
192132144156
103,150,158
90100 103
S12
(4) : R/B No. 4 (See page 20) (5) : R/B No. 5 (See page 19) (6) : R/B No. 6 (See page 23)25 26 26
52
POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart)
* These are the page numbers of the first page on which the related system is shown.The part indicated is located somewhere in the system, not necessarily on the page indicated here.
Van
ity L
ight
LH
Van
ity L
ight
RH
Tele
phon
e Tr
ansc
eive
r an
dS
peak
er R
elay
VS
V (
for
Fue
l Pre
ssur
e U
p)
VS
V (
for
Inta
ke A
ir C
ontr
ol)
Veh
icle
Spe
ed S
enso
r(S
peed
Sen
sor)
V3V2T7 V1 V7V6
178
66142150192
*Page Nos. ofRelated Systems
Parts
Code orLocation
CB or Fuse
10A MIR–HTR
15A TAIL
15A ECU–B
15A FOG
20A WIPER
7.5A TURN
7.5A IGN
15A CIG/RADIO
15A ECU–IG
10A GAUGE
25A STOP
15A SEAT HTR
30A POWER
40A DEFOG
40A AM1
10A STARTER
15A HEAD(RH)(USA)
15A HEAD(LH)(USA)
15A HEAD (UPR–RH)(Canada)
15A HEAD (UPR–LH)(Canada)
7.5A ALT–S
20A DOME
15A EFI
15A HAZ–HORN
20A FOG
40A HEATER
15A HEAD (LWR–LH)(Canada)
15A HEAD (LWR–RH)(Canada)
15A TEL
20A RADIO
7.5A DRL
Loca
tion
Vol
ume
Air
Flo
w(A
ir F
low
Met
er)
66
Def
ogge
r R
elay
Wip
er C
ontr
ol R
elay
Wire
less
Doo
r Lo
ck M
ain
SW
Dio
de
Fog
Lig
ht R
elay
Inte
grat
ion
Rel
ay
Pow
er M
ain
Rel
ay
EF
I Mai
n R
elay
Hor
n R
elay
Wip
er M
otor
Noi
se F
ilter
Was
her
Mot
or
Wat
er T
emp.
Sen
der
Wip
er A
ngle
Con
trol
Mot
or
W6W5W4W3W2W1
132177
8098
6615017086192 128112112 56
170
56116172
86110125
Wire
less
Doo
r Lo
ck E
CU
V5 W7
8666
[LOCATION] (1) : J/B No. 1 (See page 20) (2) : J/B No. 2 (See page 19) (3) : R/B No. 1 (See page 23)(7) : R/B No. 7 (See page ) (8) : Fuse Box (F7 See on page )
20 22 2527 28
53
Day
time
Run
ning
Lig
htR
elay
No.
3D
aytim
e R
unni
ng L
ight
Rel
ay N
o.4
80100198 66
Circ
uit O
peni
ng R
elay
Hea
ter
Mai
n R
elay
A/C
Mag
netic
Clu
tch
Rel
ay
Turn
Sig
nal F
lash
er
(4) : R/B No. 4 (See page 20) (5) : R/B No. 5 (See page 19) (6) : R/B No. 6 (See page 23)25 26 26
56
POWER SOURCE
E25 E26
I18
4
2D
4
2D
4
1E
1
4
2D
8
5
5
2E
6
2E
8
6
6
1A
13
1
4
2
7
2
3
3
1
8
EE1
4
IM37
IM1
10
E24
2 3
1 4
TOABS ACTUATOR
W WW W
W
W–R
W
W
W
R–L
W
B–R B–R
L
W WW
–L
B
W W
W
FUSE BOX
100A
ALT
60A
AB
S
40A AM1
40A HEATER
15A HAZ–HORN
20A DOME
30A AM2
15A EFI
30A ST MAIN
HEADLIGHTRELAY
DAYTIME RUNNINGLIGHT RELAY NO. 2
STARTER RELAY
15A HEAD (RH)
15A HEAD (LH)
15A HEAD (UPR–RH)
15A HEAD (UPR–LH)
(CANADA)
(USA)
B
( CA
NA
DA
)
5
R
6
6
W–BB
F 7
W
4
2
3
1FL MAIN2. 0L
BATTERY
I22W
W
5
15A TEL
1G
9
W–R
2F2
EB1
6
5
EE13
20A RADIO
(ALTERNATOR)
G 1
W
B
1 W
B
B
B B
EC1
10
W
WW
W
1 2
5 6
GENERATOR
(CANADA)
(CANADA)
57
E25
E12E 3
2 17
1 2
1 2
1E
4
1E
2
1G
10
1G3
1G
8
4
10
3
2
7
9AM2
AM1
ACC
IG1
ST1
IG2
ST2
IG
5
5
2C
B1
1C
10
1M
1
W
W
W
W–R
B–R
W
B–R
B–R
W W
W
W
Y–L
W
W
P–L
B–Y
B–O
B–W
W
W–B
25A STOP
15A ECU–B
15A TAIL
TAILLIGHTRELAY DEFOGGER
RELAY
POWERMAIN RELAY
10A MIR–HTR40A DEFOG
30A POWER
15A CIG/RADIO
15A ECU–IG
7. 5A TURN
15A SEAT HTR
7. 5A IGN
10A STARTER
15A HEAD (LWR–RH)
15A HEAD (LWR–LH)
7. 5A DRL
TO STARTER
3 4
2 1
5 3
1 2
5 3
5 3
W–B
IGNITION SWI11
7W–R
W1 1
G–R
20A FOG
20A WIPER
10A GAUGE
EA1
1
(CANADA)
(CANADA)
(CANADA)
58
POWER SOURCE
TAILLIGHT RELAY5–3 : CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION
CLOSED WITH ENGINE RUNNING AND PARKING BRAKE LEVER RELEASED (CANADA)
HEADLIGHT RELAY2–1 : CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION OR DIMMER SW AT FLASH POSITION
: CLOSED WITH ENGINE RUNNING AND PARKING BRAKE LEVER RELEASED (CANADA)
I11 IGNITION SW4–3 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION KEY AT ACC OR ON POSITION10–9, 4–2 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION KEY AT ON OR ST POSITION
: PARTS LOCATIONCODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
F 7 28 G 1 28 I11 31
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)1 25 R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)4 25 R/B NO. 4 (RIGHT KICK PANEL)5 26 R/B NO. 5 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)6 26 R/B NO. 6 (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)7 27 R/B NO. 7 (NEAR THE BATTERY)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)1A1C1E 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)1G
20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
1M2C 22 ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)2D 22 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)2E 22 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)2F 22 ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESSCODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)EA1 34 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND RELAY WIRE (UNDER THE R/B NO. 7)EB1 34 ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (UNDER THE J/B NO. 1)EC1 34 COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (UNDER THE J/B NO. 1)EE1 34 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (NEAR THE BRAKE MASTER CYLINDER)IM1
38 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)IM3 38 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
IG 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
E 334 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
E 26 34 ENGINE WIRE
E 1234 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
I 1838 COWL WIRE
E 2434 ENGINE WIRE
I 2238 COWL WIRE
E 2534 ENGINE WIRE
SERVICE HINTS
60
STARTING AND IGNITION
AM1
AM210
4
7
9
ACCIG1ST1
IG2ST2
2
1 2
E26
I87
E25
EE13
EE11
IM110
IM117
6
2CB12E82E61G9
6 6 6
2CA62F21E1
M
B
1
A1
21
STJ STA
1
2
2
1
B–R
G
B–W
B–R
B–R
B
B–O
B–W
W–R
W
BW
W
W–
R
W
B–W
GG
B–R
B–
RB
–R
W–
B
B
B
B–W
B–
W
B
IGNITION SW
4 3
2 1
B–W
100
AA
LT
FU
SE
BO
X
40AAM1
30AAM2
30AST MAIN
10ASTARTER
STARTERRELAY C
LUT
CH
ST
AR
TS
W( M
/T)
PA
RK
/NE
UT
RA
LP
OS
ITIO
NS
W( N
EU
TR
AL
ST
AR
TS
W)
( A/T
)
TO
EN
GIN
EC
ON
TR
OL
MO
DU
LE( E
NG
INE
AN
DE
LEC
TR
ON
ICC
ON
TR
OLL
ED
TR
AN
SM
ISS
ION
EC
U( A
/T) ,
EN
GIN
EE
CU
( M/T
))
ST
AR
TIN
JEC
TO
RT
IME
SW
STARTER
BATTERY
COLD STARTINJECTOR
FL MAIN2. 0L
S 3 , S 4
C 1
I11
C6
P1
F7
B
A
B–
W
P
N
3
B
(M/T)
(A/T)
(A/T)
( M/T
)
IH35
B–Y
TO THEFTDETERRENT ECU
1G
8
1A
6
1G
6
1E
5
I 7
FR
OM
EN
GIN
EC
ON
TR
OL
MO
DU
LE( E
NG
INE
AN
DE
LEC
TR
ON
ICC
ON
TR
OLL
ED
TR
AN
SM
ISS
ION
EC
U)
B–
W
B–
W
S2
61
1 2 3 4 1 2 4
1 2
5 3
I87
EC
W–R
W–R
B–W
W–R
BW
W–R
YLR
W–RW–R
BR
IGNITION COIL
NE G1 G2 G– IGF IGT TAC
+B2 +B
NE G1 G2 G– IGTIGF
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE(ENGINE AND ELECTRONICCONTROLLED TRANSMISSIONECU (A/T), ENGINE ECU (M/T))
DISTRIBUTOR
IGNITER
TO TACHOMETER[COMB. METER]
E 7 , E 9
D 2
I 2
I 3
B A
( SH
IELD
ED
)
A12 A11 A10 A6 B17 B18
TO COOLINGFAN ECU
IM1
16
E26 E26
IM3
16
IM1
8B
B
B
BTO DATA LINKCONNECTOR 2 (TDCL)
B
B
2
1
BR
W–R
W–R
NOISE FILTER(FOR IGNITIONSYSTEM)
N 1
I87
62
STARTING AND IGNITION
I11 IGNITION SW4–7 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW AT ST POSITION10–9 CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW AT ON OR ST POSITION
C 6 CLUTCH START SW (M/T)1–2 : CLOSED WITH CLUTCH PEDAL FULLY DEPRESSED
STARTER RELAY(6) 4– (6) 2 : CLOSED WITH CLUTCH START SW ON AND IGNITION SW AT ST POSITION (M/T)
CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW AT ST POSITION (A/T)
S 3(A), S 4(B) STARTERPOINTS CLOSED WITH CLUTCH START SW ON AND IGNITION SW AT ST POSITION
P 1 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW (NEUTRAL START SW) (A/T)2–3 : CLOSED WITH A/T SHIFT LEVER IN P OR N POSITION
C 1 COLD START INJECTOR2–1 : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WHILE START INJECTOR TIME SW IS CLOSED AND STARTER CRANKING
S 2 START INJECTOR TIME SWPOINTS OPEN ABOVE 35°C (95°F)2–1 : APPROX. 20–40 BELOW 30°C (86°F)2–1 : APPROX. 40–60 ABOVE 40°C (104°F)2–GROUND : APPROX. 20–80
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
C 1 28 F 7 28 P 1 29
C 6 30 I 2 29 S 2 29
D 2 28 I 3 29 S 3 A 29
E 7 B 30 I11 31 S 4 B 29
E 9 A 30 N 1 29
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
6 26 R/B NO. 6 (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1A
1E 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
1G
20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
2C 22 ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
2E 22 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
2F 22 ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EE1 34 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (NEAR THE BRAKE MASTER CYLINDER)
IH3 36 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
IM138 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)
IM338 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
EC 34 INTAKE MANIFOLD RH
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
E 2534 ENGINE WIRE
I 7 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE
E 2634 ENGINE WIRE
I 87 38 ENGINE WIRE
SERVICE HINTS
63
64
CHARGING
IG L S B
IC REGULATOR
1D6 1D3
A2 A1 A3
1
2
12
E
E
IM310
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)
B1
7. 5AALT–S
7. 5AIGN
10AGAUGE
R–L
W R–
L
YB
–O
W
BW
GENERATOR (ALTERNATOR)
BATTERY
FL MAIN2. 0L
10
0A
AL
T
CH
AR
GE
WA
RN
ING
LIG
HT
[CO
MB
.M
ET
ER
]
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
Y
J 1
G 1 , G 2
F 7
C7
B A
FUSE BOX
Y
FR
OM
DA
YT
IME
RU
NN
ING
LIG
HT
RE
LA
Y( M
AIN
)13
E
2CB4
2F
1
E11W
W
Y
IM33
65
G 2(A) GENERATOR (ALTERNATOR)(A) 1–GROUND: 13.9–15.1 VOLTS WITH ENGINE RUNNING AT 2000 RPM AND 25°C (77°F)
13.5–14.3 VOLTS WITH ENGINE RUNNING AT 2000 RPM AND 115°C (239°F)(A) 2–GROUND: 0–4 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND ENGINE NOT RUNNING
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
C 7 30 G 1 B 28 J 1 31
F 7 28 G 2 A 28
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1D 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
2C22 ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
2F22 ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
IM3 38 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
E 11 34 ENGINE WIRE
X X 12 13 X X
X
1 2
F 7C 7 GRAY
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
E E E
DARK GRAYJ 1
1
GRAYB AG 1 G 2
1 2 3
SERVICE HINTS
66
ENGINE CONTROL
AM1
AM210
4 7
9
ST1
IG2
1G8
3B20
3A13
1C11
3D2
3C18
1M1
1A61D9
1D
3
IG
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
I12E26
I87 E25 I87 E25
BW14
II116
IM19
IM116
IM315
2CA6
IM3
18
6 6 6
6 6 6
6 4 1
3 5 2
3C
2
G–R
G
R
L
GR
Y
W
L–B
B–W
B–W
W–R
W–RW–RW–R
B–W B–W
B–O
B–O
W–R
W–R
W–R
W–R
W–R
W–R
W–R
W–R
W–R
GRLGRYW
W–B
W–B
W–B
L–B
L–B
G–R
L–B
B–O
B–W
W–R
B–W
B–W
B–W
I87
W–R
W–R
TO
CO
LDS
TA
RT
INJE
CT
OR
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM(SEE PAGE 56)
FROM POWER SOURCESYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)
10ASTARTER
7. 5AIGN
IGNITION SW
CIRCUITOPENINGRELAY
INJE
CTO
RN
O.
1
INJE
CTO
RN
O.
2
INJE
CTO
RN
O.
3
INJE
CTO
RN
O.
4
INJE
CTO
RN
O.
5
INJE
CTO
RN
O.
6
I4 I5 I6 I7 I8 I9
I11
M4 5
BL
BW1
5
W–B
W–B
F15FUEL PUMP
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)
E11
TO
ST
AR
TIN
JEC
TO
RT
IME
SW
B–W B–O
L–B
IM14
B–OB–O
E11
B–O
B–OB–O
B–W
B–W
W
W–R
67
EB
D3
M–REL
D
2
BATT
D22
NSW
D11
STA
D13
IGSW
D12
+B
D1
+B1
A20
# 60
A21
#50
A22
#40
A23
#30
A11
#20
A12
#10
2CA1 2CA32A3 2CA5 2CA4
1G6
1E5
IM118 IM312
E18
I86
G–R
G
R
L
GR
Y
W
B–O
B–W
B–W
W–R
B–O
W–R
L–R
B–O
B–O
W–G
R–Y
R–L
W–L
B–W
B–W
W–B
W–B
W–B
B–O
B–O
B–O G R L GR Y W
B–W
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICCONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU (A/T), ENGINE ECU (M/T))
EFI MAINRELAY
15AEFI
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)
4 3
2 1
E 7 , E8 , E 9 , E10
D
A B C
IM1
11
B–W
(A/T)
TO PARK/NEUTRALPOSITION SW (NEUTRALSTART SW) (A/T)
I 7
B–W
B–O
B–O
E25
I66
5
4 6 72
1
B1
VC
B2
VS
B3
THA
A7
ISC1
A6
ISC2
A5
ISC3
A4
ISC4
B–
O
B–
O
W–L
G–W L–
R
R–B
L–R
Y–L
L–B
L–R
4 1 6 3
2 5
Y–L
L–B
IDLE
AIR
CO
NT
RO
LV
ALV
E( I
SC
VA
LVE
)
I1
VOLUME AIRFLOW (AIRFLOW METER)
V 5
E25B–O
BR
B–O
L–B L–B
W–B
G–R
B–O
B–W
(M/T)
TO CLUTCH STARTSW (M/T)
( A/T
)( A
/T)
68
ENGINE CONTROL *2 : EX. CALIFORNIA*1 : CALIFORNIA
E11
E26
E26 E26 E25
ED
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
4 3 2
B9
E2
B10
VTA
B11
IDL
B12
THG
B4
THW
A25
STJ
D7
A/C
A13
E01
A26
E02
C2
FPU
C3
IACV
C12
NE
C11
G1
C10
G2
C6
G–
A17
IGF
A18
IGT
W–R
B–O
L–B
L–R
BR BR BR
W–R B–W
B–O
W–R B
YLRB
W–R W
B–R LG
B
L
BR
G B–Y
W–B
W–B
G
BR
GR
BR
BR
B
BR
B–O
I87
I87
I87
I87
1 1
C5
OX3
A1
HT
A14
VF2
A15
VF1
B7
TE1
B6
KNK1
B14
KNK2
ED13 ED11 ED14 ED12
IN14 IN15
IN112 IN11 IN111
B–O BR
BR
B–O
B–O B L–
B
BR
R–L W
R–W
GR
R–W GR
P–B
B
W W
W W
W P–B
1 2 3 4 1 2
5 3 4
BR
W
41531191242
3 114 13 9
B FPIG–+B E1 OX2 OX1E1
OX3TE2VF1VF2
HT
IGTNE G1 G2 G– IGF
IG–+BCOIL–
IGNITION COILI 3
VS
V( F
OR
FU
EL
PR
ES
SU
RE
UP
)
VS
V( F
OR
INT
AK
EA
IRC
ON
TRO
L)
V2
IGN
ITE
RI
2
EN
GIN
EC
OO
LAN
TT
EM
P.
SE
NS
OR
( EFI
WA
TE
RT
EM
P.
SE
NS
OR
)
E3
EG
RG
AS
TEM
P.
SE
NS
OR
E1
DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1(CHECK CONNECTOR)
D 1
DISTRIBUTORD 2
TOTACHOMETER[COMB. METER]
THROTTLEPOSITIONSENSOR
T 2
FRO
MS
TA
RT
INJE
CTO
RTI
ME
SW
,C
OLD
ST
AR
TIN
JEC
TO
R
TO
A/C
CO
NTR
OL
AS
SE
MB
LY
(* 2)
(*2)
H11
KN
OC
KS
EN
SO
RN
O.1
K1
KN
OC
KS
EN
SO
RN
O.2
K2
D6
ACT
LG–R
FR
OM
A/C
CO
NTR
OL
AS
SE
MB
LY
SH
OR
TP
IN
E1
1
2
HE
AT
ED
OX
YG
EN
SE
NS
OR
( OX
YG
EN
SE
NS
OR
)(S
UB
)
( SH
IELD
ED
)
2
W
( SH
IELD
ED
)
( SH
IELD
ED
)
( SH
IELD
ED
)
( SH
IELD
ED
)
1 2
B–OE26
D
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE(ENGINE AND ELECTRONICCONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU (A/T), ENGINE ECU (M/T))
E 7 , E 8 , E 9 , E10A B C
I87
B
W–R
W–R
( *1)
( *1)
( *1)
( *1)
( *1) ( *
1)
B–O
V1
BR
R–L
W
BR
G–R
R–W
GR
B
IM1
8BW–R
8
TE1
G–W
G–W
( SH
IELD
ED
)
TO CRUISECONTROL ECU ANDCOOLING FAN ECU
I87
L
L
69
I87
I87
I87
I87
I87
EC
B15
TE2
B8
DG
B5
OX1
B13
OX2
A24
E1
IM11 IM115
IM316
IM3
13
IM3
19
11
W
R–L
BR
BRBR BR
G–R BR
Y–G
R–W
G–W
BR
–B
G–W
BR
–B
W R–L
R–
L
W
38
1 7 2 5
BR
BR
W E1
TTTE2ENGTE1
DA
TA
LIN
KC
ON
NE
CT
OR
2( T
DC
L)
D3
OX
YG
EN
SE
NS
OR
NO
.2( M
AIN
)
O3
OX
YG
EN
SE
NS
OR
NO
.1( M
AIN
)
O2
3D7
3D19
D8
G–R
G–R G–R
SP1
(SHIELDED)
( SH
IELD
ED
)
(SHIELDED)
3D3
3D12
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)
10AGAUGE
1D6
A
[COMB. METER]
C 7 , C 8B
BR
3D13
D4
W
BR
R–L
W
BR
IM1
19G–R
GR
R–W
I87
E26
(SHIELDED)
(SHIELDED)
BR
BR
ED
BR
2
1
SPEED METER
B1 A10
A14 A13 A15
I43
B1
B2 A1
IM311
IM3
14
R–L
R–
L
V–Y
V–Y
R–L
3
12
G LG
SH
OR
TC
ON
NE
CT
OR
VEHICLE SPEEDSENSOR(SPEEDSENSOR)
G
BR
V 3
V–Y
A1
NOISE FILTER(FOR IGNITION)
N 1
I37
W–R
MALFUNCTIONINDICATOR LAMP(CHECK ENGINE)
3D
18
G–R
W–R
BR
W BR
R–L BR
I87G–W
G–W
3D22
3D10
V–Y
G–B
P
S8
,9
AB
I105
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE(ENGINE AND ELECTRONICCONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU (A/T),ENGINE ECU (M/T))
E 7 , E8 ,E9, E10A B C D
S
70
ENGINE CONTROL
THIS SYSTEM UTILIZES AN ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU (A/T),ENGINE ECU (M/T)) AND MAINTAINS OVERALL CONTROL OF THE ENGINE, TRANSMISSION AND SO ON. AN OUTLINE OF THEENGINE CONTROL IS EXPLAINED HERE.
1. INPUT SIGNALS(1) ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. (WATER TEMP.) SIGNAL CIRCUIT
THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR (WATER TEMP. SENSOR) DETECTS THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. AND HAS A BUILT–INTHERMISTOR WITH A RESISTANCE WHICH VARIES ACCORDING TO THE WATER TEMP. IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL THW OFENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) AS A CONTROL SIGNAL.
(2) INTAKE AIR TEMP. SIGNAL CIRCUITTHE INTAKE AIR TEMP. SENSOR IS INSTALLED IN THE VOLUME AIR FLOW (AIR FLOW METER) AND DETECTS THE INTAKE AIR
TEMP., WHICH IS INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL THA OF ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU).
(3) OXYGEN SENSOR SIGNAL SYSTEMTHE OXYGEN DENSITY IN THE EXHAUST GASES IS DETECTED AND INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL OX1, OX2
AND OX3 (FOR CALIFORNIA) OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU). TO MAINTAIN STABLE DETECTION PERFORMANCEBY THE OXYGEN SENSOR, A HEATER IS USED FOR WARMING THE SENSOR. THE HEATER IS ALSO CONTROLLED BY THEENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) (HT).
(4) RPM SIGNAL SYSTEMCRANKSHAFT POSITION AND ENGINE RPM ARE DETECTED BY THE PICK–UP COIL INSTALLED INSIDE THE DISTRIBUTOR.
CRANKSHAFT POSITION IS INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINALS G1 AND G2 0F THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE(ECU), AND ENGINE RPM IS INPUT TO TERMINAL NE.
(5) THROTTLE SIGNAL CIRCUITTHE THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR DETECTS THE THROTTLE VALVE OPENING ANGLE AS A CONTROL SIGNAL, WHICH IS
INPUT INTO TERMINAL VTA OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU). WHEN THE VALVE IS COMPLETELY CLOSED, THECONTROL SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL IDL.
(6) VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL SYSTEMTHE VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (SPEED SENSOR), INSTALLED INSIDE THE COMBINATION METER, DETECTS THE VEHICLE
SPEED AND INPUTS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL SPD OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU).
(7) PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW (NEUTRAL START SW) SIGNAL SYSTEM (A/T)THE PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW (NEUTRAL START SW) DETECTS WHETHER THE SHIFT POSITION ARE IN NEUTRAL AND
PARKING OR NOT, AND INPUTS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL NSW OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU).
(8) A/C SW SIGNAL SYSTEMTHE A/C AMPLIFIER INPUTS THE A/C OPERATIONS TO TERMINAL A/C OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) AS A
CONTROL SIGNAL.
(9) BATTERY SIGNAL CIRCUITVOLTAGE IS CONSTANTLY APPLIED TO TERMINAL BATT OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU). WHEN THE IGNITION SW
TURNED ON, VOLTAGE FOR ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) START–UP POWER SUPPLY IS APPLIED TO TERMINALS +BAND +B1 OF ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) VIA EFI MAIN RELAY.
(10) INTAKE AIR VOLUME SIGNAL CIRCUITINTAKE AIR VOLUME IS DETECTED BY THE VOLUME AIR FLOW (AIR FLOW METER) AND THE SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL
VS OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU). AS A CONTROL SIGNAL.
(11) STA SIGNAL CIRCUITTO CONFIRM WHETHER THE ENGINE IS CRANKING, THE VOLTAGE APPLIED TO THE STARTER MOTOR DURING CRANKING IS
DETECTED AND THE SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL STA OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) AS A CONTROLSIGNAL.
(12) ENGINE KNOCK SIGNAL CIRCUITENGINE KNOCKING IS DETECTED BY THE KNOCK SENSOR NO. 1 AND NO. 2 AND THE SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO TERMINALS
KNK1 AND KNK2 AS A CONTROL SIGNAL.
SYSTEM OUTLINE
71
2. CONTROL SYSTEM
* SFI (SEQUENTIAL MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION) (EFI (ELECTRONIC FUEL INJECTION) SYSTEM
THE EFI SYSTEM MONITORS THE ENGINE CONDITION THROUGH THE SIGNALS INPUT FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALSFROM (1) TO (12) ETC.). THE BEST FUEL INJECTION VOLUME IS DECIDED BASED ON THIS DATA AND THE PROGRAM MEMORIZEDBY THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU), AND THE CONTROL SIGNAL IS OUTPUT TO TERMINALS #10, #20, #30, #40, #50 AND #60OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) TO OPERATE THE INJECTOR (INJECT THE FUEL). THE EFI SYSTEM PRODUCESCONTROL OF FUEL INJECTION OPERATION BY THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) IN RESPONSE TO THE DRIVINGCONDITIONS.
* ESA (ELECTRONIC SPARK ADVANCE) SYSTEM
THE ESA SYSTEM MONITORS THE ENGINE CONDITION THROUGH THE SIGNALS INPUT TO THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU)FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS FROM (1), (3), (4) TO (12) ETC.). THE BEST IGNITION TIMING IS DECIDED ACCORDING TOTHIS DATA AND THE MEMORIZED DATA IN THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) AND THE CONTROL SIGNAL IS OUTPUT TOTERMINAL IGT. THIS SIGNAL CONTROLS THE IGNITER TO PROVIDE THE BEST IGNITION TIMING FOR THE DRIVING CONDITIONS.
* HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (OXYGEN SENSOR) HEATER CONTROL SYSTEM
THE OXYGEN SENSOR HEATER CONTROL SYSTEM TURNS THE HEATER ON WHEN THE INTAKE AIR VOLUME IS LOW (TEMP. OFEXHAUST EMISSIONS IS LOW), AND WARMS UP THE OXYGEN SENSOR (NO. 1 AND NO. 2) TO IMPROVE DETECTIONPERFORMANCE OF THE SENSOR. THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) EVALUATES THE SIGNALS FROM EACH SENSOR(INPUT SIGNALS FROM (1), (4), (9) TO (10) ETC.), AND OUTPUT CURRENT TO TERMINALS HT AND CONTROL THE HEATER.
* IAC (IDLE AIR CONTROL (ISC)) SYSTEM
THE IAC (ISC) SYSTEM (STEP MOTOR TYPE) INCREASES THE RPM AND PROVIDES IDLING STABILITY FOR FAST IDLE–UP WHENTHE ENGINE IS COLD, AND WHEN THE IDLE SPEED HAS DROPPED DUE TO ELECTRICAL LOAD AND SO ON, THE ENGINECONTROL MODULE (ECU) EVALUATES THE SIGNALS FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS FROM (1), (4), (5), (8), (9) ETC.),OUTPUTS CURRENT TO TERMINALS ISC1, ISC2, ISC3 AND ISC4 TO CONTROL IDLE AIR CONTROL VALVE.
* EGR CONTROL SYSTEM
THE EGR CONTROL SYSTEM DETECTS THE SIGNAL FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS FROM (1), (4), (9), (10), ETC)., ANDOUTPUTS CURRENT TO TERMINAL THG TO CONTROL THE EGR VALVE.
* ACIS (ACOUSTIC CONTROL INDUCTION SYSTEM)
ACIS INCLUDES A VALVE IN THE BULKHEAD SEPARATING THE SURGE TANK INTO TWO PARTS. THIS VALVE IS OPENED ANDCLOSED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE DRIVING CONDITIONS TO CONTROL THE INTAKE MANIFOLD LENGTH IN TWO STAGES FORINCREASED ENGINE OUTPUT IN ALL RANGES FROM LOW TO HIGH SPEEDS.
THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) JUDGES THE ENGINE SPEED BY THE SIGNALS ((4), (5)) FROM EACH SENSOR ANDOUTPUTS SIGNALS TO THE TERMINAL IACV TO CONTROL THE VSV (FOR OPENING AND CLOSING THE INTAKE CONTROL VALVE).
3. DIAGNOSIS SYSTEMWITH THE DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM, WHEN THERE IS A MALFUNCTION IN THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) SIGNAL SYSTEM, THEMALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM IS RECORDED IN THE MEMORY. THE MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM CAN BE FOUND BY READING THECODE DISPLAYED BY THE MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP (CHECK ENGINE WARNING LIGHT).
4. FAIL–SAFE SYSTEMWHEN A MALFUNCTION HAS OCCURRED IN ANY SYSTEM, IF THERE IS A POSSIBILITY OF ENGINE TROUBLE BEING CAUSED BYCONTINUED CONTROL BASED ON THE SIGNALS FROM THAT SYSTEM, THE FAIL–SAFE SYSTEM EITHER CONTROLS THE SYSTEMBY USING DATA (STANDARD VALUES) RECORDED IN THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) MEMORY OR ELSE STOPS THEENGINE.
72
ENGINE CONTROL
CIRCUIT OPENING RELAY1–2 : CLOSED WITH STARTER RUNNING OR MEASURING PLATE (VOLUME AIR FLOW (AIR FLOW METER) ) OPEN
EFI MAIN RELAY2–4 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW AT ON OR ST POSITION
V 5 VOLUME AIR FLOW (AIR FLOW METER)1–2 : CLOSED WITH STARTER RUNNING OR MEASURING PLATE OPEN5–6: 0.2 – 0.6K (MEASURING PLATE FULLY CLOSED)
0.02 – 1.2K (MEASURING PLATE FULLY OPEN)4–5: 0.2 – 0.4K5–7: 10.0 – 20.0K (–20°C, –4°F)
4.0 – 7.0K ( 0°C, 32°F) 2.0 – 3.0K ( 20°C, 68°F) 0.9 – 1.3K ( 40°C, 104°F) 0.4 – 0.7K ( 60°C, 140°F)
E 1 ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR (EFI WATER TEMP. SENSOR)1–2: 10.0 – 20.0K (–20°C, –4°F)
4.0 – 7.0K ( 0°C, 32°F) 2.0 – 3.0K ( 20°C, 68°F) 0.9 – 1.3K ( 40°C, 104°F) 0 4 – 0.7K ( 60°C, 140°F) 0 2 – 0.4K ( 80°C, 176°F)
E 7(A), E 8(B), E 9(C), E10 (D) ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONIC CONTROLLEDTRANSMISSION ECU (A/T), ENGINE ECU (M/T))
VOLTAGE AT ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU (A/T),ENGINE ECU (M/T)) WARNING CONNECTORBATT – E1 : ALWAYS 9.0 – 14.0 VOLTSIGSW – E1 : 9.0– 14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION)M–REL–E1 : 9.0– 14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION) +B – E1 : 9.0 – 14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION) +B1 – E1 : 9.0 – 14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION) IDL – E2 : 9.0 – 14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPEN)
0 – 3.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED) VC – E2 : ALWAYS 5.5 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION) VTA – E2 : 0.3 – 0.8 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED)
3.2 – 4.9 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPEN) VS – E2 : 4.0 – 5.5 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION) 2.0 – 4.0 VOLTS (ENGINE IDLING)THA – E2 : 0.5 – 3.4 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND INTAKE AIR TEMP. 20°C, 68°F)THW – E2 : 0.2 – 1.0 VOLTS (ENGINE IDLING AND COOLANT TEMP. 80°C, 176°F)#10, #20, #30, #40, #50, #60
– E01: 9.0 – 14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION) PULSE GENERATION (ENGINE IDLING)IGT – E1 : PULSE GENERATION (ENGINE IDLING)IGF – E1 : 4.5– 5.5 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION) PULSE GENERATION (ENGINE IDLING)G1, G2 – G– : PULSE GENERATION (ENGINE IDLING) NE – G– : PULSE GENERATION (ENGINE IDLING)ISC1, ISC2, ISC3, ISC4 – E1 : PULSE GENERATION (ENGINE IDLING AND A/C OPERATION)VF1, VF2 – E1 : 1.8 – 3.2 VOLTS (MAINTAIN ENGINE SPEED AT 2500RPM FOR TWO MINUTES AFTER WARMING UP THEN RETURN TO IDLING)OX1, OX2 – E1 : PULSE GENERATION (MAINTAIN ENGINE SPEED AT 2500RPM FOR TWO MINUTES AFTER WARMING UP)HT – E01 : 9.0– 14.0 VOLTS (ENGINE SPEED 4000 RPM, COOLANT TEMP. 20°C, 68°C OR HIGHER) BELOW 2.0 VOLTS (ENGINE IDLING)KNK1, KNK2 – E1 : PULSE GENERATION (ENGINE IDLING) NSW – E1: 10.0– 14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND OTHER SHIFT POSITION IN P OR N POSITION)
BELOW 3.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND SHIFT POSITION IN P OR N POSITION)SP1 – E1 : PULSE GENERATION (IGNITION SW ON AND ROTATE DRIVING WHEEL SLOWLY)TE1 – E1 : 9.0– 14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION)TE2 – E1 : 9.0– 14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION) W – E1 : BELOW 3.0 VOLTS (MULFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP ON)
9.0– 14.0 VOLTS (MULFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP OFF AND ENGINE RUNNING)OD1 – E1 : 4.5– 5.5 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION)A/C – E1 : BELOW 3.0 VOLTS (A/C SW ON)
9.0– 14.0 VOLTS (A/C SW OFF)ACT – E1 : 9.0– 14.0 VOLTS (A/C SW ON) 0– 1.5 VOLTS (A/C SW OFF)IACV – E01 : 9.0– 14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION) STA – E1 : 6.0 VOLTS OR MORE (ENGINE CRANKING) STJ – E01 : 9.0– 14.0 VOLTS (ENGINE STARTING)
I 4, I 5, I 6, I 7, I 8, I 9 INJECTOR1–2 : APPROX. 13.4–14.2
T 2 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR3–1 : 0.28–6.4K WITH CLEARANCE BETWEEN LEVER AND STOP SCREW 0MM (0 IN.)2–1 : LESS THAN 0.5K WITH CLEARANCE BETWEEN LEVER AND STOP SCREW 0.35 MM (0.014 IN.)
WITH CLEARANCE BETWEEN LEVER AND STOP SCREW 0.7MM (0.028 IN.)3–1 : 2.0–11.6K WITH THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPEN
SERVICE HINTS
73
: PARTS LOCATIONCODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
C 7 B 30 H11 31 K 2 29
C 8 A 30 I 1 29 N 1 29
D 1 28 I 2 29 O 2 29
D 2 28 I 3 29 O 3 29
D 3 31 I 4 29 S 8 B 31
E 1 28 I 5 29 S 9 A 31
E 3 28 I 6 29 T 2 29
E 7 A 30 I 7 29 V 1 29
E 8 B 30 I 8 29 V 2 29
E 9 C 30 I 9 29 V 3 29
E10 D 30 I11 31 V 5 28
F15 32 K 1 29
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
6 26 R/B NO. 6 (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1A
1C
1D20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
1E20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
1G
1M
2A 22 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
2C 22 ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
3A
3B24 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
3C24 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
3D
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESSCODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
ED1 34 ENGINE WIRE AND SENSOR WIRE (SIDE OF FRONT CYLINDER HEAD)
II1 36 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL
IM138 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)
IM338 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)
IN1 38 ENGINE WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)
BW1 40 FUEL GAUGE WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (UNDER THE REAR SEAT CUSHION)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
EB 34 FRONT LEFT FENDER
EC 34 INTAKE MANIFOLD RH
ED 34 INTAKE MANIFOLD LH
IG 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
BL 40 UNDER THE LEFT QUARTER PILLAR
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
E 11 34 ENGINE WIRE I 37
E 18 34 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE I 4338 COWL WIRE
E 2534 ENGINE WIRE
I 6638 COWL WIRE
E 2634 ENGINE WIRE
I 86
I 7 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE I 8738 ENGINE WIRE
I 12 38 COWL WIRE I10538 ENGINE WIRE
74
ENGINE CONTROL
76
ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED HYDRAULIC COOLING FAN
1 21 2
2
3
EB18
EC EB
I87 I87
1A7
3A15
IH27
3C16
4 2 3 10 9 8
1 6 5
6
I87
B–R
B–R
W–R B L
LBB L
L–W
L–W
L–W
L–R
L–R
W–B
L–YYY
–L
BR
BR
E SOL+ SOL– TH– TH+ HP
IGB TAC IDL
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)
15AECU–IG
FROM IGNITER
TO COMBINATIONMETER
TO THROTTLEPOSITION SENSOR
FROMENGINE CONTROL MODULE(ENGINE ECU)
SOLENOID VALVE(FOR HYDRAULIC MOTOR)
ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR(WARTER TEMP. SENSOR)(FOR COOLING FAN)
DATA LINKCONNECTOR 1(CHECKCONNECTOR)
A/C HIGHPRESSURE SW
COOLING FAN ECUC12
S 1
E 4
D 1 A 2OPT
2 3
BLACKA 2
X 6
X X X
X X
X
X1 2
5
3 4
6 X 8 9 10
1 2
1 2
D 1 S 1E 4BLACKC12 GRAY
77
THE COOLING FAN ECU RECEIVES VARIOUS SIGNALS, I.E., THE ENGINE RPM SIGNAL FROM THE IGNITOR, ENGINE IDLE SPEEDSIGNAL FROM THE THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR, COOLANT TEMPERATURE SIGNAL FROM THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR(WATER TEMP. SENSOR), A/C REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SIGNAL FROM A/C PRESSURE SW.THE COOLING FAN ECU JUDGES THE ENGINE TEMPERATURE BASED ON THE ABOVE–MENTIONED SIGNALS FROM ABOVEMENTION, DRIVES THE SOLENOID VALVE AND CONTROLS THE SPEED OF THE COOLING FAN STEPLESSLY.
FAIL–SAFE FUNCTIONWHEN A MALFUNCTION IS DETECTED BY THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR (WATER TEMP. SENSOR) OR SOLENOID VALVE.THE FAIL–SAFE FUNCTION OF THE COOLING FAN ECU EITHER RELIES ON THE DATA STORED IN ITS MEMORY TO ALLOW THECOOLING SYSTEM TO CONTINUE OPERATING.
A 2 A/C HIGH PRESSURE SW2–3 : OPEN ABOVE APPROX. 15.58KG/CM2 (221.2PSI, 1527KPA)
CLOSED BELOW APPROX. 12.56 KG/CM2 (178.4PSI, 1231KPA)
C12 COOLING FAN ECU1–GROUND : APPROX. 10–14 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON9–10: 2.5 VOLTS AT 20°C (68°F) AND IGNITION SW ON
1.2 VOLTS AT 80°C (176°F) AND IGNITION SW ON8– 4 : 10–14 VOLTS AT A/C PRESSURE SW ON (OPEN)
0–3 VOLTS AT A/C PRESSURE SW OFF (CLOSED)4–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
E 4 ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR (WATER TEMP. SENSOR)1–2 : 1.5K AT 80°C (176°F)
0.7K AT 110°C (230°F)
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
A 2 28 D 1 28 S 1 29
C12 30 E 4 29
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1A 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
3A24 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
3C24 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EB1 34 ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (UNDER THE J/B NO. 1)
IH2 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
EB 34 FRONT LEFT FENDER
EC 34 INTAKE MANIFOLD RH
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I 87 38 ENGINE WIRE
SYSTEM OUTLINE
SERVICE HINTS
78
HEADLIGHT (FOR USA)
15AHEAD(RH)
2A 2A2 6
3
4
13 14 12
11 9
OFF
TAIL
HEAD
LOW
HIGH
FLASH
LIG
HT
CO
NT
RO
LS
W
DIM
ME
RS
W
COMBINATION SW
2E1 2D8 2D4
2F2
R–B
HEADLIGHTRELAY
I25 E17
E17
IF
I10
E 8
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
6
1
E 9
E19
EB
I26 EC1
8
W
R–B
R
R–Y
RR R
R–Y
R–Y
W–B
R–B
R–B
W–B
R–B
R–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
R–B
R–B
R–Y
B
R–B
EC15
R–Y
R–Y
INTE
GR
AT
ION
RE
LAY
BA
TTE
RY
FL MAIN2. 0L
HIG
HB
EA
MIN
DIC
ATO
RLI
GH
T[C
OM
B.
ME
TE
R]
HE
AD
LIG
HT
LH( H
I)
HE
AD
LIG
HT
LH( L
O)
HE
AD
LIG
HT
RH
( HI)
HE
AD
LIG
HT
RH
( LO
)
C10
I12
C9
H3
H5
H4
H6
3 1
4 2
R–Y
15AHEAD(LH)
79
HEADLIGHT RELAY2–1 : CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION OR DIMMER SW AT FLASH POSITION
LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF OPERATIONPLEASE REFER TO THE LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 100)
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
C 9 30 H 4 28 I12 31
C10 30 H 5 28
H 3 28 H 6 28
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
2A22 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
2D22 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
2E 22 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
2F 22 ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EC1 34 COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (UNDER THE J/B NO. 1)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
EB 34 FRONT LEFT FENDER
IF 36 LEFT KICK PANEL
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
E 8 I 10
E 934 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
I 25 38 COWL WIRE
E 1734 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
I 26
E 19
1
6 X X
119 12 13 14
1 2 1 23 4
I12C 9 BLUE C10 BLACK H 3, H 4 BLACK H 5, H 6 BLACK
SERVICE HINTS
80
HEADLIGHT AND FOG LIGHT (FOR CANADA)
13
11 9
OFF
TAIL
HEAD
LOW
HIGH
FLASH
LIG
HT
CO
NT
RO
LS
W
DIM
ME
RS
W
COMBINATION SW
2E1 2D8
1B7
3A18
3A17
I46
I54
I71
EE14
IE
12
2
1
2 14 5 3 2
16
4
1
3
2
FROM POWER SOURCESYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)
W
B
W–B
R–B
G–R
R–B
R–B W
R–B
R–L
R–L
R–B
G
R–Y
W–B
W–B
R–Y
B B
WW
10AGAUGE
HEADLIGHTRELAY
INTEGRATION RELAY
DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY(MAIN)
FL MAIN2. 0L
BATTERY
100A
ALT
I12
D 4
C10
3 1
4 2
FU
SE
BO
XF
7
I36
W–B
W–B
B
W2F
2
R–L
R–L
3
81
1D4 1B8 1D14
5 5
3A9 3D4
3D53B11
1E4 5
3C18
1M1
3A12
1C11
IG
1
EC18
E A
11 8 18 9 13
3 2
15 4 10 17
1
E A
EB1
6
15AECU–B
15ATAIL
TAILLIGHTRELAY
DAYTIMERUNNING LIGHTRELAY NO. 2
W
B
W–B
B
W
B R–L
W
R–LR
GL–Y
L–Y
G–R
G
R
YY
R–Y
R–Y
G W–B
W–B
W–B
TO GENERATOR(ALTERNATOR) ” L”
FROM BRAKE FLUIDLEVEL SW
TO
ILLU
MIN
AT
ION
SY
ST
EM
DAYTIME RUNNINGLIGHT RELAY (MAIN)
JUN
CT
ION
CO
NN
EC
TO
R
PA
RK
ING
BR
AK
ES
W
D 4
P4
J1
2 3
1 5
W
W–B
R–L R–L
JUN
CT
ION
CO
NN
EC
TO
R
J1
3A
10
3D
8
IH14
R–W
R–W
R–W
82
HEADLIGHT AND FOG LIGHT (FOR CANADA)
2
1
2
1
E 8
E12 E12
E19
E 1
2
1
2
1
2D45 57
2A2 2A6 7 5 1
77 7 7
7 77 7 7
EA15 EA14
EB
EC15
6
5 3 1 3
1 2
2
4 1 2 4
2 1
1
EA1
1
W
R–LW
W
R–B
W–R
R–G
W–B
R–B
R
R
R–W
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
R–G
W–B
R–GR
–G
R–B
R–B
R–B
W–B
W–B
15AHEAD(UPR–LH)
15AHEAD(UPR–RH)
7. 5ADRL
15AHEAD LO(LWR–LH)
20AFOG
W–B
HIG
HB
EA
MIN
DIC
AT
OR
LIG
HT
[CO
MB
.M
ETE
R]
DA
YTI
ME
RU
NN
ING
LIG
HT
RE
LAY
NO
.4
HE
AD
LIG
HT
HIR
H
HE
AD
LIG
HT
HIL
H
HE
AD
LIG
HT
LOLH
HE
AD
LIG
HT
LOR
H
DA
YTI
ME
RU
NN
ING
LIG
HT
RE
LAY
NO
.3
W
W W
W–R
H5
H6
C9
H4
H3
E16
R
EA EB
2
1
2
E 3 E 4
OFF
ON
1 1
1 1
EC111
E 6
5
4
3
15AHEAD LO(LWR–RH)
R–W
R–W
W–B
W–B
R–W
W–B
W–B
R–W
R–L
G–R
R
EA12
EA13
R–G
W–B
R–B
R–B
FROM POWER SOURCESYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)
R
2 5
1 3
FOG LIGHTRELAY
FO
GLI
GH
TS
W[C
OM
B.
SW
]
C10
6
9
1
FRO
NT
FOG
LIG
HT
W–B
LH RHF 4F 3
W–B
R–L
EC1
7
R
83
CURRENT FROM THE BATTERY IS ALWAYS FLOWING FROM THE FL MAIN → HEADLIGHT RELAY (COIL SIDE) → TERMINAL 5 OF THEDAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY AND TERMINAL 14 OF THE DIMMER SW, HEADLIGHT RELAY (COIL SIDE) → TERMINAL 3 OF THEINTEGRATION RELAY → TERMINAL 4 → TERMINAL 13 OF THE LIGHT CONTROL SW, FL MAIN → DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAYNO. 2 (COIL SIDE) → TERMINAL 17 OF THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY, FL MAIN → ALT FUSE → TAILLIGHT RELAY (COIL SIDE)→ TERMINAL 4 OF THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY.
1. DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT OPERATIONWHEN THE ENGINE IS STARTED, VOLTAGE GENERATED AT TERMINAL ’L’ OF THE GENERATOR (ALTERNATOR) IS APPLIED TOTERMINAL 11 OF THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY.
IF THE PARKING BRAKE LEVER IS PULLED UP (PARKING BRAKE SW ON) AT THIS TIME, THE RELAY IS NOT ENERGIZED, SO THEDAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM DOES NOT OPERATE. IF THE PARKING BRAKE LEVER IS RELEASED (PARKING BRAKE LEVERSW OFF), THE SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE RELAY. THIS ACTIVATES THE RELAY AND CURRENT FROM FL MAIN FLOWSTO ALT FUSE → TAILLIGHT RELAY (POINT SIDE) → TAIL FUSE → TAIL, LICENCE AND FRONT CLEARANCE LIGHT → GROUND. ALSO,CURRENT FROM FL MAIN FLOWS TO DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY NO. 2 (POINT SIDE) → HEAD (UPR–LH) FUSE → TERMINAL 1OF THE HEAD HI–LH → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 2 OF THE HEAD HI–RH → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 5 OF THE DAYTIME RUNNINGLIGHT RELAY NO. 3 → TERMINAL 2 → TO GROUND, SO BOTH TAIL AND HEADLIGHT UP.
THIS IS HOW THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM OPERATES ONCE THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM OPERATES ANDTAIL, HEAD HAVE LIGHT UP, TAIL, HEAD REMAIN ON EVEN IF THE PARKING BRAKE LEVER IS PULLED UP (PARKING BRAKE SW ON).
EVEN IF THE ENGINE STALLS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND THERE IS NO VOLTAGE FROM TERMINAL ’L’ OF THE GENERATOR(ALTERNATOR), TAIL, HEAD REMAIN ON. IF THE IGNITION SW IS THEN TURNED OFF, TAIL AND HEAD ARE TURNED OFF.
IF THE ENGINE IS STARTED WHILE THE PARKING BRAKE LEVER IS RELEASED (PARKING BRAKE SW OFF), THE DAYTIME RUNNINGLIGHT SYSTEM OPERATES AND TAIL, HEAD LIGHT UP AS THE ENGINE STARTS.
2. HEADLIGHT OPERATION*WHEN THE LIGHT CONTROL SW AT THE HEAD POSITION
WHEN THE LIGHT CONTROL SW IS SET TO HEAD POSITION, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO THE HEADLIGHT RELAY (COIL SIDE)FLOWS TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE INTEGRATION RELAY → TERMINAL 4 → TERMINAL 13 OF THE LIGHT CONTROL SW → TERMINAL 11→ GROUND, TURNING THE HEADLIGHT RELAY ON.
THIS CAUSES THE CURRENT FLOWING TO THE HEADLIGHT RELAY (POINT SIDE) → DRL FUSE → DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAYNO. 3 (COIL SIDE) AND DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY NO.4 (COIL SIDE) → GROUND, TURNING THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHTRELAY NO. 3 AND NO. 4 ON. ALSO, CURRENT FROM THE HEADLIGHT RELAY (POINT SIDE) TO HEAD (LWR) FUSES → TERMINAL 1OF THE HEADLIGHTS (LO) → TERMINAL 2 → GROUND, SO THE HEADLIGHTS (LO SIDE) LIGHT UP.
*DIMMER SW AT FLASH POSITION
WHEN THE DIMMER SW IS SET TO FLASH POSITION, CURRENT FLOWS FROM HEADLIGHT RELAY (COIL SIDE) → TERMINAL 14 OFTHE DIMMER SW → TERMINAL 9 → GROUND, TURNING THE HEADLIGHT RELAY ON. AT THE SAME TIME, SIGNALS ARE OUTPUTFROM TERMINAL 12 AND TERMINAL 14 OF THE DIMMER SW TO TERMINAL 16 AND TERMINAL 5 OF THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHTRELAY, ACTIVATING THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY AND ALSO THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY NO. 2 WHEN THEHEADLIGHT RELAY AND DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY ARE ACTIVATED, THE HEADLIGHTS (LO AND HI) THEN LIGHT UP.
*DIMMER SW AT HIGH POSITION
WHEN THE LIGHT CONTROL SW IS SET TO HEAD POSITION, A SIGNAL IS OUTPUT FROM TERMINAL 13 OF THE LIGHT CONTROL SW→ TERMINAL 4 OF THE INTEGRATION RELAY → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 5 OF THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY. WHEN THEDIMMER SW IS SET TO HIGH POSITION, A SIGNAL IS OUTPUT FROM TERMINAL 12 OF THE DIMMER SW TO TERMINAL 16 OF THEDAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY. THESE SIGNALS ACTIVATE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY NO. 2, SO CURRENT FLOWS FROMDAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY NO. 2 (POINT SIDE) → HEAD (UPR–LH) FUSE → TERMINAL 1 OF THE HEADLIGHT HI–LH →TERMINAL 2 → DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY NO.4 (POINT SIDE) → GROUND, AND CURRENT ALSO SIMULTANEOUSLY FLOWSFROM HEAD (RH–UPR) FUSE → DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY NO. 3 (POINT SIDE) → TERMINAL 1 OF THE HEADLIGHT RH–HI →TERMINAL 2 → DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY NO. 4 (POINT SIDE), CAUSING THE HEADLIGHTS (HI SIDE) TO LIGHT UP.
D 4 DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY (MAIN) 2–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION15–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS 8–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH THE PARKING BRAKE LEVER PULLED UP (PARKING BRAKE SW ON)13–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
SYSTEM OUTLINE
SERVICE HINTS
84
HEADLIGHT AND FOG LIGHT (FOR CANADA)
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
C 9 30 F 7 28 I12 31
C10 30 H 3 28 J 1 31
D 4 30 H 4 28 P 4 31
F 3 28 H 5 28
F 4 28 H 6 28
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1 25 R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
5 26 R/B NO. 5 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
7 27 R/B NO. 7 (NEAR THE BATTERY)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1B
1C
1D 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
1E
20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
1M
2A22 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
2D22 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
2E 22 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
2F 22 ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
3A
3B24 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
3C24 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
3D
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EA1 34 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND RELAY WIRE (UNDER THE R/B NO. 7)
EB1 34 ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (UNDER THE J/B NO. 1)
EC1 34 COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (UNDER THE J/B NO. 1)
EE1 34 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (NEAR THE BRAKE MASTER CYLINDER)
IH1 36 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
EA 34 FRONT RIGHT FENDER
EB 34 FRONT LEFT FENDER
IE36 LEFT KICK PANEL
IF36 LEFT KICK PANEL
IG 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
E 1 E 1634 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
E 3 E 1934 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
E 434 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
I 36
E 634 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
I 46 38 COWL WIRE
E 8 I 54
38 COWL WIRE
E 12 I 71 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE
85
86
INTERIOR LIGHT
2E7
1K12 1C5
1K1 1H2 1H19
1K
7
3A
16
3D14
3C14
1B21B3
IG120 IQ115 IH22
IH28IQ25IG216 IG213
IQ119IG116
IG210 IQ214 IG212
2
1
2
1
1 1 1 1
2
1
2
12
IR19
I 7
B10
IE IJ
2
1
1C1
IH23
2
1
B11
A19
1
13 12
B
B B B
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)
20ADOME
G–R
G–RR–WR–G
R–W
RR
R
R R RR
R
R–G
R
R–W
R–W
R–G
R–G
R–W
R–G
R–W
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
R–W
R–W
R–W
R–Y
R–G
R–W
G–B
R–Y
R
RR
G–R
I102
DO
OR
CO
UR
TES
YLI
GH
TF
RO
NT
RH
DO
OR
CO
UR
TES
YLI
GH
TF
RO
NT
LH
DO
OR
KE
YC
YLI
ND
ER
LIG
HT
OPEN DOORINDICATOR LIGHT[COMB. METER]
IGNITION KEYCYLINDER LIGHT
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
DIODE
DSWD DSWP
THEFT DETERRENTAND DOOR LOCK ECU
DOOR UNLOCK ANDOPEN DETECTION SWFRONT RH
DOOR UNLOCK ANDOPEN DETECTION SWFRONT LH
DO
OR
CO
UR
TES
YS
WFR
ON
TR
H
DO
OR
CO
UR
TES
YS
WR
EA
RR
H
DO
OR
CO
UR
TES
YS
WFR
ON
TLH
DO
OR
CO
UR
TES
YS
WR
EA
RLH
J 3
C 7 , C 8I10
D7
D8
D14
T 3
D18 D19
D10
D12
D9
D11
A B
87
1
2 4 3 6 10
1K15 1M1
1I
1
1I
4
1
2
OFF
ON
DO
OR
2
1 1
B 5
B 4
IE IG BK IF
2
1
1M5
1I6
IG216
IG22
IH215
B 7
4 2
1 1
B 5
R
RR R R R
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
R–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
R–B
R–B
R R
W–B
R–W
INT
EG
RA
TIO
NR
ELA
Y
INTE
RIO
RLI
GH
T
PE
RS
ON
AL
LIG
HT
( W/
MO
ON
RO
OF)
PE
RS
ON
AL
LIG
HT
( W/O
MO
ON
RO
OF)
VA
NIT
YLI
GH
TLH
VA
NIT
YLI
GH
TR
H
DO
OR
HA
ND
LES
WD
13
I13
M2
P5
V6
V7
( W/
MO
ON
RO
OF)
(W/O MOON ROOF)
1H
6
BY15
2
1
1
R
RG
–RR
–W
2
1
LUG
GA
GE
CO
MP
AR
TM
EN
TLI
GH
T
L6
DIO
DE
D6
LUG
GA
GE
CO
MP
AR
TME
NT
LIG
HT
SW
L7
2
88
INTERIOR LIGHT
INTEGRATION RELAY1–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS4–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH EACH DOOR (FRONT LH AND RH, REAR LH AND RH) OPEN2–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH FRONT LH DOOR OPEN
D 9, D10, D11, D12 DOOR COURTESY SW1–GROUND : CLOSED WITH DOOR OPEN
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
C 7 A 30 D12 32 L 6 32
C 8 B 30 D13 32 L 7 32
D 6 32 D14 32 M 2 32
D 7 32 D18 32 P 5 32
D 8 32 D19 32 T 3 31
D 9 32 I10 31 V 6 32
D10 32 I13 32 V 7 32
D11 32 J 3 31
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1B20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
1C20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
1H 20 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
1I 20 ROOF WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
1K20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
1M20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
2E 22 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
3A
3C 24 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
3D
( )
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
IG136 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IG236 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IH2 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
IQ138 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
IQ238 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
IR1 38 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
BY1 40 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LUGGAGE ROOM LEFT)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
IE36 LEFT KICK PANEL
IF36 LEFT KICK PANEL
IG 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
IJ 36 RIGHT KICK PANEL
BK 40 ROOF LEFT
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I 738 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE
B 540 ROOF WIRE
I10238 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE
B 740 ROOF WIRE
B 4 40 ROOF WIRE B 10 40 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE
SERVICE HINTS
89
90
TAILLIGHT
EE14
2
1
11
1
2
2
2
1
2
1
E 3 E 4
E 2
1E4 1B81D14
3D4
3D5
EC13
IF EB EA
LIG
HT
CO
NT
RO
LS
W OFF
TAIL
HEAD
GG
GG G
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
G
G–B
G–R
G–R
WW
B
TAILLIGHTRELAY 15A
TAIL
100A
ALT
FL MAIN2. 0L
BATTERY
INTEGRATIONRELAY
DAYTIMERUNNINGLIGHT RELAY
COMBINATION SW
W–B
FRO
NT
CLE
AR
AN
CE
LIG
HT
LH
FRO
NT
CLE
AR
AN
CE
LIG
HT
RH
1H
7G
2 3
1 5
3
4D 4
I12
F7
F5
F6
C10
FU
SE
BO
X
( CA
NA
DA
)
( US
A)
TO DAYTIME RUNNINGLIGHT RELAY (MAIN)
G
G
(CANADA)
E
E
EJUNCTIONCONNECTOR
J 1
( CA
NA
DA
)
91
G
G
G
1H9
10AGAUGE
1B
6
–+
5 8 4
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)
Y–G
Y
R–L
LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR
DELAYCIRCUIT
L 2
REAR LIGHTWARNING LIGHT[COMB. METER]
C 8 , C 9
–+
TA
ILLI
GH
TR
H
LIC
EN
SE
PLA
TELI
GH
TR
H
2
61
TA
ILLI
GH
TLH
LIC
EN
SE
PLA
TELI
GH
TLH
2
61
BO
A1
B11
BL
A
A
7 12 11
BY16 BY14
BY11
G
G
W–B
LG–R
G
LG–R G
LGLG
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
II117
Y–G
A B
B31
B29
TAILLIGHT AND LICENSEPLATE LIGHT RH[REAR COMB. LIGHT]
TAILLIGHT AND LICENSEPLATE LIGHT LH[REAR COMB. LIGHT]
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
J 5
R 7 R 6
B22
92
TAILLIGHT
WHEN THE LIGHT CONTROL SW IS TURNED TO TAIL OR HEAD POSITION, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE LIGHTFAILURE SENSOR THROUGH THE TAIL FUSE.
WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE LIGHT FAILURESENSOR, AND ALSO FLOWS THROUGH THE REAR LIGHTS WARNING LIGHT TO TERMINAL 4 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR.
TAILLIGHT DISCONNECTION WARNINGWITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND THE LIGHT CONTROL SW TURNED TO TAIL OR HEAD POSITION, IF THE TAILLIIGHT CIRCUIT ISOPEN, THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR DETECTS THE FAILURE BY THE CHANGE IN CURRENT FLOWING FROM TERMINAL 5 OF THELIGHT FAILURE SENSOR TO TERMINAL 7, 12 AND THE WARNING CIRCUIT OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR IS ACTIVATED.
AS A RESULT, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 4 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR → TERMINAL 11 → GROUND AND TURNSTHE REAR LIGHT WARNING LIGHT ON, WHICH REMAINS ON UNTIL THE LIGHT CONTROL SW IS TURNED OFF.
TAILLIGHT RELAY3–5: CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION
L 2 LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR4, 8–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION 5–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION 11–GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUITY
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
C 8 A 30 F 6 28 L 2 32
C 9 B 30 F 7 28 R 6 32
C10 30 I12 31 R 7 32
D 4 30 J 1 32
F 5 28 J 5 32
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1B
1D 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
1E
20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
1H 20 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
3D 24 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EC1 34 COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (UNDER THE J/B NO. 1)
EE1 34 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (NEAR THE BRAKE MASTER CYLINDER)
II1 36 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
BY1 40 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LUGGAGE ROOM LEFT)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
EA 34 FRONT RIGHT FENDER
EB 34 FRONT LEFT FENDER
IF 36 LEFT KICK PANEL
BL 40 UNDER THE LEFT QUARTER PILLAR
BO 40 BACK PANEL CENTER
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
E 2 B 22 40 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE
E 3 34 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE B 2940 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE
E 4 B 3140 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE
SYSTEM OUTLINE
SERVICE HINTS
93
94
ILLUMINATION
IF IJ
1D10
3D5
1B5 1D2 3D11 3C11
1L8 1D1 3D1 3C1
1D14 3D9 3D201B81E4
1
2
3
7
3
2
1
3
2
1
1
2
B
A A
11
1
3 9
2
2 3
2
2
4 10
1
1 5
B
1L7 1B4 1D11
3D
4
3C
4
OFF
TAIL
HEADLIG
HT
CO
NT
RO
LS
W
I52
2
1
IH2
12
WB
G–R
G–B
G–R
G
G
G
GG G
G G
IH216G
G
G
G–W B B B
B
W–G
W–B
W–B
W–B
G
B
W–G
B
W–G
TAILLIGHTRELAY
15ATAIL
BATTERY
COMBINATION SW
G
GEE14
W
DAYTIME RUNNINGLIGHT RELAY
100A
ALT
FUSE BOX
INTEGRATIONRELAY
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
IH110
B
GLOVE BOXLIGHT SW
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
GLO
VE
BO
XLI
GH
T
A/C
CO
NT
RO
LA
SS
EM
BLY
HA
ZA
RD
SW
AS
HT
RA
YIL
LUM
INA
TIO
N
HE
AD
LIG
HT
CLE
AN
ER
SW
J 2
G 4
C10
I12
J 2
F 7
G3
A12
H9
C5
H10 E
11
D 4
( US
A)
(CANADA)( CA
NA
DA
)( C
AN
AD
A)
(CANADA)
( US
A)
( CA
NA
DA
)
ELE
CTR
ON
ICC
ON
TR
OLL
ED
TR
AN
SM
ISS
ION
PA
TT
ER
NS
ELE
CT
SW
FL MAIN2. 0L
95
IG
3D6
1C11
3C21 3C20 1D6
3C18
1M1
4
2
6
3
6
3
9
2
23
1 4 8
A
2 5 6
3
7
6
4
5
25
A
I79
I69
I74
I47
I51
I48
IH11
IJ1
9
IJ1
5
IJ1
6
IJ1
8
IJ1
7
7
3
W–G
B
W–G
G
G
R–G
R–W
R–L
G G
R–L
R–W
R–B
R–G
R–L
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
R–L
R–Y
R–L
W–BB
GGG
GG
GG
GG
GG R–L
W–G
W–G
W–G
W–G
W–G
W–G
W–G
R 4
C 8
R 5
J2
TR E2 E
T IG
RE
RV
RLR–B
R–G
RHEOSTATVOLUME
RHEOSTAT
COMBINATIONMETER
TO A/C CONTROLASSEMBLY
10AGAUGE
JUN
CT
ION
CO
NN
EC
TOR
I78
I80
I78
I80
A/T
IND
ICA
TO
R( S
HIF
TLE
VE
R)
RA
DIO
AN
DP
LAY
ER
SE
AT
HE
ATE
RS
W( D
RIV
ER
’S
)
SE
AT
HE
ATE
RS
W( P
AS
SE
NG
ER
’S
)
O4
R1 S
5
S6
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)
4
I49
R–G
96
ILLUMINATION
TAILLIGHT RELAY3–5 : CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION (WHEN LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF SYSTEM IS OFF)
CLOSED WITH ENGINE RUNNING AND PARKING BRAKE LEVER RELEASED (CANADA)
R 4 RHEOSTAT2–4, 8 : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH RHEOSTAT FULLY TURNED COUNTERCLOCKWISE AND 0 VOLT WITH FULLY TURNED CLOCKWISE
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
A12 30 G 3 31 R 1 31
C 5 30 G 4 31 R 4 31
C 8 30 H 9 31 R 5 31
C10 30 H10 31 S 5 31
D 4 30 I12 31 S 6 31
E11 30 J 2 31
F 7 28 O 4 31
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1B
1C
1D20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
1E20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
1L
1M
3C24 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
3D24 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EE1 34 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (NEAR THE BRAKE MASTER CYLINDER)
IH1 36 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IH2 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
IJ1 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL NO. 2 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE COMBINATION METER)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
IF 36 LEFT KICK PANEL
IG 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
IJ 36 RIGHT KICK PANEL
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I 47 I 69
I 48 I 74
I 49 38 COWL WIRE I 78 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE
I 51 I 79
I 52 I 80
SERVICE HINTS
97
98
FRONT FOG LIGHT (FOR USA)
1
20AFOG
EA EB
2
1
2
E 3 E 4
IF
OFF
ON
1 1
1 1
EC111
E 6
5
2
15AHEAD(RH)
R–W
R–W
W–B
W–B
R–W
W–B
W–B
R–W
G–R
R–B
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)
2 5
1 3
FOG LIGHTRELAY
FOG LIGHT SW[COMB. SW]
C10
6
9
1
FR
ON
TF
OG
LIG
HT
W–B
LH RHF 4F 3
E17 EC1
5
TO
HE
AD
LIG
HT
RH
R–Y
R–Y
R–Y
R–Y
LOW
HIGH
FLASH
9
3
R–L
W–B
DIMMER SW[COMB. SW]
C10
99
(1) FOG LIGHT RELAY3–5 : CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION, DIMMER SW AT LOW POSITION AND FOG LIGHT SW ON
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
C10 30 F 3 28 F 4 28
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1 25 R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
5 26 R/B NO. 5 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EC1 34 COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (UNDER THE J/B NO. 1)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
EA 34 FRONT RIGHT FENDER
EB 34 FRONT LEFT FENDER
IF 36 LEFT KICK PANEL
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
E 334 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
E 634 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
E 434 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
E 1734 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
6
9
1 2
F 3, F 4 BLACKC10 BLACK
SERVICE HINTS
100
TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LIGHT
7 9 5 6 1 5 8
3
10 8
B
BF
F
1
3
2
4
2
4
1
3
A8 B2
C23
3D6
1A4
1C11
1H16
3C18
1M1
IGEABOEBIF
1M5
1C8
BY19 BY18
6
EC14 EC11
II12
I32
I31
1A2 2E5
I34
6
6
2
1
I33
G–R
G–W
G–B
G–Y
G–W
G–B
G–Y
G–YG
–BG
–B
W–B
G–B
G–B
G–B
G–Y
G–Y
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
G–B
W–B
G–B
G–Y
G–Y
G–Y
G–B
L
G–B
G–B
W
G–Y
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)
7. 5ATURN
15AHAZ–HORN
HAZARD TURN
HAZARD SWTURN SIGNAL SW[COMB. SW]
OFF
ON
RH
LH
TURN SIGNALFLASHER
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
LH RH
FR
ON
TTU
RN
SIG
NA
LLI
GH
TLH
RE
AR
TUR
NS
IGN
AL
LIG
HT
LH[R
EA
RC
OM
B.
LIG
HT
LH]
RE
AR
TUR
NS
IGN
AL
LIG
HT
RH
[RE
AR
CO
MB
.LI
GH
TR
H]
FRO
NT
TU
RN
SIG
NA
LLI
GH
TR
H
TU
RN
SIG
NA
LIN
DIC
ATO
RLI
GH
T[C
OM
B.
ME
TE
R]
C7
,C
8,
C9
F5
R6
R7 F
6
J 1 J 1
AC
B
H 9C10
101
TURN SIGNAL FLASHER(6) 2–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON OR HAZARD SW ON(6) 1–GROUND : CHANGES FROM APPROX. 12 TO 0 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND TURN SIGNAL SW LEFT OR RIGHT, OR
HAZARD SW ON(6) 3–GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUITY
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
C 7 A 30 F 5 28 R 6 32
C 8 C 30 F 6 28 R 7 32
C 9 B 30 H 9 31
C10 30 J 1 31
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
6 26 R/B NO. 6 (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1A20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
1C20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
1H 20 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
1M 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
2E 22 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
3C24 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
3D24 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EC1 34 COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (UNDER THE J/B NO. 1)
II1 36 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
BY1 40 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LUGGAGE ROOM LEFT)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
EA 34 FRONT RIGHT FENDER
EB 34 FRONT LEFT FENDER
IF 36 LEFT KICK PANEL
IG 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
BO 40 BACK PANEL CENTER
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I 3138 COWL WIRE
I 3338 COWL WIRE
I 3238 COWL WIRE
I 3438 COWL WIRE
SERVICE HINTS
102
TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LIGHT
103
STOP LIGHT
104
STOP LIGHT
1M3 1H9 1D6
1H17
1M6
B23G–W
G–R
G–W
G–W
G–W
Y–G
Y
R–L
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)
25ASTOP
10AGAUGE
A1
B11
L 2
C 8 , C 9A B
Y–G
REAR LIGHT WARNINGLIGHT [COMB. METER]
62 111
9 8 4LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR10
–+
+–
+– DELAY
CIRCUIT
BY112 BY114
BO BLBM
2 2 2
A
3 3 1 A
BX23BX21
1
2
( W/
CD
CH
AN
GE
R)
STOP LIGHTSW
G–O
G–R
R R
W–B
R
R
G–R
G–O
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
ST
OP
LIG
HT
RH
[RE
AR
CO
MB
.LI
GH
TR
H]
ST
OP
LIG
HT
LH[R
EA
RC
OM
B.
LIG
HT
LH]
HIG
HT
MO
UN
TS
TOP
LIG
HT
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
R6
R7
H12
J 5
S12
( W/O
CD
CH
AN
GE
R)
II117
105
CURRENT IS APPLIED AT ALL TIMES THROUGH A STOP FUSE TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE STOP LIGHT SW. WHEN THE IGNITION SW ISTURNED ON, CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR, AND ALSO FLOWSTHROUGH THE REAR LIGHT WARNING LIGHT TO TERMINAL 4 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR.
STOP LIGHT DISCONNECTION WARNINGWHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON AND THE BRAKE PEDAL IS PRESSED (STOP LIGHT SW ON), IF THE STOP LIGHT CIRCUIT ISOPEN, THE CURRENT FLOWING FROM TERMINALS 9, 10 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR TO TERMINALS 1, 2, 6 CHANGES, SO THELIGHT FAILURE SENSOR DETECTS THE DISCONNECTION AND THE WARNING CIRCUIT OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR ISACTIVATED. AS A RESULT, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 4 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR → TERMINAL 11 → GROUNDAND TURNS THE REAR LIGHT WARNING LIGHT ON. BY PRESSING THE BRAKE PEDAL, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL 8 OFTHE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR KEEPS THE WARNING CIRCUIT ON HOLD AND THE WARNING LIGHT ON UNTIL THE IGNITION SW ISTURNED OFF.
S12 STOP LIGHT SW2–1: CLOSED WITH BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED
L 2 LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR1, 2, 6, 9, 10–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH STOP LIGHT SW ON
4, 8–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION11–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
C 8 A 30 J 5 32 R 7 32
C 9 B 30 L 2 32 S12 31
H12 32 R 6 32
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1D 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
1H 20 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
1M 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
II1 36 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
BX2 40 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (BEHIND PACKAGE TRAY TRIM)
BY1 40 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LUGGAGE ROOM LEFT)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
BL 40 UNDER THE LEFT QUARTER PILLAR
BM 40 UNDER THE RIGHT QUARTER PILLAR
BO 40 BACK PANEL CENTER
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
B 23 40 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE
SYSTEM OUTLINE
SERVICE HINTS
106
BACK–UP LIGHT
1D6
IM32
5
6
1
2
IM31
II110
B30
BO
22
5 5
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)
R–L
R–B
R–B
R–L
R–L
R–B
R–B
R–B
R–B
R–B
W–B
10AGAUGE
BACK–UPLIGHT SW(M/T)
PA
RK
/NE
UT
RA
LP
OS
ITIO
NS
W( N
EU
TR
AL
ST
AR
TS
W)(
A/T
)
BACK–UPLIGHT RH[REAR COMB.LIGHT RH]
BACK–UPLIGHT LH[REAR COMB.LIGHT LH]
B 1
P1
R 6 R 7
(M/T)
( A/T
)( A
/T)
(M/T)
W–B
BY13
107
B 1 BACK–UP LIGHT SW2–1 : CLOSED WITH SHIFT LEVER IN R POSITION
P 1 BACK–UP LIGHT SW [PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW (NEUTRAL START SW)]6–5 : CLOSED WITH SHIFT LEVER IN R POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
B 1 28 R 6 32
P 1 29 R 7 32
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1D 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
II1 36 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND COWL WIRE
IM3 38 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE
BY1 40 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
BO 40 BACK PANEL CENTER
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
B30 40 LUGGAGE ROOM MAIN WIRE
1 2 5 6 2
5
R 6 , R 7B 1 G R A Y P 1 G R A Y
SERVICE HINTS
108
HEADLIGHT CLEANER (FOR CANADA)
2F2
1A13 1M22E1
I65
I28
EC110IO117
IH12
IO118
4
3
IH112
I10
EA IF
M
2
1
12 9 11
14 13
3
5
16
2 3
415
TIMER
3 1
4
4 220AWIPER
40AAM1
TO” HEAD” FUSE,” DRL” FUSE
HEADLIGHTRELAY
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)
B
R–B R–B
B
W L
R–B
R–B
R–B
R–G
Y–R
Y–R
W L
R–B
R–Y
W–B
R–Y
W–B
W–B
R–Y
W–B
W–B
L
DIM
ME
RS
WLI
GH
TC
ON
TRO
LS
W
LOW
HIGH
FLASH
OFF
TAIL
HEADHEADLIGHT CLEANERRELAY
COMBINATIONSW
DAYTIME RUNNINGLIGHT RELAY
HEADLIGHTCLEANERSWBATTERY
FL MAIN2. 0L
INTEGRATIONRELAY
HEADLIGHTCLEANERMOTOR
H10
D 4
I12
H 2
C10
R–B
H 1
109
H 2 HEADLIGHT CLEANER RELAY5–2 : CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION AND HEADLIGHT CLEANER SW ON
CLOSED WITH DIMMER SW AT FLASH POSITION AND HEADLIGHT CLEANER SW ON
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
C10 30 H 1 28 H10 31
D 4 30 H 2 28 I12 31
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1A20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
1M20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
2E 22 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
2F 22 ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EC1 34 COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (UNDER THE J/B NO. 1)
IH1 36 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
I01 38 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
EA 34 FRONT RIGHT FENDER
IF 36 LEFT KICK PANEL
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I 1038 COWL WIRE
I 65 38 COWL WIRE
I 2838 COWL WIRE
119 12 13 14
X 5 X X
X X 16
21
1
4 5
2 3
X
3 4 3 4
C10 D 4 H 1 H 2
H10 I12
BLACK GRAY GRAY BLACK
BLACK
SERVICE HINTS
110
LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF
1
IFIG
OFF
TAIL
HEAD
1E4 2F2
1B8 2E12E7
1C1
1H2
A2 A3
A1 A4
1M1
LIG
HT
CO
NTR
OL
SW
410
3
2
11
2 13
71
5
1
W
B
G–R
R–B
R
G R–Y
R–G
BB
W–B
W–B
10AGAUGE
TAILLIGHTRELAY
DA
YTI
ME
RU
NN
ING
LIG
HT
RE
LAY( U
SA
)
INTEGRATION RELAY
Q
Q
S
R
R
S
HEADLIGHTRELAY20A
DOME
DO
OR
CO
UR
TES
YS
WFR
ON
TLH
100A
ALT
BATTERY
FL MAIN2. 0L
W
1 5 4 2
332
D4
FUS
EB
OX
F7
D9
COMBINATION SWC10
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM(SEE PAGE 56)
2
1
DIO
DE
( US
A)
1
2D8
WTO
”H
EA
DR
H”
FUS
E( U
SA
) ,”
HE
AD
LOLH
”F
US
E( C
AN
AD
A)
G–B
(CANADA)
I71
4
HTAIL
T
TOTAIL FUSE
R–B
( CA
NA
DA
)
R–B
( CA
NA
DA
)
R–B
E11B
2
11 13
X 3 4 5 X X
X X
11 2 1 2 3 4
C10 BLACK
D 4 GRAY
D 9 F 7
I12 A
I12 A
G–R
( CA
NA
DA
)
EE14
W
111
WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 7 OF THE INTEGRATION RELAY THROUGH GAUGEFUSE.
VOLTAGE IS APPLIED AT ALL TIMES TO TERMINAL (A)2 OF THE INTEGRATION RELAY THROUGH THE TAILLIGHT RELAY (COIL SIDE),AND TO TERMINAL (A)3 THROUGH THE HEADLIGHT RELAY (COIL SIDE).
1. NORMAL LIGHTING OPERATION(TURN TAILLIGHT ON)
WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW TURNED TO TAIL POSITION, A SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL (A)1 OF THE INTEGRATION RELAY.ACCORDING TO THIS SIGNAL, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL (A)2 OF THE RELAY FLOWS FROM TERMINAL (A)1 →TERMINAL 2 OF THE LIGHT CONTROL SW → TERMINAL 11 → TO GROUND AND TAILLIGHT RELAY CAUSES TAILLIGHT TO TURN ON.
(TURN HEADLIGHT ON)
WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW TURNED TO HEAD POSITION, A SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO TERMINALS (A)1 AND (A)4 OF THE INTEGRATIONRELAY. ACCORDING TO THIS SIGNAL, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL (A)3 OF THE RELAY FLOWS TO TERMINAL (A)4 →TERMINAL 13 OF THE LIGHT CONTROL SW → TERMINAL 11 → TO GROUND IN THE HEADLIGHT CIRCUIT, AND CAUSES TAILLIGHTAND HEADLIGHT RELAY TO TURN THE LIGHT ON. THE TAILLIGHT CIRCUIT IS SAME AS ABOVE.
2. LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF OPERATIONWITH LIGHTS ON AND IGNITION SW TURNED OFF (INPUT SIGNAL GOES TO TERMINAL 7 OF THE RELAY), WHEN DOOR ON DRIVER’SSIDE IS OPENED (INPUT SIGNAL GOES TO TERMINAL 4 OF THE RELAY), THE RELAY OPERATES AND THE CURRENT IS CUT OFFWHICH FLOWS FROM TERMINAL (A)2 OF THE RELAY TO TERMINAL (A)1 IN TAILLIGHT CIRCUIT AND FROM TERMINAL (A)3 TOTERMINAL (A)4 IN HEADLIGHT CIRCUIT. AS A RESULT, ALL LIGHTS ARE TURNED OFF AUTOMATICALLY.
I12 INTEGRATION RELAY7–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION1–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS
(A) 3–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT OFF OR TAIL POSITION(A) 2–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT OFF POSITION
4–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH FRONT LH DOOR OPEN(A) 4–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION(A) 1–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION
10–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
C10 30 D 9 32 I12 A 31
D 4 30 F 7 28
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1B
1C 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO.1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
1E
20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO.1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
1H 20 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
1M 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
2D 22 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
2E 22 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO.2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
2F 22 ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EE1 34 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (NEAR THE BRAKE MASTER CYLINDER)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
IF 36 LEFT KICK PANEL
IG 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
E 11 34 ENGINE WIRE I 71 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE
SYSTEM OUTLINE
SERVICE HINTS
112
WIPER AND WASHER
1M2
I36 I21 E20
I23
IO111
IO1
17
M
1
2
M
3 1 6 52
WA
SH
ER
OFF
INT
MIS
T
LO HIG
H
8
16
6
14
7
4
18
13
IF
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)
+1 +1S +2 B +S
LL
L L L
L–W
W–G
LG–R
L–B
L–W
L–W
W–B
W–G
LG–R
L–O
L–B
L–Y
L
L
L
LL–
W
L
L–W
L–B
L–B
L–O
L–Y
L–B
W–L L
L–O
L–Y
W–B
20AWIPER
WIPER MOTOR
WIPER AND WASHER (W/ WIPER RELAY)[COMB. SW]
WASHERMOTOR
SW
ITC
HIN
GC
ON
NE
CT
OR
W 4
W 1
C11
WIPER RELAY
EA EB
E 4
4
W–B
W–B
W–B
IO115 IO112 IO116 IO114
113
3C18
1M1
IO31 IO32 IO33 IO36 IO37 IO38
M
3C6
1C11
IG
14 13 12 5 6 8 9
10 3 4 1 7
1 2 3 4 5 6
L
L–W
W–G
LG–R
L–B
L–W L
R–Y
R–L
Y–GR
R–B
G–RW
–BW
–B G–R
R–B R
Y–G R–L
R–Y
W–B
E CO PA1 PA2 PA3 M/F M/B
+1 C1 +2S W B
WIPER ANGLE CONTROL MOTOR
WIPER CONTROLRELAY
NO
.1
NO
.2
NO
.3
W 5
W 3
114
WIPER AND WASHER
1. LOW SPEED OPERATIONWHEN THE WIPER SW IS TURNED TO LO POSITION, CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE WIPER FUSE TO TERMINAL 18 OF THE WIPERAND WASHER SW → TERMINAL 7 → TERMINAL 3 OF THE WIPER MOTOR → TERMINAL 4 → GROUND, CAUSING THE WIPER MOTORTO OPERATE AT LOW SPEED. INPUT OF A SIGNAL TO TERMINAL 10 OF THE WIPER CONTROL RELAY FROM TERMINAL 1 OF THEWIPER MOTOR AT THIS TIME CAUSES THE WIPER CONTROL RELAY TO OPERATE AS EXPLAINED FOR INT POSITION OPERATION.
2. HIGH SPEED OPERATIONWHEN THE WIPER SW IS TURNED TO HI POSITION, A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 4 OF THE WIPER CONTROL RELAY FROMTERMINAL 6 OF THE WIPER AND WASHER SW. THE WIPER CONTROL RELAY SENDS CURRENT FROM THE WIPER FUSE TOTERMINAL 7 OF THE WIPER CONTROL RELAY → TERMINAL 8 → TERMINAL 5 OF WIPER ANGLE CONTROL MOTOR → TERMINAL 6 →TERMINAL 9 OF WIPER CONTROL RELAY → TERMINAL 14 → GROUND, CAUSING THE WIPER ANGLE CONTROL MOTOR TO ROTATEUNTIL THE NO. 2 SW INSIDE THE WIPER ANGLE CONTROL MOTOR IS ON AND THE NO. 3 SW IS OFF. SIMULTANEOUSLY, CURRENTFLOWS FROM THE WIPER FUSE TO TERMINAL 18 OF THE WIPER AND WASHER SW → TERMINAL 13 → TERMINAL 2 OF WIPERMOTOR → TERMINAL 4 → GROUND, CAUSING THE WIPER MOTOR TO OPERATE AT HIGH SPEED.
3. INT POSITIONWHEN THE WIPER SW IS TURNED TO INT POSITION, CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 14 OF THE WIPER AND WASHER SW TOTERMINAL 3 OF THE WIPER CONTROL RELAY. THE WIPER CONTROL RELAY DOSE NOT OPERATE WHEN NO. 1 SW INSIDE THEWIPER ANGLE CONTROL MOTOR IS ON. AT OTHER TIMES, WHEN NO. 3 SW INSIDE THE WIPER ANGLE CONTROL MOTOR IS ON,CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE WIPER FUSE TO TERMINAL 7 OF WIPER CONTROL RELAY → TERMINAL 8 → TERMINAL 5 OF WIPERANGLE CONTROL MOTOR → TERMINAL 6 → TERMINAL 9 OF WIPER CONTROL RELAY → TERMINAL 14 → GROUND, CAUSING THEWIPER ANGLE CONTROL MOTOR TO ROTATE UNTIL NO. 1 SW INSIDE THE WIPER ANGLE CONTROL MOTOR IS TURNED ON.
WHEN NO. 3 SW INSIDE WIPER ANGLE CONTROL MOTOR IS OFF, CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE WIPER FUSE TO TERMINAL 7 OFTHE WIPER CONTROL RELAY → TERMINAL 9 → TERMINAL 6 OF WIPER ANGLE CONTROL MOTOR → TERMINAL 5 → TERMINAL 8 OFWIPER CONTROL RELAY → TERMINAL 14 → GROUND, ROTATING THE WIPER ANGLE CONTROL MOTOR UNTIL NO. 1 SW INSIDETHE WIPER ANGLE CONTROL MOTOR IS TURNED ON. SIMULTANEOUSLY, CURRENT FROM THE WIPER FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL18 OF THE WIPER AND WASHER SW → TERMINAL 16 → GROUND, ACTIVATING THE INTERMITTENT CIRCUIT OF THE WIPER RELAY.THIS CAUSES CURRENT TO FLOW FROM THE WIPER FUSE TO TERMINAL 18 OF THE WIPER AND WASHER SW → TERMINAL 7 →TERMINAL 3 OF WIPER MOTOR → TERMINAL 4 → GROUND, ACTIVATING THE WIPER MOTOR. THE INTERMITTENT OPERATION ISCONTROLLED BY THE CHARGED/DISCHARGED STATE OF THE CONDENSER INSIDE THE WIPER RELAY.
BY ADJUSTING THE “INT TIME” CONTROL VOLUME SW, THE CONDENSER RECHARGE INTERVAL IS ADJUSTED, THEREBYCHARGING THE INTERMITTENT INTERVAL.
4. MIST POSITIONWHEN THE WIPER SW IS TURNED TO MIST POSITION, CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE WIPER FUSE TO TERMINAL 18 OF THE WIPERAND WASHER SW → TERMINAL 16 → GROUND, ACTIVATING THE MIST CIRCUIT OF THE WIPER RELAY. ACCORDINGLY, WHEN THEWIPER SW IS AT OFF OR INT POSITION ONLY, CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE WIPER FUSE TO TERMINAL 18 OF THE WIPER ANDWASHER SW → TERMINAL 7 → TERMINAL 3 OF WIPER MOTOR → TERMINAL 4 → GROUND, ACTIVATING THE WIPER MOTOR. ATTHIS TIME, INPUT OF A SIGNAL TO TERMINAL 10 OF THE WIPER CONTROL RELAY FROM TERMINAL 1 OF THE WIPER MOTORCAUSES THE WIPER CONTROL RELAY TO OPERATE AS DESCRIBED FOR INT POSITION OPERATION.
5. OFF POSITIONWHEN THE WIPER SW IS TURNED TO OFF POSITION FROM ANOTHER POSITION AND A SIGNAL IS OUTPUT FROM THE WIPER ANDWASHER SW, AND A WIPER MOTOR STOP SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 10 OF THE WIPER CONTROL RELAY FROM TERMINAL 1OF THE WIPER MOTOR THE WIPER CONTROL RELAY THEN SENDS CURRENT FROM THE WIPER FUSE TO TERMINAL 7 OF THEWIPER CONTROL RELAY → TERMINAL 9 → TERMINAL 6 OF WIPER ANGLE CONTROL MOTOR → TERMINAL 5 → TERMINAL 8 OFWIPER CONTROL RELAY → TERMINAL 14 → GROUND, CAUSING THE WIPER ANGLE CONTROL MOTOR TO ROTATE UNTIL THE NO. 2SW AND NO. 3 SW INSIDE THE WIPER ANGLE CONTROL MOTOR BOTH TURN ON.
WHEN THE SWITCHING CONNECTOR ON THE WIPER MOTOR IS TURNED OFF, THE OPERATION EXPLAINED ABOVE IS CANCELLED.
SYSTEM OUTLINE
115
6. WASHER LINKED OPERATIONWHEN THE WASHER SW IS TURNED ON, CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE WIPER FUSE TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE WASHER MOTOR →TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 8 OF WIPER AND WASHER SW → TERMINAL 16 → GROUND, CAUSING THE WASHER TO OPERATE ANDTHE WINDSHIELD WASHER TO SPRAY.
THIS CURRENT FLOW ALSO ACTIVATES THE WASHER LINKED CIRCUIT OF THE WIPER RELAY, SO CURRENT FLOWS FROM THEWIPER FUSE TO TERMINAL 18 OF THE WIPER AND WASHER SW → TERMINAL 7 → TERMINAL 3 OF WIPER MOTOR → TERMINAL 4→ GROUND, ACTIVATING THE WIPER MOTOR. AT THIS TIME, INPUT OF A SIGNAL TO TERMINAL 10 OF THE WIPER CONTROL RELAYFROM TERMINAL 1 OF THE WIPER MOTOR CAUSES THE WIPER CONTROL RELAY TO OPERATE AS DESCRIBED FOR INT POSITIONOPERATION.
DUE TO THE OPERATION OF THE CONDENSER INSIDE THE WIPER RELAY, THE WIPER MOTOR DOES NOT IMMEDIATELY STOPWHEN THE WASHER SW IS TURNED OFF.
C11 WIPER AND WASHER SW (W/ WIPER RELAY)16–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY18–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION 7–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH WIPER AND WASHER SW AT LOW OR MIST POSITION
APPROX. 12 VOLTS 2 TO 11 SECONDS INTERMITTENTLY WITH WIPER SW AT INT POSITION 4–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON UNLESS WIPER MOTOR AT STOP POSITION13–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH WIPER AND WASHER SW AT HIGH POSITION
W 3 WIPER MOTOR5–6 : CLOSED UNLESS WIPER MOTOR AT STOP POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
C11 30 W 3 29 W 5 31
W 1 29 W 4 29
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1C20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
1M20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
3C 24 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
IO138 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
IO338 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
EA 34 FRONT RIGHT FENDER
EB 34 FRONT LEFT FENDER
IF 36 LEFT KICK PANEL
IG 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
E 434 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
I 2338 COWL WIRE
E 2034 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
I 3638 COWL WIRE
I 21 38 COWL WIRE
SYSTEM OUTLINE
SERVICE HINTS
116
POWER WINDOW
2E7 1L1
1K12
1C1
IH2
3
IH2
13
IH25
M2 1
2
1
2
1
IQ115 IG120
IJ IE
6 3
A2 A8 B8
A20 A16 A12 A13
B
RR
G–B
W–B
R–W
R–G
R G
R–G
R–G
R–W
W–B
W–B W
–B
B–R B–R
R–L
W–L
R–W
R R
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)
20ADOME
15AECU–IG
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
KEY OFF POWER CIRCUITTHEFT DETERRENT ANDDOOR LOCK ECU
POWER WINDOW MASTER SW ANDDOOR LOCK CONTROL SW
DOOR LOCK MOTOR,DOOR UNLOCK ANDOPEN DETECTION SWFRONT RH
DOOR LOCK MOTOR,DOOR UNLOCK ANDOPEN DETECTION SWFRONT LH
POWER WINDOWMOTOR FRONT LH
UP
DO
WN
AU
TO
NO
RM
AL
FRONT LH
P 9
J 3
D19 D18
P10
T 3 , T 4A B
LOC
K4
W–B
IG116
W–B
+
–+
–
B 3W–B
W–B
B
117
M2 1
5 1
11 13 7 14 1210
8
1 5
32
AA
IG17
IH217
IF12IF16IF113IR12IR13IR113
IQ19IQ114IQ110
BV17 BV16 BV15 BU17 BU13 BU15
IG15 IG115
IG111 IG112 IG16 IG113
IH2
18
IH2
10
1L6
1M1 1K11 1K10 1K2
IG
I 6
4 2 3
G R
P11
P6
P 9
J 3
M1 2
5 1
4 2 3
G R
M2 1
5 1
4 2 3
G R
LL
LL
W–B
G–W R–L
G–W R–L L
G–B
R–B
G–B
R–B
G–Y
R–Y
R–Y
G–Y
L
G–W R–L
G–B
R–B
G–Y
R–Y
G–B
R–B L
G–Y
R–Y L
W–B
W–L
L
L
L
L
LL
L L
W–L
R–L
L
P12 P13
P7
P8
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)
30APOWER
W–L
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
POWER MAINRELAY
POWER WINDOW MASTER SW ANDDOOR LOCK CONTROL SW
REAR RHFRONT RH REAR LH
UP
DO
WN
UP
DO
WN
UP
POWER WINDOW MOTORFRONT RH
POWER WINDOW MOTORREAR RH
POWER WINDOW MOTORREAR LH
PO
WE
RW
IND
OW
CO
NTR
OL
SW
RE
AR
LH
PO
WE
RW
IND
OW
CO
NTR
OL
SW
RE
AR
RHPO
WE
RW
IND
OW
CO
NTR
OL
SW
FR
ON
TR
H
DO
WN
I103
UP
DO
WN
UP
DO
WN
UP
DO
WN
118
POWER WINDOW
WHEN THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, CURRENT FLOWS THROUGH THE ECU–IG FUSE → TERMINAL (A)2 OF THEFT DETERRENTAND DOOR LOCK ECU → TERMINAL (B)8 → TERMINAL 1 OF THE POWER MAIN RELAY → TERMINAL 2 → TO GROUND. THISACTIVATES THE RELAY AND THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE RELAY FROM POWER FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 3OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 8 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW, TERMINAL 3 (FRONT RH) AND TERMINAL 3 (REAR LH, RH) OFTHE POWER WINDOW SW.
1. MANUAL OPERATION (DRIVER’S WINDOW)WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON AND WITH THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW (DRIVER’S) IN UP POSITION, THE CURRENTFLOWING TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW FLOWS TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE MASTER SW → TERMINAL 1 OFTHE POWER WINDOW MOTOR → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 6 OF THE MASTER SW → TERMINAL 4 → TO GROUND AND CAUSESTHE POWER WINDOW MOTOR TO ROTATE IN THE UP DIRECTION. THE WINDOW ASCENDS ONLY WHILE THE SW IS BEING PUSHED.IN DOWN OPERATION, THE FLOW OF CURRENT FROM → TERMINAL 8 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW TO TERMINAL 6 OFTHE MASTER SW CAUSES THE FLOW OF CURRENT FROM TERMINAL 2 OF THE MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 3 OF THEMASTER SW → TERMINAL 4 → TO GROUND, FLOWING IN THE OPPOSITE DIRECTION TO MANUAL UP OPERATION AND CAUSINGTHE MOTOR TO ROTATE IN REVERSE, LOWERING THE WINDOW.
2. AUTO DOWN OPERATIONWHEN THE DRIVER’S WINDOW SW IN THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW IS PUSHED STRONGLY ON THE DOWN SIDE, CURRENTFLOWS FROM TERMINAL 8 OF THE MASTER SW → TERMINAL 6 → TERMINAL 2 OF THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 →TERMINAL 3 OF THE MASTER SW → TERMINAL 4 → GROUND. BECAUSE THE HOLD CIRCUIT INSIDE THE MASTER SW KEEPS THERELAY ON THE DOWN SIDE ACTIVATED, THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR CONTINUES OPERATING EVEN IF THE POWER WINDOWMASTER SW IS RELEASED. WHEN THE DRIVER’S WINDOW IS FULLY LOWERED, THE HOLD CIRCUIT TURNS OFF AND THE RELAYON THE DOWN SIDE TURNS OFF, SO AUTO DOWN OPERATION STOPS.
3. STOPPING OF AUTO DOWN AT DRIVER’S WINDOWWHEN THE MANUAL SW (DRIVER’S) IS PULLED TO THE UP SIDE DURING AUTO DOWN OPERATION, A GROUND CIRCUIT OPENS INTHE MASTER SW AND CURRENT DOES NOT FLOW FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THE MASTER SW → TO TERMINAL 4 , SO THE MOTORSTOPS, CAUSING AUTO DOWN OPERATION TO STOP. IF THE MASTER SW IS PULLED CONTINUOUS, THE MOTOR ROTATES IN THEUP DIRECTION IN MANUAL UP OPERATION.
4. MANUAL OPERATION BY POWER WINDOW SW (PASSENGER’S WINDOW)WITH POWER WINDOW SW (PASSENGER’S) PULLED TO THE UP SIDE, CURRENT FLOWING FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THE POWERWINDOW SW FLOWS TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE POWER WINDOW SW → TERMINAL 1 OF THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR → TERMINAL2 → TERMINAL 1 OF THE POWER WINDOW SW → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 13 OF THE MASTER SW → TERMINAL 4 → TO GROUNDAND CAUSES THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR (PASSENGER’S) TO ROTATE IN THE UP DIRECTION. UP OPERATION CONTINUES ONLYWHILE THE POWER WINDOW SW IS PULLED TO THE UP SIDE. WHEN THE WINDOW DESCENDS, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO THEMOTOR FLOWS IN THE OPPOSITE DIRECTION, FROM TERMINAL 1 TO TERMINAL 2, AND THE MOTOR ROTATES IN REVERSE. WHENTHE WINDOW LOCK SW IS PUSHED TO THE LOCK SIDE, THE GROUND CIRCUIT TO THE PASSENGER’S WINDOW BECOMES OPEN.AS A RESULT, EVEN IF OPEN/CLOSE OPERATION OF THE PASSENGER’S WINDOW IS TRIED, THE CURRENT FROM TERMINAL 4 OFTHE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW IS NOT GROUNDED AND THE MOTOR DOES NOT ROTATE, SO THE PASSENGER’S WINDOW CANNOT BE OPERATED AND WINDOW LOCK OCCURS. FURTHERMORE REAR LH, RH WINDOW OPERATE THE SAME AS THE ABOVECIRCUIT.
5. KEY OFF POWER WINDOW OPERATIONWITH IGNITION SW TURNED FROM ON TO OFF, THE THEFT DETERRENT AND DOOR LOCK ECU OPERATES AND CURRENT FLOWSFROM POWER FUSE TO TERMINAL (A)8 OF THE ECU OR DOME FUSE TO TERMINAL (A)20 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL (B)8 →TERMINAL 1 OF POWER MAIN RELAY → TERMINAL 2 → TO GROUND FOR ABOUT 60 SECONDS. THE SAME AS NORMALOPERATION, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM POWER FUSE → TERMINAL 5 OF THE POWER MAIN RELAY → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL8 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW AND TERMINAL 3 OF THE POWER MAIN RELAY → TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE POWERWINDOW SW. AS A RESULT, FOR ABOUT 60 SECONDS AFTER THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED OFF, THE FUNCTIONING OF THIS RELAYMAKES IT POSSIBLE TO RAISE AND LOWER THE POWER WINDOW. ALSO, BY OPENING THE FRONT DOOR (DOOR OPENDETECTION SW ON) WITHIN ABOUT 60 SECONDS AFTER TURNING THE IGNITION SW TO OFF, A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINALS(A)12 OR (A)13 OF THEFT DETERRENT AND DOOR LOOK ECU. AS A RESULT, THE ECU TURNS OFF AND UP AND DOWN MOVEMENTOF THE POWER WINDOW STOPS.
SYSTEM OUTLINE
119
P 9 POWER WINDOW MASTER SW AND DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW8–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION4–GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUITY3–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND MASTER SW (DRIVER’S WINDOW) UP6–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND MASTER SW (DRIVER’S WINDOW) AT DOWN OR AUTO DOWN
POSITION
WINDOW LOCK SWOPEN WITH WINDOW LOCK SW AT LOCK POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
D18 32 P 8 32 P13 32
D19 32 P 9 32 T 3 A 31
J 3 31 P10 32 T 4 B 31
P 6 32 P11 32
P 7 32 P12 32
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1C
1K20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
1L20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO.1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
1M
2E 22 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
IF1 34 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IG1 36 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IH2 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
IQ1 38 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
IR1 38 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
BW1 40 FUEL GAUGE WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (UNDER THE REAR SEAT CUSHION)
BX1 40 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (BEHIND PACKAGE TRAY TRIM)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
IE 36 LEFT KICK PANEL
IG 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
IJ 36 RIGHT KICK PANEL
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I 638 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE
B 3 40 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE
I10338 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE
SERVICE HINTS
120
SEAT HEATER
R
I81
I82
B34
IJBL BM
BZ13 BZ11
IR38 IR318
Ba13 Ba11
Bc14
IF11 IF111
Bb12 Bb12 Bc12 Bc11
IH27
1
2
1
2
1L10
3
5 1 4 4 5 1
A
2 1
2 2
B
B
A
3
2 1
Ba1
5
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)
R
W–B
W–B
R
W–BW–B
W–B
W–B
R
W–B
W–B
L L
L–Y
L–O
L–Y
L–Y
L–Y
L–O
L–O
L–O
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
B Y
B Y
B YYB
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
SEAT HEATER LH(FOR SEAT CUSHION)
SEAT HEATER RH(FOR SEAT CUSHION)
SEAT HEATER RH(FOR SEAT BACK)
SEAT HEATER LH(FOR SEAT BACK)
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
FROMPOWER SEAT SW(PASSENGER’ S)
SEAT HEATER SW(DRIVER’ S)
SEAT HEATER SW(PASSENGER’ S)
15ASEATHTR
S13
J 5
S15
J 2
S14 S16
S 5 S 6
W–B
HH L LH L
L LHHLH
Bb14 BZ15
POWER SEAT CONTROL SW(FOR DRIVER’ S SEAT)
9
W–B
P14
121
S 5, S 6 SEAT HEATER SW2–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION4–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY2–5 : CONTINUITY WITH SEAT HEATER SW AT HIGH POSITION2–1 : CONTINUITY WITH SEAT HEATER SW AT LOW POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
J 2 31 S 5 31 S14 33
J 5 32 S 6 31 S15 33
P14 33 S13 33 S16 33
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1L 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
IF1 34 FLOOR NO.1 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IH2 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
IR3 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (UNDER THE PASSENGER’S SEAT)
BZ1 42 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND SEAT LH NO. 1 WIRE (UNDER THE DRIVER’S SEAT)
Ba1 42 FLOOR NO.2 WIRE AND SEAT RH NO.1 WIRE (UNDER THE PASSENGER’S SEAT)
Bb1 42 SEAT LH NO. 2 WIRE AND SEAT LH NO.1 WIRE (UNDER THE DRIVER’S SEAT)
Bc1 42 SEAT RH NO. 2 WIRE AND SEAT RH NO.1 WIRE (UNDER THE PASSENGER’S SEAT)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
IJ 36 RIGHT KICK PANEL
BL 40 UNDER THE LEFT QUARTER PILLAR
BM 40 UNDER THE RIGHT QUARTER PILLAR
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I 8138 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE
B 34 42 SEAT LH NO. 1 WIRE
I 8238 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE
BB
B B B B
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
A A
A
A A
A A A A A
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
1 24 5
J 2 J 5 S 5, S 6
X
9
X
1 2
S13, S15
123
S14, S16
P14
SERVICE HINTS
122
POWER SEAT
1H20
BZ14
BZ15M
1 2M
2 1M
1 2M
2 1
RE
AR
FR
ON
T
DO
WN
UP
RE
AR
FR
ON
T
DO
WN
UP
5 8 12 11 4 7 2 6 9
10
BL
30APOWER
POWER SEAT CONTROL SW (FOR DRIVER’ S SEAT)
SLIDE FRONTVERTICAL RECLINING REAR
VERTICAL
POWER SEAT MOTOR(FOR DRIVER’ S SEATSLIDE CONTROL)
POWER SEAT MOTOR(FOR DRIVER’ S SEATFRONT VERTICALCONTROL)
POWER SEAT MOTOR(FOR DRIVER’ S SEATRECLINING MOTORCONTROL)
POWER SEAT MOTOR(FOR DRIVER’ S SEATREAR VERTICALCONTROL)
W–L W–LR
–WR
–W
L
L–B
L–R
L–W
R–G
R–B
L–Y R
W–B
W–B
P19 P16 P18 P17
J 2
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)
1
1K
2A A
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
P14
A
A
W–B
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
J 5
IH2
10 W–L
FR
OM
SE
AT
HE
AT
ER
LH
W–B
123
Ba14
IR14
Ba15
M1 2
M1 2
RE
AR
FR
ON
T
RE
AR
FR
ON
T
BM
5
7 8 2 3 4
POWER SEAT MOTOR(FOR PASSENGER’ SSEAT SLIDECONTROL)
POWER SEAT MOTOR(FOR PASSENGER’ SSEAT RECLININGCONTROL)
W–L
W–L
W–L
L
L–B
R–G
R–B
W–B
W–B
POWER SEAT CONTROL SW (FOR PASSENGER’ S SEAT)
RECLININGSLIDE
P15
P21 P20
B35 FROMSEAT HEATER RH
W–B
W–B
124
POWER SEAT
P14 POWER SEAT CONTROL SW (FOR DRIVER’S SEAT)10–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS 9–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
P15 POWER SEAT CONTROL SW (FOR PASSENGER’S SEAT) 5–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS 4–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
J 2 31 P16 33 P20 33
J 5 32 P17 33 P21 33
P14 33 P18 33
P15 33 P19 33
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1H 20 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
1K 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
IH2 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
IR1 38 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
BZ1 42 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND SEAT LH NO. 1 WIRE (UNDER THE DRIVER’S SEAT)
Ba1 42 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND SEAT RH NO. 1 WIRE (UNDER THE PASSENGER’S SEAT)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
BL 40 UNDER THE LEFT QUARTER PILLAR
BM 40 UNDER THE RIGHT QUARTER PILLAR
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
B 35 42 SEAT RH NO. 1 WIRE
SERVICE HINTS
125
UNLOCK AND SEAT BELT WARNING
126
UNLOCK AND SEAT BELT WARNING
5
1
1
1
2
2E7
1D
6
1C7
1G2 1H2 1H5
1M1
1G4
BZ15
BZ12
1C1
IG BL
R–W
R
R–L
W–B
R–G
R–Y
R–Y
W–B
W–B
W–B
R–L
TIMER
BUZZER
9 7 1
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)
10AGAUGE
20ADOME
INTEGRATION RELAY
SEAT BELTWARNING LIGHT[COMB. METER]
10 5 6 8
UNLOCKWARNING SW[IGNITION SW]
DOOR COURTESYSW FRONT LH
BUCKLESW
C 7 , C 8
I11
D 9 B 5
A1
B14
B A
A
A
W–B
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
J 5
127
CURRENT ALWAYS FLOWS TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE INTEGRATION RELAY THROUGH THE DOME FUSE.
1. SEAT BELT WARNING SYSTEMWHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON, CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE GAUGE FUSE TO THE TERMINAL 7 OF THE INTEGRATIONRELAY AT THE SAME TIME, CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 9 OF THE RELAY FROM THE GAUGE FUSE THROUGH THE SEAT BELTWARNING LIGHT. THIS CURRENT ACTIVATES THE SEAT BELT WARNING RELAY AND, FOR APPROX. 4–8 SECONDS, CURRENTFLOWING THROUGH THE WARNING LIGHT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 9 OF THE RELAY→ TERMINAL 10 → GROUND, CAUSING THEWARNING LIGHT TO LIGHT UP. AT THE SAME AS THE WARNING LIGHT LIGHTS UP, A BUCKLE SW OFF SIGNAL IS INPUT TOTERMINAL 8 OF THE RELAY, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE RELAY FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 10 → GROUND ANDTHE SEAT BELT WARNING BUZZER SOUNDS FOR APPROX. 4–8 SECONDS. HOWEVER, IF SEAT BELT IS PUT ON DURING THISPERIOD (WHILE THE BUZZER IS SOUNDING), SIGNAL INPUT TO TERMINAL 4 OF THE RELAY STOPS AND THE CURRENT FLOWFROM TERMINAL 1 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 10 → GROUND IS CUT, CAUSING THE BUZZER TO STOP.
2. UNLOCK WARNING SYSTEMWITH THE IGNITION KEY INSERTED IN THE KEY CYLINDER (UNLOCK WARNING SW ON), THE IGNITION SW STILL OFF AND DOOROPEN (DOOR COURTESY SW ON), WHEN A SIGNAL IS INPUT TERMINALS 5 AND 6 OF THE RELAY, THE INTEGRATION RELAYOPERATES, CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 1 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 10 → GROUND AND THE UNLOCK WARNINGBUZZER SOUNDS.
B 5 BUCKLE SW1–2 : CLOSED WITH DRIVER’S LAP BELT USE
D 9 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT LH1–GROUND : CLOSED WITH FRONT LH DOOR OPEN
INTEGRATION RELAY10–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY 6–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH FRONT LH DOOR OPEN 5–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER 8–GROUND : CONTINUITY UNLESS DRIVER’S LAP BELT IN USE 9–GROUND : 0 VOLTS FOR 4–8 SECONDS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND 12 VOLTS 4–8 SECONDS AFTER IGNITION SW ON 1–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS 7–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
I11 UNLOCK WARNING SW [IGNITION SW]1–5 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION KEY CYLINDER
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
B 5 33 C 8 A 30 I11 31
C 7 B 30 D 9 32 J 5 32
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1C
1D 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO.1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
1G
20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO.1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
1H 20 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
1M 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
2E 22 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
BZ1 42 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND SEAT LH NO. 1 WIRE (UNDER THE DRIVER’S SEAT)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
IG 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
BL 40 UNDER THE LEFT QUARTER PILLAR
SYSTEM OUTLINE
SERVICE HINTS
128
WIRELESS DOOR LOCK CONTROL
2E7
1C1
1C
5
1K
12
1 1 1 1
5
1
3A
6
3C
14
IF1
1421
BL IG IJ
IF112 IF19
IF1
20
IF1
8
IF110
I71
IH219
1G2
1K14
1G4
1M1
1H2
1H
19
1K
1
IH22
IR19
A14 A15 A6 A16
IG14 IQ111
A
A
1
7 10 5 4 6 2 3 8
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)
20ADOME
TO
DO
OR
KE
YLO
CK
AN
DU
NLO
CK
SW
LH
TO
DO
OR
KE
YLO
CK
AN
DU
NLO
CK
SW
RH
R
P
Y
L–Y
W–B
R–Y
L–B
Y–L
Y–R
P
Y
RRR–Y
R–W
R–W
R
R–Y
W–B
R–W
W–B
R–W
R–G
R–W
R–W
R–W
Y–R Y–L
L–B
L–Y PY
Y–R Y–L
L–B
W–B
L–B
Y–L
Y–R L–
BR
–L
Y–L
Y–R
W–B
W–B
W–B
GND CTY L UL KSN LSW2 LSWD FSSR L1 UL1 KSW E
+B
I100
I 1
J5
D11
D9
D12
D10
I11
B20
B10
DO
OR
CO
UR
TES
YS
WR
EA
RLH
DO
OR
CO
UR
TES
YS
WFR
ON
TLH
DO
OR
CO
UR
TES
YS
WR
EA
RR
H
DO
OR
CO
UR
TES
YS
WFR
ON
TR
H
UN
LOC
KW
AR
NIN
GS
W[IG
NIT
ION
SW
]
JUN
CT
ION
CO
NN
EC
TOR
WIRELESS DOOR LOCK ECU THEFT DETERRENT AND DOOR LOCK ECU
T 3 , T 4 BAW 7
W 6WIRELESS DOORLOCK MAIN SW
IH1
3R
1
2
129
A20 A8
A13 A11 A12 A7 B2A3 B3 A4
IG120
IG110
IG114 IQ115
M
6 4 2
3 1 5
M
2 6 5
1 4 7
M
2 6 5
1 4 7
M
6 4 2
3 1 5
IQ116
IQ118 BU12
BU11
BU13 BV12
BV11
BV13
IR121 IR116
IR18
1K2
IE BMBL
IG116
I 4I 2
I 3
IG119 IQ119 IQ116 BU14 IF117
BU18
BV14 IR117
BV18
IH2
10
IH2
3
AB
A
B
A
AR R W–L
Y
L–Y
P
W–B
L–B L–B L–B L–B
L–R
L–Y L–Y
R–B
L–R
W–L
R
W–L
R–G P Y
R–W L–
Y
L–B
R–B
L–R
L–R
R–B
L–R
L–Y
R–B
L–RYL–RP
R–G
P
L–R
R–W
Y
L–R
R–W
L–Y
L–R
R–B
L–Y
L–R
L–R
L–Y
R–B
L–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
L–B
W–B
L–B
W–B
W–B
L–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
L–B
W–B
W–B
W–B L–
B
W–B
W–B
W–B
L–B
30APOWER
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
THEFT DETERRENT AND DOOR LOCK ECU
DO
OR
LOC
KM
OT
OR
,D
OO
RU
NLO
CK
AN
DO
PE
ND
ET
EC
TIO
NS
WF
RO
NT
LH
DO
OR
LOC
KM
OT
OR
,D
OO
RU
NLO
CK
AN
DO
PE
ND
ET
EC
TIO
NS
WF
RO
NT
RH
DO
OR
LOC
KM
OT
OR
,D
OO
RU
NLO
CK
AN
DO
PE
ND
ET
EC
TIO
NS
WR
EA
RLH
DO
OR
LOC
KM
OT
OR
,D
OO
RU
NLO
CK
AN
DO
PE
ND
ET
EC
TIO
NS
WR
EA
RR
H
DSWD LSWD DSWP LSWP LSWRACT– CTY ACT–
+B1 +B2
I96
I99
B 9
I101
I96
IF118 IF116
W–B
W–B
L–B
B 2 B12
I97
B14
I97
B17
L–B
J 5
D18
D19
D20
D21
T 3 , T 4
J 3
BA
L–Y
L–R
I95IF1
6
L–Y
L–Y
130
WIRELESS DOOR LOCK CONTROL
DOOR LOCK CONTROL (LOCK AND UNLOCK) IS PERFORMED BY REMOTE CONTROL, WITHOUT THE IGNITION KEY INSERTED INTHE DOOR KEY CYLINDER, USING LOW–POWER RADIO WAVES EMITTED BY A TRANSMITTER BUILT INTO IGNITION KEY.
1. WIRELESS DOOR LOCK OR UNLOCK NORMAL OPERATIONWITH THE WIRELESS DOOR LOCK MAIN SW ON, THE IGNITION KEY NOT INSERTED INTO THE IGNITION KEY CYLINDER (UNLOCKWARNING SW OFF) AND ALL THE DOORS COMPLETELY CLOSED, WHEN THE SW (TRANSMITTER) ON THE IGNITION KEY ISPUSHED, THE WIRELESS DOOR LOCK ECU RECEIVES THE ELECTRICAL WAVES FROM THE IGNITION KEY (TRANSMITTER),CAUSING IT TO OPERATE.
AS A RESULT, THE ECU JUDGES WHETHER THE DOOR IS LOCKED OR UNLOCKED BASED ON THE SIGNAL FROM THE DOOR LOCKMOTOR, AND SENDS A SIGNAL TO THE DOOR LOCK ECU TO SW THE CONDITION FROM LOCK TO UNLOCK OR VICE VERSA,CAUSING THE DOOR LOCK MOTOR TO OPERATE (FOR THE CURRENT FLOW DURING LOCK AND UNLOCK REFER TO THE DOORLOCK CONTROL SYSTEM.)
2. AUTO LOCK OPERATIONAFTER PUSHING THE IGNITION KEY SW (TRANSMITTER) TO UNLOCK ALL THE DOORS, IF A DOOR IS NOT OPENED WITHIN 30SECONDS, ALL OF THE DOORS ARE AUTOMATICALLY LOCKED AGAIN.
3. WIRELESS DOOR LOCK STOP FUNCTIONIF A DOOR IS OPEN (DOOR COURTESY SW ON), A SIGNAL IS INPUT FROM THE DOOR COURTESY SW TO THE WIRELESS DOORLOCK ECU, STOPPING WIRELESS DOOR LOCK OR UNLOCK.
IF THE IGNITION KEY IS IN THE IGNITION KEY CYLINDER (UNLOCK WARNING SW ON), THE UNLOCK WARNING SW INPUT A SIGNALTO THE WIRELESS DOOR LOCK ECU, STOPPING WIRELESS DOOR LOCK OR UNLOCK.
4. DOOR LOCK MOTOR PROTECTIVE FUNCTIONIF THE DOOR LOCK OR UNLOCK CONDITION DOES NOT CHANGE AFTER WIRELESS DOOR LOCK OR UNLOCK OPERATION, THEDOOR LOCK ECU SENDS CURRENT TEN TIMES TO THE DOOR LOCK MOTOR. IF THE DOOR LOCK CONDITION STILL HAS NOTCHANGED AS A RESULT THE WIRELESS DOOR LOCK ECU STOPS RECEPTION AND STOPS DOOR LOCK AND UNLOCK FUNCTION.
BY MANUALLY OPERATION THE DOOR LOCK OR UNLOCK, THE STOP CONDITION OF THE WIRELESS DOOR LOCK FUNCTION ISRELEASED.
D 9, D10, D11, D12 DOOR COURTESY SW1–GROUND : CLOSED WITH DOOR OPENED
I11 UNLOCK WARNING SW [IGNITION SW]1–5 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER
W 7 WIRELESS DOOR LOCK ECU1–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH WIRELESS DOOR LOCK MAIN SW ON7–GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUITY
10–GROUND: CONTINUITY WITH EACH DOOR OPENED6–GROUND: CONTINUITY WITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
D 9 32 D19 32 J 5 32
D10 32 D20 32 T 3 A 31
D11 32 D21 32 T 4 B 31
D12 32 I11 31 W 6 31
D18 32 J 3 31 W 7 32
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1C20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
1G20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
1H 20 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
1K20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
1M20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
2E 22 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
3A24 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
3C24 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
SYSTEM OUTLINE
SERVICE HINTS
131
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
IF1 34 FLOOR NO.1 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IG1 36 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IH1 36 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IH2 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
IQ1 38 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
IR1 38 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
BU1 40 REAR DOOR LH WIRE AND FLOOR NO. I WIRE (LEFT CENTER PILLAR)
BV1 40 REAR DOOR RH WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (RIGHT CENTER PILLAR)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
IE 36 LEFT KICK PANEL
IG 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
IJ 36 RIGHT KICK PANEL
BL 40 UNDER THE LEFT QUARTER PILLAR
BM 40 UNDER THE RIGHT QUARTER PILLAR
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I 1 I10038 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE
I 238 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE
I10138 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE
I 338 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE
B 2 40 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE
I 4 B 9 40 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE
I 71 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE B 10 40 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE
I 95 B 12 40 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE
I 9638 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE
B 14 40 REAR DOOR LH WIRE
I 9738 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE
B 17 40 REAR DOOR RH WIRE
I 99 B 20 40 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE
132
THEFT DETERRENT AND DOOR LOCK CONTROL
3
1 2
3
1 2
4
2 1
2
3 1
IG11 IG12 IG14 IG13 IQ17 IQ18 IQ15 IQ111IQ19
I92
IG18
IE
5
6
2
1
IJ
A19 A14 A15A10 A17 A18
2F2 1E4
2D8 2E1 1B8
B5 B13
I 5
IH112
IH111
4
PO
WE
RW
IND
OW
MA
STE
RS
WA
ND
DO
OR
LOC
KC
ON
TRO
LS
WLH
TO
INTE
GR
AT
ION
RE
LAY
( US
A) ,
DA
YT
IME
RU
NN
ING
LIG
HT
RE
LAY
( CA
NA
DA
)
TO FUSE ” HEAD LH”AND ” HEAD RH”
TO DIMMER SW[COMB. SW]
2
1 3 3 2
2 4 5 1
FROM POWERMAIN RELAY
1
FROM WIRELESSDOOR LOCKCONTROL ECU (L)
B
Y–R
P–B
G
Y–L
W–B
W–BW–B
W–B W–B
R–B
G–R
W–B
Y–R
I27 : USAI65 : CANADA
TO ” TAIL” FUSE
WB
R Y–R
R–L GP–B Y
–LY
–L
Y–R
GY–RGP–B
RR
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B W
–B
P–B G
Y–R
R–L
P–B G L
Y–R
Y–L
P–B
R–B
R–B
W R–B
G–R
G–R
G–R
L
LOC
K
UN
LOC
K
LOC
K
UN
LOC
K
LOC
K
UN
LOC
K
LOC
K
UN
LOC
K
TSW L1 UL3 L2 UL2 UL1
HEAD TAIL
B
W
100A
ALT
HEADLIGHTRELAY
TAILLIGHTRELAY
FU
SE
BO
X
FL MIAN2. 0L
LUG
GA
GE
CO
MP
AR
TME
NT
DO
OR
OP
EN
ER
MA
INS
W
BA
TTE
RY
LUG
GA
GE
CO
MP
AR
TM
EN
TD
OO
RO
PE
NE
RS
W
DO
OR
KE
YLO
CK
AN
DU
NLO
CK
SW
LH
DO
OR
LOC
KC
ON
TR
OL
SW
RH
DO
OR
KE
YLO
CK
AN
DU
NLO
CK
SW
RH
B 2 B 1
I93
I94
B11 B12
I100
IQ119IG116
W–B
W–B
THEFT DETERRENT AND DOOR LOCK ECUT 3 , T 4A B
F7
L1
L4 P
9
D15
D17
D16
EE1
4W
133
AM
1S
T1
7
A1 B7 A2
A13 A12 A7
M
IQ115 IQ16 IQ118 IQ116
2 6 5
1 4 7
M
IG120 IG110 IG114 IG119
2 6 5
1 4 7
1L9 1L1
1E5
1G6
1
2
2
3
EE11 IH35
IM110 IH29 IH213
IM1176 6
6 6
A11
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)
15AECU–IG
15ACIG/RADIO
STARTERRELAY
CLU
TC
HS
TA
RT
SW
PA
RK
/NE
UTR
AL
PO
SIT
ION
SW
( NE
UT
RA
LS
TAR
TS
W)
IGN
ITIO
NS
W
B–W
B–W
W–B
Y–L
W–B
W–B
L–R
L–B
B
W
B B
W–B
B–R
B–Y
L–R
B–R
L–R
B–R
P–G P
L–R
L–B
R–W Y
L–R
L–B
L–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
L–B
P–G P
L–R
R–W Y
L–R
FROM FUSE” ST MAIN”
TO STARTER
B–R
DSWD LSWD DSWP LSWP
SRLY ACC IG
B
3 4
1 2
(M/T)
(A/T)
(A/T)
( M/T
)
B–W
B–W
I96
I97
B 3
B12
FROM WIRELESSDOOR LOCKCONTROL ECU (UL)
DO
OR
LOC
KM
OTO
R,
DO
OR
UN
LOC
KA
ND
OP
EN
DE
TEC
TIO
NS
WF
RO
NT
LH
DO
OR
LOC
KM
OTO
R,
DO
OR
UN
LOC
KA
ND
OP
EN
DE
TEC
TIO
NS
WF
RO
NT
RH
D18
D19
I11
C6
P1
THEFT DETERRENT AND DOOR LOCK ECUT 3 , T 4A B
134
THEFT DETERRENT AND DOOR LOCK CONTROL
2E4 2A5
I13
HORNRELAY
2E
5
I14
IH15
IO3
4
1
IH311
IO35
B11 B4
M
BV12 BV11 BV13 BV18
6 4 2
3 1 5
W–B
W–B
L–B
R–B
L–Y
L–R
DO
OR
LOC
KM
OTO
R,
DO
OR
UN
LOC
KA
ND
OP
EN
DE
TE
CTI
ON
SW
RE
AR
RH
D21
IR121 IR18 IR116 IR117
I 2
I 3
B3 A3 A16
IJBM
M
BU12 BU11 BU13 BU18
6 4 2
3 1 5
W–B
W–B
L–B
R–W L–
Y
L–R
DO
OR
LOC
KM
OTO
R,
DO
OR
UN
LOC
KA
ND
OP
EN
DE
TE
CTI
ON
SW
RE
AR
LH
D20
IF118 IF16 IF116 IF117
BL
BV1
4
BU1
4
1 32
A
A
2
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)
15AHAZ–HORN
TO HAZARD SW
TO HORN LHTO HORN SW[COMB. SW]
THEFT DETERRENTHORN
G–B
W W W
L–R
L–B
W–B W–B W–B
L–Y
R–B
L–B
L–R
G–B
G–B
G–B
G–W
W
W–L
W–L
W–L
W–B
R–B
L–Y
R–B L–
Y
L–R
L–B
R–B
L–Y L–
R
L–B
R–B
L–Y
L–R
L–B
R–B
L–Y
L–R
L–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
CTY ACT– E
HORN SH
I95
I101
B14 B17
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
J 5
THEFT DETERRENT AND DOOR LOCK ECUT 3 , T 4A B
T 1
I96
I97
B2
LSWR
A4
ACT+
L–BL–
R
135
2E7
IH23
A20
1K2
IH210
A8
1K
12
1C
1
3
4
2
1
2
1
B1 A5 B12 B8 A9
IF15 IF115 IH312IH25
IG118
BY13 BY110 IO311
IJ110 IF119
IJ11
M
1
M
2
1
BO EB IG BL
1L6
1K11
1M1
1C11
3D6
3C18
IG1
17
B A
B A
A
A
A
1
3 2
5 1
2
20ADOME
30APOWER
W–L W–L
W–B
R
R
W–L
R
W–L
R
W–L
R–W
R–Y
G–BBL
G–W
G–W L B
R–L
BL
G–W
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
R–WR
–Y
R–WR–Y
POWER MAINRELAY
FROM” POWER” FUSE
1M1
TO POWER WINDOWMASTER SW
L
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)
LUG T0 DSWH PRLY IND
+B1 +B2
THEFT DETERRENT AND DOOR LOCK ECU
1
B10
IF14
BY113
R–W
R–W
R–W
DSWL
R–W
FRO
MLU
GG
AG
EC
OM
PA
RTM
EN
TLI
GH
T
R–W
5
1
A6
IH219
1K14
1G4
1G2
1M1
L–B
R–L
R–L
W–B
W–B
KSW
LUG
GA
GE
CO
MP
AR
TM
EN
TK
EY
UN
LOC
KS
W
UN
LOC
KW
AR
NIN
GS
W[IG
NIT
ION
SW
]
LUG
GA
GE
CO
MP
AR
TME
NT
DO
OR
OP
EN
ER
MO
TO
R
LUG
GA
GE
CO
MP
AR
TME
NT
LIG
HT
SW
EN
GIN
EH
OO
DC
OU
RTE
SY
SW
THE
FT
DE
TER
RE
NT
IND
ICA
TO
RLI
GH
T
JUN
CT
ION
CO
NN
EC
TOR
FU
EL
LID
OP
EN
ER
MO
TO
RFU
EL
LID
OP
EN
ER
SW
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
J 3
L4
F14
J5
R5
I11L
5
L7
L3
E5
T 3 , T 4A B
B32
TO POWER MAIN RELAY
IH32
136
THEFT DETERRENT AND DOOR LOCK CONTROL
CURRENT ALWAYS FLOWS TO TERMINAL (A)8 OF THE DOOR LOCK ECU THROUGH THE POWER FUSE, AND TO TERMINAL (A)20THROUGH THE DOME FUSE.
WHEN THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWING THROUGH THE ECU–IG FUSE → TERMINAL (A)2 OF THE ECU →TERMINAL (B)8 FLOWS THROUGH THE COIL SIDE OF THE POWER MAIN RELAY TO GROUND, CAUSING THE RELAY TO OPERATE.THE CURRENT FLOWING THROUGH THE POWER FUSE FLOWS TO THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL SWITCHES, CAUSING THEINDICATOR LIGHT TO LIGHT UP.
1. MANUAL LOCK OPERATIONWHEN THE DOOR CONTROL SW OR KEY SW ARE PUSHED TO LOCK POSITION, A LOCK SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL (A)17, (A)14(FOR KEY SW) OF THE DOOR LOCK ECU AND CAUSES THE ECU TO FUNCTION. CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL (A)8 OF THEECU → TERMINAL (A)4 → TERMINAL 7 (FRONT), TERMINAL 5 (REAR) OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTORS → TERMINAL 5 (FRONT), 2(REAR) → TERMINAL (A)3 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL (A) 16 → TO GROUND AND THE DOOR LOCK MOTOR CAUSES THE DOOR TOLOCK.
2. MANUAL UNLOCK OPERATIONWHEN THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW OR KEY SW ARE PUSHED TO UNLOCK POSITION, AN UNLOCK SIGNAL IS INPUT TOTERMINAL (A)18, (A)10 (FOR KEY SW LH) OR (A)15 (FOR KEY SW RH) OF THE DOOR LOCK ECU AND CAUSES TO FUNCTION.CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL (A)8 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL (A)3 → TERMINAL 5 (FRONT), 2 (REAR) OF THE DOOR LOCKMOTORS → TERMINAL 7 (FRONT), TERMINAL 5 (REAR) → TERMINAL (A)4 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL (A)16 → TO GROUND AND THEDOOR LOCK MOTOR CAUSES THE DOOR TO UNLOCK.
WHEN UNLOCK OPERATION OCCURS USING THE LH DOOR KEY SW, PERFORMING THE UNLOCK OPERATION ONCE UNLOCKSONLY THE DRIVER’S DOOR. TO UNLOCK ALL THE OTHER DOORS TOGETHER, UNLOCK OPERATION MUST BE PERFORMED AGAINWITHIN 3 SECONDS OF THE FIRST OPERATION.
3. IGNITION KEY REMINDER OPERATION∗ OPERATION OF DOOR LOCK BUTTON (OPERATION OF DOOR LOCK MOTORS)
WHEN THE IGNITION KEY IS IN THE CYLINDER (UNLOCK WARNING SW ON) AND THE DOOR IS OPENED AND LOCKED USING DOORLOCK BUTTON (DOOR LOCK MOTOR), THE DOOR IS LOCKED ONCE BUT EACH DOOR IS UNLOCKED SOON BY THE OPERATION OFTHE ECU. AS A RESULT OF ECU ACTIVATION, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL (A)8 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL (A)3 →TERMINAL 5 (FRONT), 2 (REAR) OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTORS → TERMINAL 7 (FRONT), TERMINAL 5 (REAR) → TERMINAL (A)4 OFTHE ECU → TERMINAL (A)16 → TO GROUND AND CAUSES ALL THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW AND DOOR LOCK KEY SW.
∗ KEY LESS LOCK OPERATION
WHEN THE IGNITION KEY IS STILL INSERTED IN THE CYLINDER (UNLOCK WARNING SW ON), THE DOOR IS OPEN AND UNLOCKOPERATION IS PREVENTED BY KEEPING THE DOOR LOCK BUTTON PRESSED TO THE LOCK SIDE, THE DOOR IS KEPT IN THE LOCKCONDITION. IF THE DOOR IS THEN CLOSED, A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO THE ECU FROM THE DOOR COURTESY SW. THIS ACTIVATESTHE ECU AND EACH DOOR IS UNLOCKED.
D15, D16 DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW LH, RH2–3 : CLOSED WITH DOOR LOCK CYLINDER UNLOCKED WITH KEY1–3 : CLOSED WITH DOOR LOCK CYLINDER LOCKED WITH KEY
D18, D19 DOOR LOCK MOTOR FRONT LH, RH4–6 : CLOSED WITH UNLOCK POSITION
D20, D21 DOOR LOCK MOTOR REAR LH, RH1–4 : CLOSED WITH UNLOCK POSITION
E 5 ENGINE HOOD COURTESY SW1–2 : CLOSED WITH ENGINE HOOD OPEN
I11 UNLOCK WARNING SW [IGNITION SW]1–5 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER
L 5 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT KEY UNLOCK SW1–2 : CLOSED WITH LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR LOCK CYLINDER UNLOCK WITH KEY
L 7 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT SW1–GROUND: CLOSED WITH DOOR OPEN
SYSTEM OUTLINE
SERVICE HINTS
137
T 3(A) THEFT DETERRENT AND DOOR LOCK ECU
1–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH SHIFT LEVER IN N OR P POSITION AND IGNITION SW AT ST POSITION2–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION6–GROUND: CONTINUITY WITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER7–GROUND: CONTINUITY WITH FRONT RH DOOR TO UNLOCK POSITION8–GROUND: ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS
10–GROUND: CONTINUITY WITH DOOR LOCK KEY SW LH TO UNLOCK POSITION11–GROUND: CONTINUITY WITH FRONT LH DOOR TO UNLOCK POSITION12–GROUND: CONTINUITY WITH FRONT RH DOOR OPENED13–GROUND: CONTINUITY WITH FRONT LH DOOR OPENED14–GROUND: CONTINUITY WITH DOOR LOCK KEY SW RH TO LOCK POSITION16–GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUITY15–GROUND: CONTINUITY WITH DOOR LOCK KEY SW RH TO UNLOCK POSITION20–GROUND: ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS
T 4(B) THEFT DETERRENT AND DOOR LOCK ECU
1–GROUND: CONTINUITY WITH LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR TO UNLOCK POSITION3–GROUND: CONTINUITY WITH DOOR OPEN
12–GROUND: CONTINUITY WITH ENGINE HOOD OPEN10–GROUND: CONTINUITY WITH LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR OPEN7–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION2–GROUND: CONTINUITY WITH REAR DOOR TO UNLOCK POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
C 6 30 F 7 28 L 7 32
D15 32 F14 32 P 1 29
D16 32 I11 31 P 9 32
D17 32 J 3 31 R 5 31
D18 32 J 5 32 T 1 29
D19 32 L 1 31 T 3 A 31
D20 32 L 3 32 T 4 B 31
D21 32 L 4 32
E 5 28 L 5 32
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
6 26 R/B NO. 6 (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1B
1C
1E
1G 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO.1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
1K
20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO.1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
1L
1M
2A22 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
2D22 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
2E 22 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
2F 22 ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
3C24 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
3D24 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
138
THEFT DETERRENT AND DOOR LOCK CONTROL
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EE1 34 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (NEAR THE BRAKE MASTER CYLINDER)
IF1 34 FLOOR NO.1 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IG1 36 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IH1 36 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IH2 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
IH3 36 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
IJ1 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL NO. 2 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE COMBINATION METER)
IM1 38 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)
IO3 38 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
IQ1 38 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
IR1 38 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
BU1 40 REAR DOOR LH WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT CENTER PILLAR)
BV1 40 REAR DOOR RH WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (RIGHT CENTER PILLAR)
BY1 40 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LUGGAGE ROOM LEFT)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
EB 34 FRONT LEFT FENDER
IE 36 LEFT KICK PANEL
IG 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
IJ 36 RIGHT KICK PANEL
BL 40 UNDER THE LEFT QUARTER PILLAR
BM 40 UNDER THE RIGHT QUARTER PILLAR
BO 40 BACK PANEL CENTER
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I 2 I 97
I 3 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE I100 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE
I 5
INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE
I101
INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE
I 13 B 1
I 1438 COWL WIRE
B 2 40 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE
I 2738 COWL WIRE
B 3
FRONT DOOR LH WIRE
I 65 B 1140 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE
I 92 B 1240 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE
I 93 B 14 40 REAR DOOR LH WIRE
I 94 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE B 17 40 REAR DOOR RH WIRE
I 95 B 32 40 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE
I 96
139
140
REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR
1L9
IH29
IG27 IG25 IG26 IQ26 IQ28 IQ27
IJ
I29
8 7 6 5 1 3
C
B
2
C
B
2 4 3 2 4 3
M M M M
15ACIG/RADIO
OP
ER
AT
ION
SW
SE
LEC
TS
W
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
REMOTE CONTROLMIRROR LH
REMOTE CONTROLMIRROR RH
REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR SW
L–R
L–R
L–R
BR
–Y
BR
–Y
LG–R
LG–R
LG
LG
LG–R
W–B
LG–B
BR
–Y
BR
–W
LG–R
LG–B
LG
LG–R
W–B
BR
–W
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)
LEFT
RIG
HT
UP
DO
WN
LEFT
UP
RIG
HT
DO
WN
LH RH LH RH
J 2
R 3
J 2
R13R12
BS12BS14 BT14 BT12 BT13BS13
LG–B
LG
LG–R
LG–B
LG
LG–R
141
R 3 REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR SW2–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION1–3 : CONTINUITY WITH OPERATION SW AT UP OR LEFT POSITION1–2 : CONTINUITY WITH OPERATION SW AT DOWN OR RIGHT POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
J 2 31 R12 32
R 3 31 R13 32
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1L 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
IG2 36 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IH2 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
IQ2 38 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
BS1 40 MIRROR LH WIRE AND FRONT DOOR LH WIRE (FRONT LH DOOR INSIDE)
BT1 40 MIRROR RH WIRE AND FRONT DOOR RH WIRE (FRONT RH DOOR INSIDE)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
IJ 36 RIGHT KICK PANEL
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I 29 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE
BB
B B B B
( H I N T : S E E P A G E 7 )
1 2 3
X 5 6 7 82 3 4
J 2 R 3 R 1 2 , R 1 3
C
C
C
C
SERVICE HINTS
142
PPS (PROGRESSIVE POWER STEERING)
ED IG
I37
I43
3D12
3A14
1A71D6
15 13 14
3 2 1 5
4
1
1 2A
2A1
B1
3D22 3C18
1M1
1C11
3A43C10
IM32 IM316 IM311 IM314
IM25 IM210
2 3
1
3C16
3D13
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)
15AECU–IG
10AGAUGE
10
P LG
BR
R–L
W–B
W–B
R–L
R–B
W–B
R–L
R–B
V–Y
V–Y
V–Y
G
G–B
BR
R–L
BR
R–L
B–R
B–R
V–Y
R–L
SPD GND SOL+ SOL–
+BCOMBINATIONMETER
PPS ECU
SHORT CONNECTOR
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR(SPEED SENSOR)
PPS SOLENOID
SP
EE
DM
ETE
R
V 3
S 8 , S 9
P 2
B
B
C 8
P 3
G
X X
1 X X 10
151413 X
1 21 2 3 4 5
ABC 8 P 2 P 3 S 8 S 9GRAY
1 2 12
1 2 3
V 3 BLACK
143
THE PPS (HYDRAULIC REACTION TYPE) CONTROLS THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE APPLIED TO THE HYDRAULIC REACTIONCHAMBER IN THE GEAR BOX CONTROL UNIT USING THE PPS ECU, CHANGE THE STEERING FORCE AND PROVIDE OPTIMUMSTEERING FEELING AT ANY VEHICLE SPEED AND UNDER ANY STEERING CONDITIONS.
(PPS OPERATION)
WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON THE STARTING CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE ECU–IG FUSE TO TERMINAL 4 OF THE PPSECU. THE SPEED SENSOR MONITORS THE VEHICLE SPEED AND TRANSMITS CONTROL SIGNALS TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE ECU.
WHEN THE VEHICLE SPEED IS LOW, THE PPS ECU SENDS A HIGHER–CURRENT FROM TERMINAL 1 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL 1 OFTHE SOLENOID VALVE → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 5 OF THE ECU → GROUND, INCREASING THE SOLENOID VALVE OPENINGANGLE TO PROVIDE COMFORTABLE STEERING OPERATION. WHEN THE VEHICLE SPEED IS HIGH, THE PPS ECU DECREASES THESOLENOID VALVE OPENING ANGLE BY REDUCING THE CURRENT TO THE VALVE TO PROVIDE RESPONSIVE STEERING FEELING.
P 3 PPS ECU4–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION2–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
C 8 30 P 3 31 S 9 A 31
P 2 29 S 8 B 31 V 3 29
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1A
1C20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
1D20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
1M
3A
3C 24 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
3D
( )
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
IM238 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)
IM338 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
ED 34 INTAKE MANIFOLD LH
IG 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I 37 38 COWL WIRE I 43 38 COWL WIRE
SYSTEM OUTLINE
SERVICE HINTS
144
CRUISE CONTROL
3B123B15
3C16
1D6
3B16
3D16 3D8
IM38IH14
1
20 3
14
11
B–R
B–R
LG–R
R–W
LG–R
R–W
LG–R
R–W
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)
10AGAUGE
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
PA
RK
ING
BR
AK
ES
W
SPD PKB
B
TC
CRUISE CONTROL ECUC14
J 2
P4
3B19
3B9
8
TC
IM311 IM314
B2
B1
2
1
3
A14A13 B4
A1
G–B
G
V–Y
P LGG
COMBINATION METER
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR(SPEED SENSOR)
SHORT CONNECTOR
C 8 , C 9
V 3
S 8 , S9
A B
B A
SP
EE
DM
ET
ER
CR
UIS
EC
ON
TRO
L
A15
A1
I43
V–Y
3B
8
3B10
3D10
3D
22
3D17
1A7
15AECU–IG
I37
C
C
Y–B
Y–B
10 4
TCA/D
DATA LINKCONNECTOR 2(TDCL)
D 3
R–L
R–L
FR
OM
EN
GIN
EC
ON
TR
OL
MO
DU
LE( E
NG
INE
AN
DE
LEC
TRO
NIC
CO
NT
RO
LLE
DT
RA
NS
MIS
SIO
NE
CU
( A/T
) ,E
NG
INE
EC
U( M
/T))
V–Y
G–L
DA
TA
LIN
KC
ON
NE
CT
OR
1( C
HE
CK
CO
NN
EC
TO
R)
D1
R–L
R–L
R–L
V–Y
PI
G–L
5
G–L
IM32
V–Y
A10
ED
IM316
BR
BR
EC
3D
12
3D
3
E1
BR
3 3
BR
E1
BR
145
M
1 4
26 25 24 1211
22 23 1 15 16
2 3
3 2 1 7 6 5
C11A18
IM15 IM317
IO19 IO18 IO17 IO13 IO12 IO11
1A15
3B13
1A12 1M3
2A
3
2D
5
EB
4
1M6
3C19
I84
10
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)
VR3 VR2 VR1 MC MO
W–B
W–B
ECT IDL STP+ BATT STP–
L
P–L
L
V–R L
G–R
G–R
G–R
G–W
G–W
G–W
R–Y
R–G
R–BL
L–B
L–R
L–R
L–B L
R–B
R–G
R–Y
25ASTOP
STO
PLI
GH
TS
W
CRUISE CONTROL ECU
CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE(ENGINE AND ELECTRONIC CONTROLLEDTRANSMISSION ECU (A/T), ENGINE ECU (M/T))
E 7 , E8 , E 1 0B C A
B9
S12
C14
C 2
S2 IDLOD1
9
OD
Y–B
( A/T
)
( A/T
)( A
/T)
I87
I87
P–L L
L
P–L
(A/T)
G–B
3B18
1A14 3B14 3B5
1E5
3B173B7
1M
1
1C
11
2
1
2 13 4 18
1715
20
2
1
IG
I60W–B
W–B
W–B
B
W–B
W–L W
W–B
W–B
B
DIO
DE
( FO
RC
RU
ISE
CO
NT
RO
L)
CR
UIS
EC
ON
TRO
LC
LUTC
HS
W( M
/T)
CRUISE CONTROL SW[COMB. SW]
MA
IN
CANCEL
SET/COAST
RESUME/ACCEL
N&C GND CMS CCS
D5
C13
C12
3C18
EE1
1B–W
B–W TO CLUTCHSTART SW
TO PARK/NEUTRALPOSITION SW(NEUTRAL START SW)
B–W
(M/T)
(A/T)
BB
–W
TO THROTTLEPOSITION SENSOR (IDL)
TO ELECTRONIC CONTROLLEDTRANSMISSION SOLENOID (NO. 2)
G–R
( A/T
)
E
CMS CCS
146
CRUISE CONTROL
CURRENT IS APPLIED AT ALL TIMES THROUGH STOP FUSE TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU AND TERMINAL 2 OFSTOP LIGHT SW, AND ALSO THROUGH THE STOP FUSE TO TERMINAL 15 OF CRUISE CONTROL ECU.
WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED TO ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS THROUGH GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL (A)6 OF COMBINATIONMETER AND THE CURRENT THROUGH ECU–IG FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 14 OF CRUISE CONTROL ECU.
WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS ON AND THE CRUISE CONTROL MAIN SW IS TURNED ON, A SIGNAL IS INPUT FROM TERMINAL 15 OFCRUISE CONTROL MAIN SW TO TERMINAL 4 OF CRUISE CONTROL ECU. AS A RESULT, THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU FUNCTIONSAND THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL 14 OF CRUISE CONTROL ECU TO TERMINAL 13 OF CRUISE CONTROL ECU → GROUND, ANDTHE CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM IS IN A CONDITION READY FOR OPERATION.
AT THE SAME TIME, THE CURRENT THROUGH THE GAUGE FUSE FLOWS FROM TERMINAL (A)6 OF CRUISE CONTROL INDICATORLIGHT → TERMINAL (B)9 → TERMINAL 5 OF CRUISE CONTROL ECU → TERMINAL 13 → TO GROUND, CAUSING THE CRUISECONTROL INDICATOR LIGHT TO LIGHT UP, INDICATING THAT THE CRUISE CONTROL IS READY FOR OPERATION.
1. SET OPERATIONWHEN THE CRUISE CONTROL MAIN SW IS TURNED ON AND THE SET SW IS TURNED WITH THE VEHICLE SPEED WITHIN THE SETLIMIT (APPROX. 40 KM/H, 25 MPH TO 200 KM/H, 124 MPH), A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 18 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU ANDTHE VEHICLE SPEED AT THE TIME THE SET SW IS RELEASED IS MEMORIZED IN THE ECU AS THE SET SPEED.
2. SET SPEED CONTROLDURING CRUISE CONTROL DRIVING, THE ECU COMPARES THE SET SPEED MEMORIZED IN THE ECU WITH THE ACTUAL VEHICLESPEED INPUT INTO TERMINAL 20 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU FROM THE VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (SPEED SENSOR), ANDCONTROLS THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR TO MAINTAIN THE SET SPEED.
WHEN THE ACTUAL SPEED IS LOWER THAN THE SET SPEED, THE ECU CAUSES THE CURRENT TO THE CRUISE CONTROLACTUATOR TO FLOW FROM TERMINAL 12 → TERMINAL 6 OF CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR → TERMINAL 7 → TERMINAL 11 OFCRUISE CONTROL ECU. AS A RESULT, THE MOTOR IN THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR IS ROTATED TO OPEN THE THROTTLEVALVE AND THE THROTTLE CABLE IS PULLED TO INCREASE THE VEHICLE SPEED. WHEN THE ACTUAL DRIVING SPEED IS HIGHERTHAN THE SET SPEED, THE CURRENT TO CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 11 OF ECU → TERMINAL 7 OFCRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR → TERMINAL 6 → TERMINAL 12 OF CRUISE CONTROL ECU.
THIS CAUSES THE MOTOR IN THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR TO ROTATE TO CLOSE THE THROTTLE VALVE AND RETURN THETHROTTLE CABLE TO DECREASE THE VEHICLE SPEED.
3. COAST CONTROLDURING THE CRUISE CONTROL DRIVING, WHILE THE COAST SW IS ON, THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR RETURNS THETHROTTLE CABLE TO CLOSE THE THROTTLE VALVE AND DECREASE THE DRIVING SPEED. THE VEHICLE SPEED WHEN THE COASTSW IS TURNED OFF IS MEMORIZED AND THE VEHICLE CONTINUES AT THE NEW SET SPEED.
4. ACCEL CONTROLDURING CRUISE CONTROL DRIVING, WHILE THE ACCEL SW IS TURNED ON, THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR PULLS THETHROTTLE CABLE TO OPEN THE THROTTLE VALVE AND INCREASE THE DRIVING SPEED.
THE VEHICLE SPEED WHEN THE ACCEL SW IS TURNED OFF IS MEMORIZED AND THE VEHICLE CONTINUES AT THE NEW SETSPEED.
5. RESUME CONTROLUNLESS THE VEHICLE SPEED FALLS BELOW THE MINIMUM SPEED LIMIT (APPROX. 40 KM/H, 25 MPH) AFTER CANCELING THE SETSPEED BY THE CANCEL SW, TURNING ON THE RESUME SW WILL CAUSE THE VEHICLE TO RESUME THE SPEED SET BEFORECANCELLATION.
6. MANUAL CANCEL MECHANISMIF ANY OF THE FOLLOWING OPERATIONS OCCURS DURING CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION, CURRENT FLOW TO MAGNETICCLUTCH OF THE ACTUATOR IS CUT OFF AND THE MOTOR ROTATES TO CLOSE THE THROTTLE VALVE AND THE CRUISE CONTROLIS RELEASED.
∗ PLACING THE SHIFT LEVER IN “N” RANGE (NEUTRAL START SW ON). “SIGNAL INPUT TO TERMINAL 2 OF ECU” (A/T)
∗ DEPRESSING THE BRAKE PEDAL (STOP LIGHT SW ON). “SIGNAL INPUT TO TERMINAL 16 OF ECU”
∗ PUSH THE CANCEL SW (CANCEL SW ON). “SIGNAL INPUT TO TERMINAL 18 OF ECU”
∗ DEPRESSING THE CLUTCH PEDAL (CLUTCH SW ON). “SIGNAL INPUT TO TERMINAL 2 OF ECU” (M/T)
∗ PULLING THE PARKING BRAKE LEVER (PARKING BRAKE SW ON). “SIGNAL INPUT TO TERMINAL 3 OF ECU”
SYSTEM OUTLINE
147
7. AUTO CANCEL FUNCTIONA) IF ANY OF THE FOLLOWING OPERATING CONDITIONS OCCURS DURING CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION, THE SET SPEED ISERASED, CURRENT FLOW TO MAGNETIC CLUTCH IS CUT OFF AND THE CRUISE CONTROL IS RELEASED. (MAIN SW TURNS OFF).
WHEN THIS OCCURS, THE IGNITION SW MUST BE TURNED OFF ONCE BEFORE THE MAIN SW WILL TURN ON AGAIN.
∗ OVER CURRENT TO TRANSISTER DRIVING MOTOR AND/OR MAGNETIC CLUTCH.
∗ WHEN CURRENT CONTINUED TO FLOW TO THE MOTOR INSIDE THE ACTUATOR IN THE THROTTLE VALVE “OPEN” DIRECTION.
∗ OPEN CIRCUIT IN MOTOR AND/OR MAGNETIC CLUTCH.
∗ MOMENTARY INTERRUPTION OF VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL.
∗ SHORT CIRCUIT IN CRUISE CONTROL SW.
∗ MOTOR DOES NOT OPERATE DESPITE THE MOTOR DRIVE SIGNAL BEING OUTPUT.
B) IF ANY OF THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS OCCURS DURING CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION, THE SET SPEED IS ERASED ANDTHE CRUISE CONTROL IS RELEASED. (CURRENT FLOW TO MAGNETIC CLUTCH IS CUT OFF UNTIL THE SET SW IS “ON” AGAIN.)
∗ WHEN THE VEHICLE SPEED HAS FALLEN BELOW THE MINIMUM SPEED LIMIT, APPROX. 40 KM/H (2.5 MPH)
∗ WHEN THE VEHICLE SPEED HAS FALLEN MORE THAN 16 KM/H (10 MPH) BELOW THE SET SPEED, E.G. ON AN UPWARD SLOPE.
∗ WHEN POWER TO THE CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM IS MOMENTARILY CUT OFF.
C) IF ANY OF THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS OCCURS DURING CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION, THE CRUISE CONTROL ISRELEASED.
∗ OPEN CIRCUIT FOR TERMINAL 1 OF CRUISE CONTROL ECU.
8. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION CONTROL FUNCTION∗ IN OVERDRIVE. IF THE VEHICLE SPEED BECOMES LOWER THAN THE OVERDRIVE CUT SPEED (SET SPEED MINUS APPROX. 4KM/H, 2.5 MPH) DURING CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION, SUCH AS DRIVING UP A HILL, THE OVERDRIVE IS RELEASED AND THEPOWER INCREASED TO PREVENT A REDUCTION IN VEHICLE SPEED.
∗ AFTER RELEASING THE OVERDRIVE, IF VEHICLE SPEED BECOMES HIGHER THAN THE OVERDRIVE RETURN SPEED (SETSPEED MINUS APPROX. 2 KM/H, 1.2 MPH) AND THE ECU JUDGES BY THE SIGNALS FROM POTENTIOMETER OF THE ACTUATORTHAT THE UPWARD SLOPE HAS FINISHED, OVERDRIVE IS RESUMED AFTER A WHILE.
C2 CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR1–3 : APPROX. 2K5–4 : APPROX. 38
C11 CRUISE CONTROL SW MAIN [COMB. SW]15–20 : CONTINUITY WITH MAIN SW ON20–17 : APPROX. 418 WITH CANCEL SW ON
APPROX. 68 WITH RESUME/ACCEL SW ONAPPROX. 198 WITH SET/COAST SW ON
C14 CRUISE CONTROL ECU14–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
1, 15–GROUND: ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS 3–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH PARKING BRAKE SW ON (ONE OF THE CANCEL SW) OR BRAKE LEVEL WARNING SW ON20–GROUND: 4 PULSE WITH 1 ROTATION OF ROTOR SHAFT (DRIVE SLOWLY)18–GROUND: APPROX. 418 WITH CANCEL SW ON IN CONTROL SW
APPROX. 68 WITH RES/ACC SW ON IN CONTROL SWAPPROX. 198 WITH SET/COAST SW ON IN CONTROL SW
13–GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUITY 2–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH SHIFT LEVER AT N POSITION (A/T) OR CLUTCH PEDAL DEPRESSED (M/T)
SERVICE HINTS
148
CRUISE CONTROL
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
C 2 28 D 1 28 J 2 31
C 8 A 30 D 3 30 P 4 31
C 9 B 30 D 5 30 S10 B 31
C11 30 E 7 B 30 S11 A 31
C13 30 E 8 C 30 S12 31
C14 30 E10 A 30 V 3 29
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1A
1C
1D 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
1E
20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
1M
2A22 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
2D22 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
3B
3C 24 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
3D
( )
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EE1 34 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (NEAR THE BRAKE MASTER CYLINDER)
IH1 36 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IM138 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)
IM338 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)
IO1 38 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
EB 34 FRONT LEFT FENDER
EC 34 INTAKE MANIFOLD RH
ED 34 INTAKE MANIFOLD LH
IG 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I 37 I 84 38 COWL WIRE
I 43 38 COWL WIRE I 87 38 ENGINE WIRE
I 60
149
150
ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION AND A/T INDICATOR
1D3 1M3
1E5
3B4
2CA5 2CA1 2CA4
3C19
1G6
E26
I86
I87
1
2
EB ED EC
IM1
11 IM1IM312
C18C14C13C2C1C12C3
A8 A10 A9 A13 A26 A24 B16
1
2 3 1
2
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)
P–L
P–L
VL–Y
W–B
B–O
B–O
B–O
W–L
G–W
G–W
B–W
G–R
Y–B
W–GB
–O
R–Y
W–B
LG–B
BR
BR
W–B
W–B
BR
B–O
R–L
15AEFI
7. 5AIGN
25ASTOP
SL S1 S2 E01 E02 E1 SP2
M–REL +B +B1 BATT IGSW BK OD1
EFI MAINRELAY
STO
PLI
GH
TS
W
FR
OM
CR
UIS
EC
ON
TR
OL
EC
U
W–B
BR
P–L
ELE
CT
RO
NIC
CO
NTR
OLL
ED
TRA
NS
MIS
SIO
NS
OLE
NO
ID
NO
.2
NO
.3( L
OC
K–U
P)
NO
.1 TO
CR
UIS
EC
ON
TR
OL
EC
U
1 4
3 2
RWB
VE
HIC
LES
PE
ED
SE
NS
OR
( SP
EE
DS
EN
SO
R)
( FO
RE
LEC
TRO
NIC
CO
NT
RO
LLE
DT
RA
NS
MIS
SIO
NS
YS
TEM
)
E2
V4
S12
2A
3
1A15
1M6
G–W
C22
A18 A17
FR
OM
IGN
ITIO
NS
W
2 1
IGT IGF
IGT IGF
B–W
W–RW
IGNITERI 2
NSW
18
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU)E 7 , E 8 , E1 0B CA
I 7
TO
PA
RK
/NE
UT
RA
LP
OS
ITIO
NS
W( N
EU
TRA
LS
TAR
TS
W)
B–W
B–W
GB
151
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU)
1K8
1D
6
3
3 3
D
8 1 5 2 9
D
6
1
2 3 4
I90
I87
I87 E26
E26
IM115 IM11IM3
13
D
B4 B11 B10 B1 B9
B7 B8 B15 C9
C20
2
1
W–B
BR
GR
G–O
L–R
R–L
L–R
L–R
BRBR
GR
GR
Y–G
BR
–B
G–W
G–O
G–O
G–W
BR
–B
L–R
B
L
G
BR
L–R
BR
R–L
BR
L–R
THW IDL VTA VC PE2
L
L
IH24
R–L
EN
GIN
EC
OO
LAN
TT
EM
P.
SE
NS
OR
( EF
IWA
TER
TE
MP
.S
EN
SO
R)
FR
OM
CR
UIS
EC
ON
TR
OL
EC
U
THROTTLE POSITIONSENSOR
TO
VO
LUM
EA
IRFL
OW
( AIR
FLO
WM
ET
ER
)
10AGAUGE
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)
PO
WE
R
NO
RM
AL
ELE
CT
RO
NIC
CO
NTR
OLL
ED
TR
AN
SM
ISS
ION
PA
TTE
RN
SE
LEC
TS
W
TE1 DG TE2 OD2
E1E1
TE1 TE1 TT TE2 ECT
DATA LINKCONNECTOR 1(CHECKCONNECTOR)
DATA LINK CONNECTOR 2(TDCL)
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
T 2
E11
E3
J 1
D 1
D 3
E 7 , E8 , E1 0B C
L–R
IH39
D
IH38
3
1
IE
O/D
MA
INS
WG
–OG
–OW
–BW
–B
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
O4
J 2
A3 A2 C19
Y–L
O
R–B
L 2 R
B
B
C8
3D
3
3D
12
IM3
16BR
3D10
3B10
3D
22
G–O
FRO
MC
RU
ISE
CO
NTR
OL
EC
U
R–BOY–L
V–Y
V–Y
V–Y
A
SP1
152
ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION AND A/T INDICATOR
L 2 D N R P
4 9 8 7 5 1
6
I87
I87
I41
IN17 IN18 IN114 IN113
IM31
IN19
R–L
L–R
R–B
O
Y–L
G–WR
B–OOY–L
L–R
Y–L O
R–B
Y–L
O
B–O R
R–B
G–W
A/T INDICATOR SW[PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW(NEUTRAL START SW)]
PO
WE
R
L 2 D N R P
I37
P 1
R–B
IH316 IH315 IH314 IH310 IH313
A4 A5 A6 C3 A7 C8 C7
B23C9 B5 B4 B2
Y–L O
B–O R
G–W
R–Y
R–G
R–LBR
W–B
3D13 3D6
3D12
IM316
ED
3C18
IG
W–B
W–BBR
BR
TO RHEOSTATVOLUME
B14
I43
B13 B15 B10
B1
B2 A1
IM314 IM311IM32
B1
1C11
1M1
1
3 2
V–Y
G–O
R–L
R–L
R–L G
LG P
R–L
V–Y
V–Y
G
G–B
R–L
G–O
IM32R
–L
R–L
COMBINATION METER
SHORTCONNECTOR
VE
HIC
LES
PE
ED
SE
NS
OR
( SP
EE
DS
EN
SO
R)
O/D
OF
F
SPEEDMETER
C 7 , C 8 , C9
S 8 , S 9
A B C
B A
V3
153
THE ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION IS A SYSTEM WHICH PRECISELY CONTROLS GEAR SHIFT TIMING AND LOCK–UPTIMING IN THE RESPONSE TO THE VEHICLE’S DRIVING CONDITIONS AND THE ENGINE OPERATING CONDITIONS DETECTED BYVARIOUS SENSORS, MAKING SMOOTH DRIVING POSSIBLE BY SHIFT SELECTION FOR EACH GEAR WHICH IS THE MOSTAPPROPRIATE TO THE DRIVING CONDITIONS AT THAT TIME, AND CONTROLS THE ENGINE TORQUE DURING SHIFTING TO ACHIEVEOPTIMUM SHIFT FEELING.
1. GEAR SHIFT OPERATIONDURING DRIVING, THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) SELECTS THE SHIFT FOR EACH GEAR WHICH IS MOST APPROPRIATE TOTHE DRIVING CONDITIONS, BASED ON INPUT SIGNALS FROM THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR (EFI WATER TEMP. SENSOR)TO TERMINAL THW OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU), ANDALSO THE INPUT SIGNALS TO TERMINAL SP2 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) FROM THE VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR(SPEED SENSOR) DEVOTED TO THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU).CURRENT IS THEN OUTPUT TO THE ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOIDS. WHEN SHIFTING TO 1ST SPEED,CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL S1 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) → TERMINAL 3 OF THE ELECTRONICCONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOIDS → GROUND, AND CONTINUITY TO THE NO.1 SOLENOID CAUSES THE SHIFT.
FOR 2ND SPEED, CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL S1 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) → TERMINAL 3 OF THEELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOIDS → GROUND, AND FROM TERMINAL S2 OF THE ENGINE CONTROLMODULE (ECU) → TERMINAL 1 OF THE ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOIDS → GROUND, AND CONTINUITY TOSOLENOIDS NO.1 AND NO.2 CAUSES THE SHIFT.
FOR 3RD SPEED, THERE IS NO CONTINUITY TO NO. 1 SOLENOID, ONLY TO NO. 2, CAUSING THE SHIFT.
SHIFTING INTO 4TH SPEED (OVERDRIVE) TAKES PLACE WHEN THERE IS NO CONTINUITY TO EITHER NO. 1 OR NO. 2 SOLENOID.
2. LOCK–UP OPERATIONWHEN THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) JUDGES FROM EACH SIGNAL THAT LOCK–UP OPERATION CONDITIONS HAVE BEENMET, CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL SL OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) → TERMINAL 2 OF THE ELECTRONICCONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOID → GROUND, CAUSING CONTINUITY TO THE LOCK–UP SOLENOID AND CAUSINGLOCK–UP OPERATION.
3. STOP LIGHT SW CIRCUITIF THE BRAKE PEDAL IS DEPRESSED (STOP LIGHT SW ON) WHEN DRIVING IN LOCK–UP CONDITION, A SIGNAL IS INPUT TOTERMINAL BK OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU), THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) OPERATES AND CONTINUITY TOTHE LOCK–UP SOLENOID IS CUT.
4. OVERDRIVE CIRCUIT
* O/D MAIN SW ON
WHEN THE O/D MAIN SW IS TURNED ON (O/D OFF INDICATOR LIGHT TURNS OFF), A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL OD2 OF THEENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) AND ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) OPERATION CAUSES GEAR SHIFT WHEN THECONDITIONS FOR OVERDRIVE ARE MET.
* O/D MAIN SW OFF
WHEN THE O/D MAIN SW IS TURNED TO OFF, THE CURRENT FLOWING THROUGH THE O/D OFF INDICATOR LIGHT FLOWSTHROUGH THE O/D MAIN SW TO GROUND. CAUSING THE INDICATOR LIGHT TO LIGHT UP. AT THE SAME TIME, A SIGNAL IS INPUTTO TERMINAL OD2 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) AND ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) OPERATION PREVENTSSHIFT INTO OVERDRIVE.
5. ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION PATTERN SELECT SW CIRCUITIF THE ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION PATTERN SELECT SW IS CHANGED FROM NORMAL TO POWER, THE CURRENTFLOWING THROUGH THE POWER INDICATOR FLOWS TO GROUND, CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL P OF THE ENGINE CONTROLMODULE (ECU), THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) OPERATES, AND SHIFT UP AND SHIFT DOWN OCCUR AT HIGHER VEHICLESPEEDS THAN WHEN THE SW IS IN NORMAL POSITION.
SYSTEM OUTLINE
154
ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION AND A/T INDICATOR
E 7(A), E 8(B), E10(C) ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU)(TURN ON THE IGNITION SW)
S1, S2 – E1 : 9.0–14.0 VOLTS WITH SOLENOID ON 0–1.5 VOLTS WITH SOLENOID OFF
P – E1 : 7.5–14.0 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND PATTERN SELECT SW AT POWER POSITIONL – E1 : 7.5–14.0 VOLTS WITH SHIFT LEVER AT L POSITION2 – E1 : 7.5–14.0 VOLTS WITH SHIFT LEVER AT 2 POSITIONR – E1 : 7.5–14.0 VOLTS WITH SHIFT LEVER AT R POSITIONBK – E1 : 9.0–14.0 VOLTS WITH BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSEDTHW – E2 : 0.2–1.0 VOLTS WITH ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. 60°C (140°F) –120°C (248°F)IDL – E2 : 0–1.5 VOLTS WITH THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED
9.0–14.0 VOLTS WITH THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPENEDVTA – E2 : 0.3–0.8 VOLTS WITH THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED
3.2–4.9 VOLTS WITH THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPENEDVC – E2 : 4.5–5.5 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION0/D1 – E1 : 4.5–5.5 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION0/D2 – E1 : 9.0–14.0 VOLTS WITH O/D MAIN SW TURNED OFF
0–3.0 VOLTS WITH O/D MAIN SW TURNED ONIGSW – E1 : 9.0–14.0 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION+B – E1 : 9.0–14.0 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION+B1 – E1 : 9.0–14.0 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITIONM–REL– E1 : 9.0–14.0 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
E 2 ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOID1, 2, 3–GROUND : EACH 11–15
O 4 O/D MAIN SW1–3 : CLOSED WITH O/D MAIN SW OFF, OPEN WITH O/D MAIN SW ON
: PARTS LOCATIONCODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
C 7 A 30 E 8 B 28 S 8 B 31C 8 B 30 E10 C 30 S 9 A 31C 9 C 30 E11 30 S12 31
D 1 28 I 2 29 T 2 29D 3 30 J 1 31 V 3 29E 2 28 J 2 31 V 4 29E 3 28 O 4 31
E 7 A 28 P 1 29
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)1A1C1D1E 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)1G
20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
1K1M2A 22 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)2C 22 ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)3B3C 24 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)3D
24 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESSCODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
IH2 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)IH3 36 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)IM1
38 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)IM3 38 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)
IN1 38 ENGINE WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATIONEB 34 FRONT LEFT FENDEREC 34 INTAKE MANIFOLD RHED 34 INTAKE MANIFOLD LHIE 36 LEFT KICK PANELIG 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
SERVICE HINTS
155
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
E 26 34 ENGINE WIRE I 4338 COWL WIRE
I 7 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE I 8638 COWL WIRE
I 3738 COWL WIRE
I 87 38 ENGINE WIRE
I 4138 COWL WIRE
I 90 38 COWL WIRE
156
SHIFT LOCK
1L9 1L2 1M3
1L4
1M6
1
2
STOP LIGHTSW
15ACIG/RADIO
15AECU–IG
25ASTOP
G–R
G–W
G–W
G–W
L–R
B–R
L–R
1 3 6
KEY INTERLOCKSOLENOID
L–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
54
SHIFT LOCK ECU
SHIFT LOCKCONTROL SW
SHIFT LOCKSOLENOID
P1
P
P2
SL–
SL+
TIMER
L–B
1
2
IH29 IH211
B–R
L–R
C
C
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
IH220
G
G–W
G–R
L
L–R
IH17
B
B
IF IJ
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)
J 2
S12
S 7
K 3
J 2
157
WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED TO ACC POSITION THE CURRENT FROM THE CIG/RADIO FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 1 OF THESHIFT LOCK ECU. WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED TO ON POSITION THE CURRENT FROM THE ECU–IG FUSE FLOWS TOTERMINAL 3 OF THE ECU.
1. SHIFT LOCK MECHANISMWITH THE IGNITION SW ON, WHEN A SIGNAL THAT THE BRAKE PEDAL IS DEPRESSED (STOP LIGHT SW ON) AND A SIGNAL THATTHE SHIFT LEVER IS PUT IN “P” POSITION (CONTINUITY BETWEEN P1 AND P OF THE SHIFT LOCK CONTROL SW) ARE INPUT TO THEECU, THE ECU OPERATES AND CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL SL+ OF THE SHIFT LOCKSOLENOID → SOLENOID → TERMINAL SL– → TERMINAL 5 OF THE ECU → GROUND. THIS CAUSES THE SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID TOTURN ON (PLATE STOPPER DISENGAGES) AND THE SHIFT LEVER CAN SHIFT INTO OTHER RANGE THAN THE “P” POSITION.
2. KEY INTERLOCK MECHANISMWITH THE IGNITION SW IN ON OR ACC POSITION, WHEN THE SHIFT LEVER IS PUT IN “P” POSITION (NO CONTINUITY BETWEEN P2AND P OF SHIFT LOCK CONTROL SW), THE CURRENT FLOWING FROM TERMINAL 4 OF THE ECU → KEY INTERLOCK SOLENOID ISCUT OFF. THIS CAUSES THE KEY INTERLOCK SOLENOID TO TURN OFF (LOCK LEVER DISENGAGES FROM LOCK POSITION) ANDTHE IGNITION KEY CAN BE TURNED FROM ACC TO LOCK POSITION. IF THE IGNITION IS LEFT IN ACC OR ON POSITION WITH THESHIFT LEVER IN OTHER THAN “P” POSITION, THEN AFTER APPROX. ONE HOUR THE ECU OPERATES TO RELEASE THE LOCK.
S 9 SHIFT LOCK ECU1–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION3–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION5–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY6–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED4–GROUND : 0 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ACC POSITION AND SHIFT LEVER POSITION IN P POSITION
6–12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ACC POSITION AND SHIFT LEVER POSITION IN EXCEPT P POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
J 2 31 S 7 31
K 3 31 S12 31
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1L20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
1M20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
IH1 36 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IH2 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
IF 36 LEFT KICK PANEL
IJ 36 RIGHT KICK PANEL
CBB
B B B B C
C
C
(H IN T : SEE PAG E 7)
1 2 1 3X
4 5 6
1 2
J 2 K 3 S 7 S12
SYSTEM OUTLINE
SERVICE HINTS
158
ABS (ANTI–LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM)
E 5
E21
E23
E22
EB17
IO26 IO27 IO25
M
21
A23 A24 A11 A1 A13 A26 A14 A18 A6
B4 A1 A4 A3 A6 A2 A5 B1A5A1B4B2 B3
A2 A15 A22 A10 A3 A16
B3
B
1 A2 A4
A6
A9
21
EA
G–W
FR+FR–FSSFL+FL–GNDGND
W–L
W–L
W–L
W–L
G–W
W–R
GR
–L
GR
–R
GR
–G
L–W
G–W L–
R
G–R R
R–W
W–R
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B B
RB
R
RG
W–B
RG
B W
W
W–B
1
FUS
EB
OX
60A
AB
S
ABS RELAY
ABS ACTUATOR
G–W
R– SRMR SFR SFL SRR SRL AST MT
ABS SPEED SENSORFRONT LH
ABS SPEED SENSORFRONT RH
W–B
(SHIELDED)
(SHIELDED)
(SHIELDED)
ABS ECU
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)
A18 , A1 9
B
A
AA 6 , A 7B
BA 4 , A 5A
A 8 A 9
F7
W–R
W–B
EB13
159
1D6
3C13 3C17
3C33C12 3D16 3D17
IO22
IM316IP15IP14II16II119II112
1212
I89I88
B1 B9 B7
B
16 B8 B14
B13 A5 B4
A1
B2
1
3D3
3D12
IM38IM33
B15
RL– RL+ RSS RR– RR+ PKB
BR
ABSTCTCTSWA
G–W
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)
G–B
R–G
LG–R
R–L
LG–R
G–B
G–B
Y–B
LG–R
LG–R
R–G
G–B Y
–B
G RRG BR Y
BR Y
R–W
R–W
111622 4 14
23
D/GTCTSW
WB
DATA LINK CONNECTOR 2(TDCL)
DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1(CHECK CONNECTOR)
10AGAUGE
AB
SW
AR
NIN
GLI
GH
T[C
OM
B.
ME
TER
]
ABS SPEED SENSORREAR LH
(SHIELDED)
(SHIELDED)
(SHIELDED)
(SHIELDED)
ABS SPEED SENSORREAR RH PARKING
BRAKE SW
ABS ECUJU
NC
TIO
NC
ON
NE
CTO
R( F
OR
SR
S)
R–L
C
C
J4
C7
,C
8B
A
A18 , A1 9
B
A
BR
BR
BR
A24 A25P 4
D 1 D 3
SHORT PIN
1M3 1A7 1D4
3C15 3B2
1A15
3C7
3B113C161M6
3C19
IO21 IO24
A25A12B6
G–R
B–R L–Y
B–R
L–Y
B–R
L–Y
G–W
G–W
G–W
STP IG BAT
15AECU–B
15AECU–IG
25ASTOP
ST
OP
LIG
HT
SW
S12 1
2
EB EC
E1
3
E1
3
3A10
3D8
IP16
BR
BR
G–W
BR
BR
BR
IM13
R–G
IH14
R–W
160
ABS (ANTI–LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM)
THIS SYSTEM CONTROLS THE RESPECTIVE BRAKE FLUID PRESSURES ACTING ON THE DISC BRAKE CYLINDERS OF THE RIGHTFRONT WHEEL, LEFT FRONT WHEEL AND REAR WHEELS WHEN THE BRAKES ARE APPLIED IN A PANIC STOP SO THAT THEWHEELS DO NOT LOCK. THIS RESULTS IN IMPROVED DIRECTIONAL STABILITY AND STEERABILITY DURING PANIC BRAKING.
1. INPUT SIGNALS(1) SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL
THE SPEED OF THE WHEELS IS DETECTED AND INPUT TO TERMINALS FL+, FR+, RL+ AND RR+ OF THE ABS ECU.
(2) STOP LIGHT SW SIGNALA SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL STP OF THE ABS ECU WHEN THE BRAKE PEDAL IS OPERATED.
(3) PARKING BRAKE SW SIGNALA SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL PKB OF THE ABS ECU WHEN THE PARKING BRAKE IS OPERATED.
2. SYSTEM OPERATIONDURING SUDDEN BRAKING THE ABS ECU, WHICH HAS SIGNALS INPUT FROM EACH SENSOR, CONTROLS THE CURRENT FLOWINGTO THE SOLENOID INSIDE THE ACTUATOR AND LETS THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE ACTING ON EACH WHEEL CYLINDER ESCAPE TOTHE RESERVOIR. THE PUMP INSIDE THE ACTUATOR IS ALSO OPERATING AT THIS TIME AND IT RETURNS THE BRAKE FLUID FROMTHE RESERVOIR TO THE MASTER CYLINDER, THUS PREVENTING LOCKING OF THE VEHICLE WHEELS.
IF THE ECU JUDGES THAT THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE ACTING ON THE WHEEL CYLINDER IS INSUFFICIENT, THE CURRENTACTING ON THE SOLENOID IS CONTROLLED AND THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE IS INCREASED. HOLDING OF THE HYDRAULICPRESSURE IS ALSO CONTROLLED BY THE ECU, BY THE SAME METHOD AS ABOVE. BY REPEATED PRESSURE REDUCTION,HOLDING AND INCREASE ARE REPEATED TO MAINTAIN VEHICLE STABILITY AND TO IMPROVE STEERABILITY DURING SUDDENBRAKING.
A18(A), A19(B) ABS ECU(CONNECT THE ECU CONNECTOR)(A) 5–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1 (CHECK CONNECTOR)(B)15–GROUND : TS –E1 NOT CONNECTED(A)11–GROUND, (A) 13–GROUND :(A)14–GROUND, (A) 1–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION ABS WARNING LIGHT GOES OFF(A)26–GROUND, (A) 18–GROUND :(A) 2–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY(A)15–GROUND:(A)12–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION(B) 6–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED(A)25–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS(A)14–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH ENGINE RUNNING AND PARKING BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED OR PARKING LEVERPULLED UP
A 6(B), A 7(A) ABS RELAY(B) 1, (A) 2–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS(A) 6–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
A 4(A), A 5(B) ABS ACTUATOR(A) 2–GROUND : APPROX. 5 (IGNITION SW OFF)(A) 1, (A) 3, (A) 4, (A) 6–GROUND : APPROX. 1.15 (IGNITION SW OFF)(B) 1–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
A 8, A 9 ABS SPEED SENSOR FRONT LH, RH1–2 : APPROX. 1.07K (20°C, 68°F)
A24, A25 ABS SPEED SENSOR REAR LH, RH1–2 : APPROX. 1.25K (20°C, 68°F)
P 4 PARKING BRAKE SW1–GROUND : CLOSED WITH PARKING BRAKE LEVER PULLED UP
S10 STOP LIGHT SW2–1 : CLOSED WITH BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED
SYSTEM OUTLINE
SERVICE HINTS
161
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
A 4 A 28 A18 A 30 D 1 28
A 5 B 28 A19 B 30 D 3 30
A 6 B 28 A24 32 F 7 28
A 7 A 28 A25 32 J 4 31
A 8 28 C 7 A 30 P 4 31
A 9 28 C 8 B 30 S12 31
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1A
1D 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
1M
20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
3A
3B24 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
3C24 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
3D
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EB1 34 ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (UNDER THE J/B NO. 1)
IH1 36 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
II1 36 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IM138 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)
IM338 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)
IO2 38 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
IP1 38 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
EA 34 FRONT RIGHT FENDER
EB 34 FRONT LEFT FENDER
EC 34 INTAKE MANIFOLD RH
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
E 5 E 23 34 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
E 21 34 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE I 8838 COWL WIRE
E 22 I 8938 COWL WIRE
162
ABS (ANTI–LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM)
163
SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM)
NOTICE: When inspecting or repairing the SRS (supplemental restraint system), perform the operation inaccordance with the following precautionary instructions and the procedure and precautions in the RepairManual for the applicable model year. Malfunction symptoms of the supplemental restraint system are difficult to confirm, so the diagnostic trouble
codes become the most important source of information when troubleshooting.When troubleshooting the supplemental restraint system, always inspect the diagnostic trouble codes beforedisconnecting the battery.
Work must be started after 90 seconds from the time the Ignition SW is set to the “LOCK” position and thenegative (–) terminal cable is disconnected from the battery.(The supplemental restraint system is equipped with a back–up power source so that if work is started within90 seconds of disconnecting the negative (–) terminal cable of the battery, the SRS may be activated.)When the negative (–) terminal cable is disconnected from the battery, memory of the clock and audio systemswill be cancelled. So before starting work, make a record of the contents memorized by each memory system.When work is finished, reset the clock and audio system as before and adjust the clock. This vehicle has tiltand telescopic steering, power seat and outside rear view mirror and power shoulder belt anchorage, whichare all equipped with memory function, it is not possible to make a record of the memory contents. So whenthe work is finished, therefore it will be necessary to explain this fact to the customer, and ask the customerto adjust the features and reset the memory.To avoid erasing the memory of each memory system, never use a back–up power supply from outside thevehicle.
When removing the steering wheel pad or handling a new steering wheel pad, keep the pad upper surfacefacing upward. Also, lock the lock lever of the twin lock type connector at the rear of the pad and take carenot to damage the connector.(Storing the pad with its metallic surface up may lead to a serious accident if the SRS inflates for some reason.)
Store the steering wheel pad where the ambient temperature remains below 93°C (200°F), without highhumidity and away from electrical noise.
Never use SRS parts from another vehicle. When replacing SRS parts, replace them with new parts. Never disassemble and repair the steering wheel pad, center SRS sensor assembly or front airbag sensors. Before repairing the body, remove the airbag sensors if during repair shocks are likely to be applied to the
sensors due to vibration of the body or direct tapping with tools or other parts. Do not reuse a steering wheel pad or front airbag sensors.
After evaluating whether the center airbag sensor assembly is damaged or not, decide whether or not to reuseit. (See the Repair Manual for the method for evaluating the center airbag sensor assembly.)
When troubleshooting the supplemental restraint system, use a high–impedance (Min. 10k/V) tester. The wire harness of the supplemental restraint system is integrated with the cowl wire harness assembly,
engine room main wire harness assembly and cowl No. 2 wire harness assembly.The vehicle wiring harness exclusively for the airbag system is distinguished by corrugated yellow tubing, asare the connectors.
Do not measure the resistance of the airbag squib.(It is possible this will deploy the airbag and is very dangerous.)
If the wire harness used in the supplemental restraint system is damaged, replace the whole wire harnessassembly.When the connector to the airbag front sensors can be repaired alone (when there is no damage to the wireharness), use the repair wire specially designed for the purpose.(Refer to the Repair Manual for the applicable Model year for details of the replacement method.)
INFORMATION LABELS (NOTICES) are attached to the periphery of the SRS components. Follow theinstructions on the notices.
164
SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM)
The supplemental restraint system has connectors which possess the functions described below:1. SRS ACTIVATION PREVENTION MECHANISM
Each connector contains a short spring plate. When theconnector is disconnected, the short spring plateautomatically connects the power source and groundingterminals of the squib to preclude a potential differencebetween the terminals.
2. ELECTRICAL CONNECTION CHECK MECHANISMThis mechanism is designed to electrically check ifconnectors are connected correctly and completely.The electrical connection check mechanism is designed sothat the connection detection pin connects with thediagnosis terminals when the connector housing lock is inthe locked condition.
165
3. CONNECTOR TWIN–LOCK MECHANISMWith this mechanism connectors (male and femaleconnectors) are locked by two locking devices to increaseconnection reliability. If the primary lock is incomplete, ribsinterfere and prevent the secondary lock.
166
SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM)
1 2
SPIRALCABLE
1F1 1F2 3D3
3D17
1M1 1M5 3D12
3D16
1F31F51F9
IG IF ED EB
IM38 IM112
IM3
16
7 14 6
18
C B A A A B
11 54 12
1 233
BCB
17
91281310112354
1 2
C
B–O P–L
B–Y
B–Y
Y–B
Y–B
B–Y
LG–R
LG–R
B–Y
B–Y
Y–B
W–B
W–BWBWBWB
W–B
W–B
BR
BR
BR
+SL –SL +SR –SR D+ D– E1 E2 TC LA
W–R
W–R
W–R
BR
IG2 ACC +B
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)
7. 5AIGN
15ACIG/RADIO
15AECU–B
CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY
JUN
CT
ION
CO
NN
EC
OT
R( F
OR
SR
S)
SR
SW
AR
NIN
GLI
GH
T[C
OM
B.
ME
TE
R]
TC AB TC AB
E1E1
DATA LINKCONNECTOR 2(TDCL)
DATA LINKCONNECTOR 1(CHECKCONNECTOR)
AIRBAG SQUIB
FRONT AIRBAGSENSOR RH
FRONT AIRBAGSENSOR LH
F 1 F 2
A20
D 3 D 1
J4
C 4
C7
167
THE SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) IS A DRIVER PROTECTION DEVICE WHICH HAS A SUPPLEMENTAL ROLE TO THESEAT BELTS.CURRENT FLOWS CONSTANTLY TO TERMINAL 6 OF THE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY. WHEN THE IGNITION SW ISTURNED TO ACC OR ON, CURRENT FROM THE CIG/RADIO FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 14 OF THE CENTER AIRBAG SENSORASSEMBLY. ONLY WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS ON DOES THE CURRENT FROM THE IGN FUSE TO TERMINAL 7 .
IF AN ACCIDENT OCCURS WHILE DRIVING, DECELERATION CAUSED BY A FRONTAL IMPACT IS DETECTED BY EACH SENSOR ANDSWITCH, AND WHEN THE FRONTAL IMPACT EXCEEDS A SET LEVEL (WHEN THE SAFING SENSOR BUILT INTO THE CENTER AIRBAGSENSOR ASSEMBLY IS ON AND THE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR IS ON, FRONT AIRBAG SENSORS ARE OFF), CURRENT FROM THECIG OR IGN FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 11 OF THE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL 1 OF THE AIRBAG SQUIB →SQUIB → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 10 OF CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL 8, TERMINAL 13 OR BODY GROUND→ GROUND.WHEN THE SAFING SENSOR BUILT INTO THE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY IS ON AND THE FRONT AIRBAG SENSOR LH ORRH IS ON, CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR IS OFF CURRENT FROM THE CIG/RADIO OR IGN FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 11 OF THECENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL 1 OF THE AIRBAG SQUIB → SQUIB → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 10 OF CENTERAIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL 4 OR 3 → TERMINAL 1 OF FRONT AIRBAG SENSOR → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 5 OR 2OF CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL 8, TERMINAL 13 OR BODY GROUND → GROUND.WHEN THE SAFING SENSOR BUILT INTO THE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY IS ON, AND THE FRONT AIRBAG SENSOR LH ORRH IS ON AND CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR IS ON ONE OF THE ABOVE–MENTIONED CIRCUITS IS ACTIVATED SO THAT CURRENTFLOWS TO THE AIRBAG SQUIB AND CAUSES IT TO OPERATE. THE BAG STORED INSIDE THE STEERING WHEEL PAD ISINSTANTANEOUSLY EXPANDED TO SOFTEN THE SHOCK TO THE DRIVER.
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
A20 30 D 1 28 F 2 28
C 4 28 D 3 30 J 4 31
C 7 30 F 1 28
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1F20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
1M20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
3D 24 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
IM138 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)
IM338 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
EB 34 FRONT LEFT FENDER
ED 34 INTAKE MANIFOLD LH
IF 36 LEFT KICK PANEL
IG 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
SYSTEM OUTLINE
168
SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM)
169
CIGARETTE LIGHTER AND CLOCK
1D7 1D5
1M5
1C8
I56
4
F
4
F
2 2 1
L–R
L–R
L–Y
L–R
W–B
W–B
W–B
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)
15ACIG/RADIO
15AECU–B
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
CIGARETTELIGHTER
CLOCK[A/C CONTROLASSEMBLY]
J 1
C 5 A12
IG
W–B
1 2
4 X2
4
A12 BLUE C 5
IF
DARK GRAY
FFF
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
DARK GRAYJ 1
CIGARETTE LIGHTER
CLOCK
SERVICE HINTS
2–GROUND : APPROX. VOLTS WITH IGNITION SWAT OR POSITION
1–GROUND : ALWAYS VOLTS(POWER FOR CLOCK)
2–GROUND : APPROX. VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW
4–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
(POWER FOR INDICATION)
C 5
A12
12
1212
ACC ON4–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
AT OR POSITIONACC ON
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
A12 30 C 5 30 J 1 31
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1C
1D 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
1M
20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
2E 22 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
IF 36 LEFT KICK PANEL
IG 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I56 38 COWL WIRE
170
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER AND MIRROR HEATER
2
1
1M11H10
1D6
1D
8
1C
10
1
5
1
5
IG IE IJ
I54
I72
1K3
IH21
IG211 IQ215
BS11 BT11
BS15 BT15
IG116 IQ119
A5
B4
1
A1
B1
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)
10AGAUGE
40ADEFOG
10AMIR–HTR
DEFOGGERRELAY
NOISEFILTER
R–L
Y–L
B–R
W–B
B
Y–L B
W–B
W–B
W–B
R–B
R–B
B–R
B–R
B–R
B–R
B–R
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
31
2 5
CHOKE COIL
RE
AR
WIN
DO
WD
EF
OG
GE
R
MIRRORHEATERLH
MIRRORHEATERRH
R–DEF
GND
REAR WINDOWDEFOGGER SW[A/C CONTROLASSEMBLY]
A10 , A1 2
R10
,R
11
C17R12 R13
A B
BA
BN
W–B
5
X
4 X
11
11 5
A B A B R12, R13A10 A12 C17 R10 R11
171
DEFOGGER RELAY5–3 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND DEFOGGER SW (A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY) ON
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
A10 A 30 R10 A 32 R13 32
A12 B 30 R11 B 32
C17 32 R12 32
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1C20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
1D20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
1H 20 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
1K20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
1M20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
IG136 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IG236 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IH2 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
IQ138 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
IQ238 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
BS1 40 MIRROR LH WIRE AND FRONT DOOR LH WIRE (FRONT LH DOOR INSIDE)
BT1 40 MIRROR RH WIRE AND FRONT DOOR RH WIRE (FRONT RH DOOR INSIDE)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
IE 36 LEFT KICK PANEL
IG 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
IJ 36 RIGHT KICK PANEL
BN 36 LEFT QUARTER PILLAR
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I 54 38 COWL WIRE I 72 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE
SERVICE HINTS
172
MOON ROOF
1C1
1L1
1I
1
1K
12
BK
M
R
W–L
R–L
W–B
R
B–R
R
W–B R G
G–W R–L
W–B
W–B
W–B
11 4 5 8 9
12
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)
15AECU–IG
20ADOME
THE
FT
DE
TER
RE
NT
AN
DD
OO
RLO
CK
EC
U
KEY OFF POWERCIRCUIT
MO
ON
RO
OF
MO
TO
R
NO
.1
MOON ROOF CONTROLRELAY
NO
.2
T3
,T
4
M 1
M4
AB
A8A2 A20 B8
2 4
3 1 1 2
BUZZER
GND MTR+ MTR– IS1 IS2
IQ115
IJ
2
1
R–W
R–W
W–BDO
OR
LOC
KM
OT
OR
,D
OO
RU
NLO
CK
AN
DO
PE
ND
ETE
CT
ION
SW
FRO
NT
RH
D19
A12
W–B
IG120
IE
2
1
R–G
R–G
W–BDO
OR
LOC
KM
OT
OR
,D
OO
RU
NLO
CK
AN
DO
PE
ND
ETE
CT
ION
SW
FRO
NT
LH
D18
A13
W–B
W–L
R–L
R
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
J 3B
B
W–B
W–B
A16
W–B
B 8
B 7
B 6W–B
W–B
MOON ROOFLIMIT SW
M 3
IH2
5G–B
2E7
IH213
B–R
IG116 IQ119
IH2
3 R
173
1K2 1L6 1M1 1I5
4
W–B
R–L
W–L
R–Y
R–W
G–YP
W–B
W–B
L
1 2 7 3
POWER MAINRELAY
MOON ROOF CONTROLRELAY
OP
EN
CLO
SE
DO
WN
UP
MOON ROOFCONTROL SW
30APOWER
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)
M 2
M 1
3 6 2 5
QRS
S
RQ
TIM
ER
6
2 3
1 5
IG
W–B
A A
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
J 3
W–L
TIMER
TIMER
IH2
10W–L
174
MOON ROOF
CURRENT IS APPLIED AT ALL TIMES THROUGH POWER FUSE TO TERMINAL 5 OF POWER MAIN RELAY AND ALSO THROUGH DOMEFUSE TO TERMINAL 12 OF MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY.
WHEN THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 1 OF POWER MAIN RELAY → TERMINAL 2 → TOGROUND THROUGH ECU–IG FUSE. AS A RESULT, POWER MAIN RELAY IS ACTIVATED AND THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL 5 OFPOWER MAIN RELAY FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 3 OF RELAY TO TERMINAL 6 OF MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY.
1. SLIDE OPEN OPERATIONWHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON AND THE MOON ROOF CONTROL SW IS PUSHED TO THE OPEN POSITION, A SIGNAL ISINPUT FROM TERMINAL 3 OF MOON ROOF CONTROL SW TO TERMINAL 1 OF MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY. WHEN THIS OCCURS,THE RELAY IS ACTIVATED AND THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL 6 OF MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 5 →TERMINAL 1 OF MOON ROOF MOTOR → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 4 OF MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY → TERMINAL 11 → TOGROUND AND ROTATES THE MOTOR TO OPEN THE MOON ROOF WHILE THE SW IS BEING PUSHED TO OPEN POSITION.
2. SLIDE CLOSE OPERATIONWITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE MOON ROOF COMPLETELY OPEN AND MOON ROOF LIMIT SW NO.1 AND NO. 2 BOTH ON,WHEN THE MOON ROOF CONTROL SW IS PUSHED TO THE CLOSE POSITION A SIGNAL IS INPUT FROM TERMINAL 6 OF MOONROOF CONTROL SW TO TERMINAL 2 OF MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY.
WHEN THIS OCCURS, THE RELAY IS ACTIVATED AND THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL 6 OF MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY FLOWSFROM TERMINAL 4 → TERMINAL 3 OF MOON ROOF MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 5 OF MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY →TERMINAL 11 → TO GROUND AND ROTATES THE MOTOR TO CLOSE THE MOON ROOF WHILE THE SW IS BEING PUSHED TO CLOSEPOSITION.
MOON ROOF LIMIT SW NO. 1 TURNS OFF (LIMIT SW NO. 2 IS ON) AND A 100MM BEFORE FULLY CLOSE POSITION, SIGNAL IS INPUTFROM TERMINAL 1 OF LIMIT SW NO. 1 TO TERMINAL 8 OF MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY. THIS SIGNAL ACTIVATES THE RELAY ANDSTOPS CONTINUITY FROM TERMINAL 6 OF MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY TO TERMINAL 11 . AS A RESULT, THE MOON ROOFSTOPS AT THIS POSITION.
TO CLOSE THE MOON ROOF COMPLETELY, PUSHING THE MOON ROOF CONTROL SW AGAIN TO THE CLOSE SIDE CAUSES ASIGNAL TO BE INPUT AGAIN TO TERMINAL 2 OF MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY. THIS ACTIVATES THE RELAY AND THE MOON ROOFWILL CLOSE AS LONG AS THE MOON ROOF CONTROL SW IS BEING PUSHED, ALLOWING THE MOON ROOF TO FULLY CLOSE.
3. TILT UP OPERATIONWHEN THE MOON ROOF CONTROL SW IS PUSHED TO TILT UP POSITION, WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON AND THE MOONROOF COMPLETELY CLOSED (MOON ROOF LIMIT SW NO. 2 IS OFF), A SIGNAL IS INPUT FROM TERMINAL 5 OF MOON ROOFCONTROL SW TO TERMINAL 3 OF MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY. AS A RESULT, THE RELAY IS ACTIVATED AND THE CURRENT TOTERMINAL 6 OF RELAY FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 4 OF RELAY → TERMINAL 3 OF MOON ROOF MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL5 OF RELAY → TERMINAL 11 TO GROUND AND ROTATES THE MOTOR SO THAT TILT UP OPERATION OCCURS AS LONG AS THEMOON ROOF CONTROL SW IS PUSHED ON THE TILT UP SIDE.
4. TILT DOWN OPERATIONWHEN THE MOON ROOF CONTROL SW IS PUSHED TO TILT DOWN POSITION, WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON AND THE MOONROOF TILTED UP (NO. 1 AND NO. 2 MOON ROOF LIMIT SWITCHES ARE BOTH OFF), A SIGNAL IS INPUT FROM TERMINAL 2 OF MOONROOF CONTROL SW TO TERMINAL 7 OF MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY.
AS THE RESULT, THE RELAY IS ACTIVATED AND THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL 6 OF RELAY FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 5 OF RELAY →TERMINAL 1 OF MOON ROOF MOTOR → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 4 OF RELAY → TERMINAL 11 → TO GROUND AND ROTATES THEMOTOR SO THAT TILT DOWN OPERATION OCCURS AS LONG AS THE MOON ROOF CONTROL SW IS PUSHED ON THE TILT DOWNSIDE. (DURING TILT DOWN, LIMIT SW NO. 1 IS CHANGED OFF TO ON.)
5. KEY OFF MOON ROOF OPERATIONWITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED FROM ON TO OFF, THE THEFT DETERRENT AND DOOR LOCK ECU OPERATES AND CURRENTFLOWS FROM POWER FUSE TO TERMINAL (A)8 OF THE ECU OR DOME FUSE TO TERMINAL (A)20 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL (B)8 →TERMINAL 1 OF POWER MAIN RELAY → TERMINAL 2 → TO GROUND FOR ABOUT 60 SECONDS. THE SAME AS NORMALOPERATION, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM POWER FUSE → TERMINAL 5 OF THE POWER MAIN RELAY → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL6 OF THE MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY. AS A RESULT, FOR ABOUT 60 SECONDS AFTER THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED OFF, THEFUNCTIONING OF THIS RELAY MAKES IT POSSIBLE TO OPEN AND CLOSE THE MOON ROOF. ALSO, BY OPENING THE FRONT DOOR(DOOR DETECT SW ON) WITHIN ABOUT 60 SECONDS AFTER TURNING THE IGNITION SW TO OFF, A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL(A)12 OR (A)13 OF THEFT DETERRENT AND DOOR LOCK ECU. AS A RESULT, THE ECU TURNS OFF AND OPEN AND CLOSEMOVEMENT OF THE MOON ROOF STOPS.
SYSTEM OUTLINE
175
6. TILT UP REMINDER SYSTEMWITH THE IGNITION SW IS SWITCHED FROM ON TO ACC OR OFF, AND 60 SECONDS THEN ELAPSES OR THE FRONT DOOR ISOPENED, A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 6 OF THE MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY. AT THIS TIME, MOON ROOF LIMIT SW NO. 1AND NO. 2 ARE OFF, SO SIGNALS ARE INPUT TO TERMINALS 8 AND 9 OF MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY THAT THE MOON ROOF ISIN THE TILT OPERATION POSITION. WHEN THESE SIGNALS ARE INPUT TO THE MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY, THE TIMER BUILTINTO THE RELAY OPERATES.
THUS THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL 12 OF MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY FLOWS THROUGH BUZZER OF MOON ROOF CONTROLRELAY AND TERMINAL 11 OF MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY TO GROUND AND THE BUZZER SOUNDS ABOUT 8 TIMES TO NOTIFYTHAT THE MOON ROOF IS STILL IN THE TILT UP CONDITION.
POWER MAIN RELAY5–3 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
M 1 MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY11–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY6–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION4–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON, AND MOON ROOF CONTROL SW AT CLOSE OR UP POSITION
(EXCEPT APPROX. 100 MM (3.941 IN.) BEFORE FULLY CLOSED POSITION5–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON, AND MOON ROOF CONTROL SW AT OPEN OR DOWN POSITION
12–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS
M 2 MOON ROOF CONTROL SW5–4 : CLOSED WITH MOON ROOF CONTROL SW AT UP POSITION6–4 : CLOSED WITH MOON ROOF CONTROL SW AT CLOSE POSITION2–4 : CLOSED WITH MOON ROOF CONTROL SW AT DOWN POSITION3–4 : CLOSED WITH MOON ROOF CONTROL SW AT OPEN POSITION4–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
D18 32 M 1 32 M 4 32
D19 32 M 2 32 T 3 A 31
J 3 31 M 3 32 T 4 B 31
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1C 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
1I 20 ROOF WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
1K
1L 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
1M
20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
2E 22 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
IG1 36 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IH2 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
IQ1 38 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
IE 36 LEFT KICK PANEL
IG 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
IJ 36 RIGHT KICK PANEL
BK 40 ROOF LEFT
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
B 640 ROOF WIRE
B 8 40 ROOF WIRE
B 740 ROOF WIRE
SYSTEM OUTLINE
SERVICE HINTS
176
MOON ROOF
10
1
C 10 H 7, H 8BLACK
177
HORN
10
1 1
2E4 2A5G
–B
G–W
G–W
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)
15AHAZ–HORN
1 3
2
HORNRELAY
HORN SW[COMB. SW] HORN
LHHORNRH
H 7 H 8C10
HORN RELAY2–3 : CLOSED WITH HORN SW ON
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
C10 30 H 7 28 H 8 28
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
2A 22 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
2E 22 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
SERVICE HINTS
178
CELLULAR MOBILE TELEPHONE
5 1L1
IO312IR1
AA
A A B
EB
IP11 IP13 IR310 IR32 IR316 IR36 IR33
A A
IR39
B
8
2
2
PWR
PWR
11
RR
–WR
–WR
–W
I19
ABA
TAF+ RAF+ D1
687
387
113
D1RAF+RAF–TAF–TAF+PH–PH+GND
5164
24611415173
11 1 6 2 7 7 2 3
9 10
15ATEL
15AECU–IG
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)
B–R
RR
B–R
RR G–B
IG+B
GR
–W BRG
GBB
B–R B–R B–R TO AUTO ANTENNA MOTORAND RELAY
L
( SH
IELD
ED
)
W–B
( SH
IELD
ED
)
R
( SH
IELD
ED
)
BR
( SH
IELD
ED
)
R
( SH
IELD
ED
)
( SH
IELD
ED
)
BLL
W–B
BR
BR V G
TELEPHONE TRANSCEIVER AND SPEAKER RELAY
TELEPHONEMICROPHONE[COMB. SW]
CELLULAR PHONE (HAND SET)C 3
C11
T 6 , T 7B A
PH1+ PH1–
W
6
IH2
1 5
B28
IP12
R
WW
W W
YY
TELEPHONE TRANSCEIVER
179
IR311 IR37 IR317 IR31
IR313IR314IR120
B B A B A A B B
12 18 23 10 5 3 9 4 10
4 5 1
165
22 25 19 6 2 1
1 2
D3 GND3 GND2 MUTE RLI+ RLI– RLO+ RLO–
D3 GND2 GND1
TEL(+)TEL(–) SP–CNT
GND AUDIO(+) AUDIO(–) RL–SP(+) RL–SP(–)
1 8 8 4 5 12 5 12
10 5 14+ –
Y–B
L B
W–B
BYO
Y–B R W R W
WR
Y–B
WRBYO
BYO
B
BR
R–B
MUTE WR+ WR–
CELLULAR PHONE (HAND SET)
STEREO COMPONENTAMPLIFIER
FRONT DOORSPEAKER RH
TELEPHONE TRANSCEIVER AND SPEAKER RELAY
T 6 , T 7
C 3
S10
F11
B A
B
D2
3
4
D2
11
6
RR
RY
G–W
R–W
L–W
B–W
SPEAKER RELAY
L
IR17 IR119
IQ113 IQ112
R W
R 1RADIO ANDPLAYER
TELEPHONE TRANSCEIVER
180
CELLULAR MOBILE TELEPHONE
T 7(A) TELEPHONE TRANSCEIVER AND SPEAKER RELAY(A) 9–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS(A) 10–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION(A) 11–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
C 3 30 R 1 31 T 7 A 32
C11 30 S10 31
F11 32 T 6 B 32
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
5 26 R/B NO. 5 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1L 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
IH2 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
IO3 38 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
IP1 38 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
IQ1 38 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
IR1 38 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
IR3 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (UNDER THE PASSENGER’S SEAT)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
EB 34 FRONT LEFT FENDER
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I 19 38 COWL WIRE B 28 40 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE
SERVICE HINTS
182
AUTO ANTENNA
W–B
AUTO ANTENNAMOTOR AND RELAY
BM
A26
M
1 4 5 7 8 6
2 5 6 4 3 1
R
2E7
1K12
1C1
IR118
B
B
RR
R
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
J 3
B–R
L–R
LG–R
P–L
1L1 1L9
IH29IH213
IR15 IR114 IR16 IR115
C
C
L–R
B–R
L–R
B–R
L–R
P–L
LG–R
P–L
L–R
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)
15AECU–IG
15ACIG/RADIO
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
J 2
S11
R 1
L–Y Y
R–G B
R–W
W–B
2 3
20ADOME
W–B
IH23
R
STEREO COMPONENTAMPLIFIER
OFF
RADIO SW
PLAYERSW
ON
RADIO AND PLAYER
I76
I73 I73L–R
P–L
GR
L–R
AMPACC
3
8
1
7 1
183
A26 AUTO ANTENNA MOTOR AND RELAY5–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION6–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION2–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS4–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION AND RADIO SW ON1–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
A26 32 J 3 31 S 11 31
J 2 31 R 1 31
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1C
1K 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
1L
20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
2E 22 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
IH2 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
IR1 38 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
BM 40 UNDER THE RIGHT QUARTER PILLAR
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I 73 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE I 76 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE
1 2
3 4 5 6
C
C
C
C
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
BB
B B B B
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
1 3
8
XX1
7 X X
A26 J 2 J 3 R 1
S11
DARK GRAY
GRAY
SERVICE HINTS
184
RADIO AND PLAYER (w/ CD CHANGER) *1 : W/O TELEPHONE
5
IR314 IR313
IH34
IR17 IR119
IH
A4 A11 A3 A10 A7 A16 B14B13B12B11B6B5B4B10B7B1
IG29 IG215 IQ211 IQ210 IG28 IG214
IQ213 IQ212
A12 A13 A2 A9 A1 A8 A6 A15 A5 A14
B5 B12
A5 A12
B4
C C
C C
IR312 IR34 IR315 IR35
IO119
1 1 1 12 2 2 2
GR
P–L
L–R
BR
L
B
W
Y
G
R
Y–B
B Y P V GR
GR
RR
B Y VP GR
GR
P–L
L–R
BR L
W–B
W–B
P V LG L
W–B
W–B
VPP V LG L
LG L B Y
R WWR
R WWR
R W
YB
GND GND FL+ FL– FR+ FR– WL+ WL– WR+ WR–
SP+ SP–
RL+ RL– RR+ RR– +B +B AMP+ ACC GND MUTE FL FR SGND BEEP RL RR
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)
20ARADIO
8
1 12 2
1 12 2
(SHIELDED)
RAD+ RAD–
MU
TE
FRONTSQUAWKER(SPEAKER)
FRONT TWEETER(SPEAKER)
FRONT DOOR SPEAKERLH RH LH RH
LH RH
TE
LEP
HO
NE
TRA
NS
CE
IVE
RA
ND
SP
EA
KE
RR
ELA
Y
REAR SPEAKERLH RH
JUN
CTI
ON
CO
NN
EC
TO
R
R 8 R 9
J3
T6
,T
7
F 8 F 9
F12 F13 F10 F11
BA
( SH
IELD
ED
)
STEREO COMPONENT AMPLIFIERS10 , S11A B
( *1)
( *1)
7
185
A15
RR
A14
RL
A13
BEEP
A12
SGND
A7
FR
A6
FL
A5
MUTE
A11
GND
A3
ACC
A1
AMP+
A4
B
A8
ANT+
B3
TXM+
B9
TXS+
B8
TXM–
B10
TXS–
B12
ACC
B5
+B
B2
CDL+
B7
CDL–
B6
CDR–
B4
GND
B11
SGND
B1
CDR+
IR22 IR23 IR27 IR28 IR26 IR21 IR24 IR211 IR210 IR25 IR212 IR29
IR120
BX22 BX24 BX21 BX25 BX210 BX26 BX22 BX211 BX213 BX28 BX27 BX29
I75
I73
I76
A10
TELMUTE
B16
B26 B26
CC
3 4
1L9
IH29
IR16IR115
B24
1
GR
P–L
L–R
BR
L
B
W
Y
R
G
L–R
P–L
L BR
GR
P–L GRW
P–L
L–R
L–R
P–L
LG–R
LG–
R
Y–B
Y–B
BR
–B
BR W
G–W
LG–
B
L–Y L P LG V
W–B
W–
B
VLGPL
L–Y
LG–B
G–WWBR
BR
–BB
R–B
BR W
G–W
LG–B
L–Y L P LG W
–BV
R–W
R–WR
–W
R–
W
TXM+ TXM–TXS+ TXS– ACC +B CDL+ CDL– SGND CDR+ GND SWCDR–
AMP ANT
15ACIG/RADIO
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
AUTO ANTENNAMOTOR AND RELAY
W
L–R
FRO
MTH
EF
TD
ET
ER
RE
NT
AN
DD
OO
RLO
CK
EC
UI77
I83
B21
B25
BR
BR
BY113
B3 B4 B2 B6 B8 B1 B5 B9 B7A6A3A2A1
CD AUTOMATIC CHANGER
LUG
GA
GE
CO
MP
AR
TM
EN
TLI
GH
TS
W
RADIO AND PLAYER
A26
J 2
C15 , C16
L7
R 1 , R 2A B
B A
( SH
IELD
ED
)( S
HIE
LDE
D)
( SH
IELD
ED
)
( SH
IELD
ED
)( S
HIE
LDE
D)
( SH
IELD
ED
)
186
RADIO AND PLAYER (w/ CD CHANGER)
R 1(A) RADIO AND PLAYER(A) 3–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON OR ACC POSITION(A) 4–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS
S12(A), S13(B) STEREO COMPONENT AMPLIFIER(A)12, (A) 13–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
(B) 7–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON OR ACC POSITION(A)16, (A) 17–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
A26 32 F12 32 R 8 32
C15 B 32 F13 32 R 9 32
C16 A 32 J 2 31 S10 A 31
F 8 30 J 3 31 S11 B 31
F 9 30 L 7 32 T 6 B 32
F10 32 R 1 A 31 T 7 A 32
F11 32 R 2 B 31
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
5 26 R/B NO. 5 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
IL 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
IG2 36 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IH2 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
IH3 36 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
IO1 38 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
IQ2 38 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
IR1 38 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
IR238 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND FLOOR NO 2 WIRE (UNDER THE PASSENGER’S SEAT)
IR338 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (UNDER THE PASSENGER’S SEAT)
BX2 40 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (BEHIND PACKAGE TRAY TRIM)
BY1 40 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LUGGAGE ROOM LEFT)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
IH 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE RH
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I 73 B 16 40 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE
I 75 B 21
I 76 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE B 24 40 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE
I 77 B 25
40 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE
I 83 B 26 40 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE
SERVICE HINTS
187
188
RADIO AND PLAYER (w/o CD CHANGER)
5
IR314 IR313
IH34
IR17 IR119
IH
A4 A11 A3 A10 A7 A16 B14B13B12B11B6B5B4B10B7B1
IG29 IG215 IQ211 IQ210 IG28 IG214
IQ213 IQ212
A12 A13 A2 A9 A1 A8 A6 A15 A5 A14
B5 B12
A5 A12
B4
C C
C C
IR312 IR34 IR315 IR35
IO119
1 1 1 12 2 2 2
GR
P–L
L–R
BR
L
B
W
Y
G
R
Y–B
B Y P V GR
GR
RR
B Y VP GR
GR
P–L
L–R
BR L
W–B
W–B
P V LG L
W–B
W–B
VPP V LG L
LG L B Y
R WWR
R WWR
R W
YB
E(1) E(2) FL(+) FL(–) FR(+) FR(–) WL(+) WL(–) WR(+) WR(–)
RL(+) RL(–) RR(+) RR(–) BU(1) BU(2) AMP ACC GND MUTE FL FR GND BEEP RL RR
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)
20ARADIO
8
1 12 2
STEREO COMPONENT AMPLIFIER
1 12 2
(SHIELDED)
FRONTSQUAWKER(SPEAKER)
FRONT TWEETER(SPEAKER)
FRONT DOOR SPEAKERLH RH LH RH
LH RH
TELE
PH
ON
ETR
AN
SC
EIV
ER
AN
DS
PE
AK
ER
RE
LAY
REAR SPEAKERLH RH
JUN
CTI
ON
CO
NN
EC
TO
R
R 8 R 9
J3
T6
,T
7
F 8 F 9
F12 F13 F10 F11
BA
( SH
IELD
ED
)
S10 , S11A B
( *1)
( *1)
RAD+
SP+
RAD–
SP–M
UTE
7
189
* 1 : W/O TELEPHONE
15
RR
14
RL
13
BEEP
12
GND
7
FR
6
FL
5
MUTE
11
GND
3
ACC
1
AMP+
4
+B
8
ANT+
IR120
I75
I73
I76
10
TELMUTE
CC
3 4
1L9
IH29
IR16IR115
GR
P–L
L–R
BR
L
B
W
Y
R
G
L–R
P–L
L BR
GR
P–L GRW
P–L
L–R
L–R
P–L
LG–R
LG–R
Y–B
Y–B
AMP ANT
15ACIG/RADIO
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
AUTO ANTENNAMOTOR AND RELAY
W
L–R
RADIO AND PLAYER
A26
J 2
R 1
190
RADIO AND PLAYER (w/o CD CHANGER)
S10(A), S11(B) STEREO COMPONENT AMPLIFIER(A) 7, (A)16–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS
(B) 7–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON OR ACC POSITION(A)12, (A)13–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
R 1 RADIO AND PLAYER3–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON OR ACC POSITION4–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
A26 32 F13 32 S10 A 31
F 8 30 J 2 31 S11 B 31
F 9 30 J 3 31 T 6 B 32
F10 32 R 1 31 T 7 A 32
F11 32 R 8 32
F12 32 R 9 32
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
5 26 R/B NO. 5 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
IL 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
IG2 36 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IH2 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
IH3 36 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
IO1 38 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
IQ2 38 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
IR1 38 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
IR3 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (UNDER THE PASSENGER’S SEAT)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
IH 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE RH
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I 7338 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE
I 76 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE
I 7538 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE
SERVICE HINTS
191
192
COMBINATION METER
1D6
3D10 3B10
3D12
3D22
3D13II15 II111 II118
BW11 BW12 BW13
IJ12 IJ13 IJ14IM314 IM311
IM316
I37
I43 I67I38
A
2 A1
B1
3 2 2 131 2 3
B14 B13 B15 B19 B20 C5 B7 B8 B10 B22
C
1
ED
IM32
1
R–L
G–BV–Y
R–L
R–L
R–L
V–Y
R–L
V–Y
G
G–B
G–B
GLG P
G–B
V–R
Y–G
Y–R Y–L BR
BR
Y–L
Y–R
Y–L
Y–R BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
V–R
Y–G
V–Y
V–Y
R–L
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)
10AGAUGE
COMBINATION METER
ODOMETER
SP
EE
DM
ET
ER
FUE
L
FUE
L
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR(SPEED SENSOR)
TRIP SW FUEL SENDER
SHORTCONNECTOR
FR
OM
CR
UIS
EC
ON
TR
OL
EC
U
FRO
MP
PS
EC
U,
EN
GIN
EC
ON
TR
OL
MO
DU
LE( E
NG
INE
AN
DE
LEC
TR
ON
ICC
ON
TR
OLL
ED
TR
AN
SM
ISS
ION
EC
U( A
/T) ,
EN
GIN
EE
CU
( M/T
))
S 8 , S 9
B
B
V 3 T 5 F15
C 7 , C 8 , C 9
B
A B
193
2CA6 1D3 2E7
1C5
3A16
1D12
1M5
3D8
1C1
3C14
3A10
1C8
1D13
IM36
IM18
IM114 IM310
II117
IM318
I62
B12 B11
B21 B9 A9 A16 A12 A19
C
11 A13
4
F
18
2
A E
IFEC
A A
8
2
1 1IH1
4
E
1
F
DELAY CIRCUIT
2
1
R–Y
R–Y
R–W
B–W
Y–G
Y–G
B–W
B–W
B–W
R
B–O
RR
Y
R–Y
R–Y
R–Y
R–W
YY
W–B
BR
W–B
W–B
B–Y
B
Y–G
B
Y–G
B
Y–R
C 7 , C 8 , C 9
J 1
W2
I2
E6
J 1
B2 D
4
G 2
P 4
WA
TE
RT
EM
P.
SE
ND
ER
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)
10ASTARTER
7. 5AIGN
20ADOME
TOC
IRC
UIT
OP
EN
ING
RE
LAY
COMBINATION METER
WA
TER
TEM
P.
TA
CH
O
RE
AR
LIG
HT
OIL
LEV
EL
BR
AK
E
BU
LBC
HE
CK
C
A B
CH
AR
GE
DO
OR
R–W
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
BR
AK
EF
LUID
LEV
EL
SW
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
DA
YT
IME
RU
NN
ING
LIG
HT
RE
LAY
TO
DO
OR
CO
UR
TES
YS
W
GENERATOR(ALTERNATOR)
PARKINGBRAKE SWE
NG
INE
OIL
LEV
EL
WA
RN
ING
SW
IGN
ITE
R
OIL
TE
MP
.
OIL
LEV
EL
( US
A)
(CANADA)
(CANADA)
IG– L
TO LIGHT FAILURESENSOR
194
COMBINATION METER
2A6
E17
C1 A8 C2 C7 C8
C4 C9 C6A15
C
1 A2 A14 B23
3D19 3C13 3B19
3C18
1M1
3D18 3C12 3B83D6
1C11
IG
IM35
1
D
D
G–R
G–B
G–L
R–W
G–O
G–O
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
Y–B
Y–B
R–Y
R–G
G–B
G–Y
G–W
R–B
R–Y
R–Y
( US
A)
( CA
NA
DA
)
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)
15AHEAD RH
TO HEADLIGHT
FRO
MD
AY
TIM
ER
UN
NIN
GLI
GH
TR
ELA
YN
O.
3
FR
OM
HA
ZA
RD
SW
FR
OM
A/T
IND
ICA
TO
RS
W
OIL
MA
LFU
NC
TIO
NIN
DIC
ATO
RLA
MP
( CH
EC
KE
NG
INE
WA
RN
ING
LIG
HT
)
AB
S
CR
UIS
EC
ON
TR
OL
SE
AT
BE
LT
O/D
OF
F
HIG
HB
EA
M
TU
RN
LH
TU
RN
RH
P R
JUN
CT
ION
CO
NN
EC
OTR
OIL PRESSURESW
TOE
NG
INE
CO
NT
RO
LM
OD
ULE
( EN
GIN
EA
ND
ELE
CTR
ON
ICC
ON
TRO
LLE
DT
RA
NS
MIS
SIO
NE
CU
( W)(
A/T
) ,E
NG
INE
EC
U( W
)(M
/T))
TOA
BS
EC
U( W
)
TO
CR
UIS
EC
ON
TR
OL
EC
U( P
I)
TOIN
TE
GR
ATI
ON
RE
LAY
TO
O/D
MA
INS
W
TO
DIM
ME
RS
W( H
I)
COMBINATION METER
O 1
C 7 , C 8 , C 9
J1
A
A B
G–R
G–B
G–L
W–B
( CA
NA
DA
)
( US
A)
TO
DIM
ME
RS
W
(USA)
( US
A)
195
1F3
A7 A6C3 A5 A4
C
18
A17 B5 B4 B2
I51
A
B
A
B
R
B–O O Y–L
L–R
W–R
W–R
B–Y
B–Y
R–Y
R–G
R–L
R–L
R–L
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)
15AECU–B
JUNCTIONSONNECTOR
FRO
ME
LEC
TRO
NIC
CO
NTR
OLL
ED
TRA
NS
MIS
SIO
NP
AT
TER
NS
ELE
CT
SW
FROM A/T INDICATOR SW
N D 2 L
PO
WE
R
SR
S
COMBINATION METER
TO
CE
NTE
RA
IRB
AG
SE
NS
OR
AS
SE
MB
LY
TO
A/C
CO
NT
RO
LA
SS
EM
BLY
TO RHEOSTATVOLUME
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
J 4
J 4
C 7 , C 8 , C 9
A
A B
196
COMBINATION METER
B 2 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SW1–2 : CLOSED WITH FLOAT DOWN
P 4 PARKING BRAKE SW1–GROUND : CLOSED WITH PARKING BRAKE LEVER PULLED UP
O 1 OIL PRESSURE SW1–GROUND : CLOSED WITH OIL PRESSURE BELOW APPROX. 0.2 KG/CM2 (2.8 PSI, 20 KPA)
W 2 WATER TEMP. SENDER1–GROUND : APPROX. 226 (50°C, 122°F)
APPROX. 25 (115°C, 239°F)
E 6 ENGINE OIL LEVEL WARNING SW1–2 : CLOSED WITH FLOAT UP AND ENGINE OIL TEMP. AT BELOW APPROX. 55°C (131°F)
OPEN WITH FLOAT DOWN AND ENGINE OIL TEMP. AT BELOW APPROX. 60°C (140°F)
F15 FUEL SENDER2–3 : APPROX. 3 AT FUEL FULL
APPROX. 110 AT FUEL EMPTY
C 8(B), C 9(C) COMBINATION METER(B) 1–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION(B)10–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY(B)22–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY(B)11–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
B 2 28 F15 32 P 4 31
C 7 A 30 G 2 28 S 8 B 31
C 8 B 30 I 2 29 S 9 A 31
C 9 C 30 J 1 31 T 5 31
D 4 30 J 4 31 V 3 29
E 6 28 O 1 29 W 2 29
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1C
1D 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
1F
20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
1M 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
2A 22 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
2C 22 ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
2E 22 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
3A
3B24 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
3C24 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
3D
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
IH1 36 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
II1 36 FLOOR NO.1 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IJ1 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL NO. 2 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE COMBINATION METER)
IM138 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)
IM338 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)
BW1 40 FUEL GAUGE WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (UNDER THE REAR SEAT CUSHION)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
EC 34 INTAKE MANIFOLD RH
ED 34 INTAKE MANIFOLD LH
IF 36 LEFT KICK PANEL
IG 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
SERVICE HINTS
197
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
E 17 34 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE I 51
I 37 I 62 38 COWL WIRE
I 38 38 COWL WIRE I 67
38 COWL WIRE
I 43
198
AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING
2
4 1B6
4 4 4
5 5
4 4
5 5
4 3
2 32 3
C
4 2 1 4 1 23
2
5 1
1 51 5
CC
C
EB14
IK11
IK12
IK14IO1
4
IL1
6
I54
I58
I58
I44 I57
M
1
2
II IG
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)
40AHEATER
10AGAUGE
L
R–L
R–L
R–L
R–L
L
R–L
B GR
BW
–BW
–B
B–W
W–R
W–L
L–Y
B–W
L–WB
W–B B
R
R
BR
Y
L–Y
W–L
W–R
L–W
R–L
G
R–L
W–B
R–L R–L
L–Y
R–L
R–L
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
EXTRA HIGHSPEED RELAY
A/C MAGNETICCLUTCH RELAY
HEATERMAINRELAY
BLOWERMOTOR
A/C MAGNETICCLUTCH ANDA/C LOCKSENSOR
A/C POWER TRANSISTORA14
A 3
B 3
E12
J 1
2 1
I58
I58
B
B R
B
R
BLOWER RESISTOR(FOR LOW SPEED)
B 4
199
2
1
8 7 6 5 4
IL17
I 8
M
R–L
R–
Y
B–Y
L–B
R
G–W
W–
B
G
R–L
L–W
B–W
L–W
L–Y
Y
BR
W–B
R–L R–L
G
R–Y
B–Y
L–B
R
G–W
L–W
B–W
L–W
L–Y
Y
BR
W–B
W–B
W–B
A23AIR VENT MODE CONTROLSERVO MOTOR
IC
DEF F/D FOOT B/L FACE DEF F/D FOOT B/L FACE
200
AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING
A4 A5B9 B8
A
10 B20 B6 B11 B12 B13 B15 B16 B7
IO15 IM34IK16 IK15 IK13IL15 IL14 IL13 IL12 IL11
W–B
BR
Y
L–Y
W–L
W–R
L–W
G–W
R
L–B
B–Y
R–Y
G
R–L
W–R
W–B
Y–W
B–W L–
Y
W–L
L–W
L–W L
L–R
L–B
L–O
W–G
R–L
GND BLW VM MGC LOCK IN HR FACE B/L FOOT F/D DEF FR IG
A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY
A10 , A11 , A1 2
B
B C
201
B3 B4 B1 B2A10 A9
C
1 A8 A5 A7 A2 A3
12354
2 2 2
IH18
IM39
IH114
IO39
IO310
I 8 I25 I25 I25
I 8
1
2
M
A22
A10 , A11 , A12
WARM COOL
21345
M
A21
FRESH RECIRC
LW
W B–R
B–R
G–Y
Y–B
W–R
LPOB–YRR–L
L–Y
B–W
W–R
L
W–R
W–R
W–R
W–R
W–RL
Y BR
–B
V–R
BR
–Y
LGRR–L
L–Y
W–RL
W–R
W–RW–RW–R
AIR INLET CONTROLSERVO MOTOR
AIR MIX CONTROLSERVO MOTOR
1 1 1
A/C
SO
LAR
SE
NS
OR
A/C
TH
ER
MIS
TO
R
A/C
RO
OM
TEM
P.
SE
NS
OR
A/C
AM
BIE
NT
TEM
P.
SE
NS
OR
A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY
A15
A17
A13
A1
A
A B
TPI AIF AIR TP AMH AMC S5 TS SG TW TR TAM
I25W–R
L
W–R
Id15 Id14 Id16 Id12Id1
3
202
AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING
I104
I87
I51
1
2
1D5 1D7
1D12 1D13
1B1
IM18IJ15
C6 B5 B218 A1 A2
7 4
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)
L–Y
L–R
B L–Y
L–RR
–L
W–R
L–W
R–L
R–L
BB
W–R
W–R
B
R–L
15AECU–B
15ACIG/RADIO
RHEOSTATVOLUME IGNITER
B B
A/C
EV
AP
OR
ATO
RT
EM
P.
SE
NS
OR
TO COMBINATIONMETER
TO COOLINGFAN ECU
TO TACHOMETER
IG–
TE RDFGR TC IGN +B ACC
R 5I 2
A16
A
Y–L
FR
OM
DE
FO
GG
ER
RE
LAY
( CO
ILS
IDE
)
A
A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY
A10 , A11 , A1 2B C
203
EB ED
4
1
7 6
C
411
3
C
B18 B19 B23 B22 B17
IM116
3C17
3D12
3D17
3D3
IO16
AC1 ACT DOUT DIN PSW
W–B BR
BRR
–LR
–L
LG–R
Y–B
Y–B
LG–B
LG–R
B–Y
BR
W–B
A/C TCACTAC
E1
E 8
D 3
A 2
J 4
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE(ENGINE AND ELECTRONICCONTROLLED TRANSMISSIONECU (A/T), ENGINE ECU (M/T))
DATA LINKCONNECTOR 2(TDCL)
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
A/C DUALPRESSURE SW
A
A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY
A10 , A11 , A1 2B C
204
AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING
1. HEATER BLOWER MOTOR OPERATIONCURRENT IS APPLIED AT ALL TIMES THROUGH HEATER FUSE TO TERMINAL 5 OF HEATER RELAY. WHEN THE IGNITION SW ISTURNED ON, CURRENT FLOWS THROUGH GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL 1 OF HEATER RELAY → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL HR OFA/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY. AT THE SAME TIME, CURRENT ALSO FLOWS FROM GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL IG OF A/C CONTROLASSEMBLY AND TERMINAL 1 OF EXTRA HIGH SPEED RELAY → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL FR OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY.
∗ LOW SPEED OPERATION
WHEN THE BLOWER SW (A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY) IS MOVED TO LOW SPEED POSITION, THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL HR OF A/CCONTROL ASSEMBLY FLOWS TO TERMINAL GND OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY → GROUND AND TURNS THE HEATER RELAY ON.AS A RESULT, THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL 5 OF HEATER RELAY FLOWS TO TERMINAL 4 OF RELAY → TERMINAL 2 OF BLOWERMOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 1 OF POWER TRANSISTOR → TERMINAL 4 → GROUND AND CAUSES THE BLOWER MOTOR TOROTATE AT LOW SPEED.
∗ HIGH SPEED OPERATION
WHEN THE BLOWER SW (A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY) IS MOVED TO HIGH SPEED POSITION, THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL HR OF A/CCONTROL ASSEMBLY FLOWS TO TERMINAL GND OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY → GROUND AND TURNS THE HEATER RELAY ON. ATTHE SAME TIME, THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL 1 OF EXTRA HIGH SPEED RELAY ALSO TO TERMINAL 3 OF RELAY TERMINAL FR OFA/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL GND → GROUND AND TURNS THE EXTRA HIGH SPEED RELAY ON. AS A RESULT, THECURRENT TO TERMINAL 5 OF HEATER RELAY FLOWS TO TERMINAL 4 → TERMINAL 2 OF BLOWER MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 →TERMINAL 2 OF EXTRA HIGH SPEED RELAY → TERMINAL 4 → GROUND WITHOUT PASSING THROUGH THE BLOWER RESISTOR,CAUSING THE BLOWER MOTOR TO ROTATE AT HIGH SPEED.
∗ MEDIUM SPEED OPERATION
WHEN THE BLOWER SW (A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY) IS MOVED TO MED POSITION, THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL HR OF A/CCONTROL ASSEMBLY FLOWS TO TERMINAL GND → GROUND AND TURNS THE HEATER RELAY ON. THEN, THE CURRENT TOTERMINAL IG OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY FLOWS TO TERMINAL BLW → TERMINAL 2 OF POWER TRANSISTOR → TERMINAL 1 →GROUND.
AS A RESULT, THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL 5 OF HEATER RELAY FLOWS TO TERMINAL 4 → TERMINAL 2 OF BLOWER MOTOR →TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 1 OF POWER TRANSISTOR → TERMINAL 4 → GROUND AND BLOWER MOTOR IS ROTATED AT MEDIUMSPEED BY THE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY CONTROLLING THE CURRENT FLOW FROM TERMINAL 2 OF POWER TRANSISTOR TOTERMINAL 4.
∗ AUTO FUNCTION
WHEN THE AUTO SW IN HEATER CONTROL SW (A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY) IS SELECTED, THE CURRENT FLOW IS THE SAME FORMED POSITION, BUT THE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY DECIDES THE APPROPRIATE AIR FLOW VOLUME ACCORDING TO THE SETTEMPERATURE AND THE INPUT SIGNALS FROM EACH SENSOR. BY CONTROLLING THE CURRENT FLOW FROM TERMINAL BLW OFTHE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY TO TERMINAL 2 OF POWER TRANSISTOR → TERMINAL 4 → GROUND, THE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLYCONTROLS THE BLOWER MOTOR STEPLESSLY.
2. OPERATION AIR INLET CONTROL SERVO MOTOR(SWITCHING FROM FRESH TO RECIRC)
WITH IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL IG OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY →TERMINAL AIR → TERMINAL 2 OF AIR INLET CONTROL SERVO MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL AIF OF A/C CONTROLASSEMBLY → TERMINAL GND → GROUND, THE MOTOR ROTATES AND THE DAMPER MOVES TO THE RECIRC SIDE. WHEN THEDAMPER OPERATES WITH THE A/C SW AT RECIRC POSITION, THE DAMPER POSITION SIGNAL IS INPUT FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THESERVO MOTOR TO TERMINAL TPI OF THE ECU (BUILT INTO THE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY). AS A RESULT, CURRENT TO THE SERVOM0TOR CIRCUIT IS CUT OFF BY THE ECU, SO THE DAMPER STOPS AT THAT POSITION.
(SWITCHING FROM RECIRC TO FRESH)
WITH IGNITION SW TURNED ON, WHEN THE RECIRC/FRESH SW IS SWITCHED TO THE FRESH SIDE, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROMTERMINAL IG OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL AIF → TERMINAL 1 OF AIR INLET CONTROL SERVO MOTOR → TERMINAL2 → TERMINAL AIR OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL GND → GROUND, THE MOTOR ROTATES AND THE DAMPER STOPSAT THAT POSITION.
SYSTEM OUTLINE
205
3. OPERATION OF AIR VENT MODE CONTROL SERVO MOTORWITH IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL IG OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY.
(SWITCHING FROM DEF TO FACE)
THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL FACE OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL 5 OF AIR VENT MODE CONTROL SERVOMOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL DEF OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL GND → GROUND. THE MOTOR ROTATES ANDTHE DAMPER MOVES TO THE FACE SIDE. WHEN THE DAMPER OPERATES WITH THE A/C SW AT FACE POSITION, THE DAMPERPOSITION SIGNAL IS INPUT FROM TERMINAL 1 OF THE SERVO MOTOR TO THE TERMINAL TPM OF THE ECU (BUILT INTO THE A/CCONTROL ASEMBLY). AS A RESULT, CURRENT TO THE SERVO MOTOR CIRCUIT IS CUT OFF BY THE ECU, SO THE DAMPER STOPSAT THAT POSITION.
(SWITCHING FROM FACE TO DEF)
THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL DEF OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL 1 OF AIR VENT CONTROL SERVO MOTOR→ TERMINAL 5 → TERMINAL FACE OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL GND → GROUND, THE MOTOR ROTATES AND THEDAMPER STOPS AT THAT POSITION.
4. OPERATION OF AIR MIX CONTROL SERVO MOTORWHEN THE TEMPERATURE SW IS TURNED TO “COOL” SIDE THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL AMC OF A/C CONTROLASSEMBLY → TERMINAL 2 OF AIR MIX CONTROL SERVO MOTOR → MOTOR → TERMINAL 6 → TERMINAL AMH OF A/C CONTROLASSEMBLY → GROUND AND THE MOTOR ROTATES. THE DAMPER OPENING ANGLE AT THIS TIME IS INPUT FROM TERMINAL 4 OFSERVO MOTOR TO TERMINAL TP OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY, THIS IS USED TO DETERMINE THE DAMPER STOP POSITION ANDMAINTAIN THE SET TEMPERATURE.
WHEN THE TEMPERATURE CONTROL SW IS TURNED TO THE “HOT” SIDE, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM SERVO MOTOR →TERMINAL AMH OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL 6 OF AIR MIX CONTROL SERVO MOTOR → MOTOR → TERMINAL 2 →TERMINAL AMC OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY, ROTATING THE MOTOR IN REVERSE AND SWITCHING THE DAMPER FROM “COOL“ TO“HOT” SIDE.
5. AIR CONDITIONING OPERATIONTHE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY RECEIVES VARIOUS SIGNALS, I.E., THE ENGINE RPM FROM THE IGNITER, OUTLET TEMPERATURESIGNAL FROM THE A/C AMBIENT TEMP. SENSOR, COOLANT TEMPERATURE FROM THE A/C THERMISTOR AND THE LOCK SIGNALFROM THE A/C COMPRESSOR, ETC.
WHEN THE ENGINE IS STARTED AND THE A/C SW (A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY) IS ON, A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO THE ECU. (BUILT IN THEA/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY).
AS A RESULT, THE GROUND CIRCUIT IN A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY IS CLOSED AND CURRENT FLOWS FROM GAUGE FUSE TOTERMINAL 1 OF A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH RELAY → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL MGC OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL GND→ GROUND, TURNING THE A/C MAGNETIC RELAY ON, SO THAT THE MAGNETIC CLUTCH IS ON AND THE A/C COMPRESSOROPERATES.
AT THE SAME TIME, THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION). DETECTS THEMAGNETIC CLUTCH IS ON AND THE A/C COMPRESSOR OPERATES.
OPEN DIRECTION TO AVOID LOWERING THE ENGINE RPM DURING A/C OPERATING.
IF THE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY DETECTS THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS, IT STOPS THE AIR CONDITIONING:
∗ THE TEMPERATURE AT THE AIR VENTS IS LOW.
∗ THERE IS A MARKED DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THE COMPRESSOR SPEED AND THE ENGINE SPEED.
∗ THE REFRIGERANT PRESSURE IS ABNORMALLY HIGH OR ABNORMALLY LOW.
∗ THE ENGINE SPEED DECREASES.
∗ RAPID ACCELERATION OCCURS.
206
AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING
A 2 A/C DUAL PRESSURE SW4–1 : OPEN ABOVE APPROX. 15.5KG/CM2 (30 PSI, 206 KPA) OR 27KG/CM2 (384PSI, 2648KPA)
A 3 A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH4–GROUND : APPROX. 3.7
A10(B), A11(C), A12(A) A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY+B – GROUND: ALWAYS APPROX. 10–14 VOLTSIG – GROUND: APPROX. 10–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
HR – GROUND: APPROX. 10–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND DO NOT TURN THE BLOWER MOTORBELOW 1 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND TURN THE BLOWER MOTOR
PSW – BELOW 1 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ONACC – GROUND: APPROX. 10–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITIONAC1 – GROUND: BELOW 1 VOLTS AT START THE ENGINE, OPERATE THE COMPRESSOR
+OR MORE VOLTS AT START THE ENGINE, DO NOT OPERATE THE COMPRESSORBLW – GROUND: BELOW 1.5 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND TURN THE BLOWER MOTOR
S5 – SG : 4–6 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ONSG – GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUITY
AMH – AMC : 13–19 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW OFFAIF – GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH FRESH SW ONAIR – GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH RECIRC SW ON
FACE – GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH FACE SW ONDEF – GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH DEF SW ONGND – GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUITY
A14 A/C POWER TRANSISTOR1–2 : APPROX. 2.0–2.4K
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
A 1 28 A15 30 D 3 30
A 2 28 A16 30 E 8 30
A 3 28 A17 30 E12 30
A10 B 30 A21 30 I 2 29
A11 C 30 A22 30 J 1 31
A12 A 30 A23 30 J 4 31
A13 30 B 3 30 R 5 31
A14 30 B 4 30
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
4 25 R/B NO. 4 (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
5 26 R/B NO. 5 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1B20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
1D20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
3C24 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
3D24 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EB1 34 ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (UNDER THE J/B NO. 1)
IH1 36 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IJ1 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL NO. 2 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE COMBINATION METER)
IK1 36 COWL WIRE AND A/C SUB WIRE (NEAR THE RADIO AND PLAYER)
IL1 36 COWL WIRE AND SERVO MOTOR SUB WIRE (BEHIND RADIO AND PLAYER)
IM138 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)
IM338 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)
IO138 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
IO338 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
SERVICE HINTS
207
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
EB 34 FRONT LEFT FENDER
ED 34 INTAKE MANIFOLD LH
IG 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
II 36 RIGHT KICK PANEL
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I 44 I 57 38 COWL WIRE
I 51 I 58 38 A/C SUB WIRE
I 53 38 COWL WIRE I 87 38 ENGINE WIRE
I 54 I104 38 COWL WIRE
I 55
208
GROUND POINT
VOLUME AIR FLOW(AIR FLOW METER)
CRUISE CONTROLACTUATOR
EFI MAIN RELAY
HEADLIGHT LO LH
HEADLIGHT LO RH
DATA LINK CONNECTOR1 (CHECK CONNECTOR)
ENGINE HOODCOURTESY SW
FRONT TURN SIGNALLIGHT LH
FRONT CLEARANCELIGHT RH
FRONT FOG LIGHT RH
FRONT CLEARANCELIGHT LH
FRONT FOG LIGHT LH
HEADLIGHT CLEANERMOTOR
HEADLIGHT CLEANERRELAY
ABS ACTUATOR
ABS RELAY
DAYTIME RUNNINGLIGHT RELAYNO. 3
DAYTIME RUNNINGLIGHT RELAYNO. 4
E 3E 4
E 4
E21
E19
EA1
5
2A
3
7
7
7
7
2C
A3
2D
5
EA
EB
COOLING FAN ECU
ENGINE OIL LEVELWARNING SW
DATA LINKCONNECTOR 1 (E1)(CHECK CONNECTOR)
ENGINE CONTROLMODULE (ENGINEAND ELECTRONICCONTROLLEDTRANSMISSIONECU (A/T),ENGINE ECU(M/T))
COMBINATION METER
DATA LINKCONNECTOR 2 (TDCL)
E26
I87
E26
E26
I38IN1
5
3D
13
3D
3
3D12
IM316
EDEC
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
BR
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
BR
BR
BR
BR
(GND)
(GND)
(CANADA)
(CANADA)
(E02)
(E01)
COMBINATION METER
NOISE FILTER(FOR IGNITION SYSTEM)
W–B
I87BR
BR
BR
ABS ECU
A/C DUAL PRESSURESW
WIPER MOTOR
E 4
A/C HIGH PRESSURESW
E13
FRONT TURN SIGNALLIGHT RH
E 3
E23
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
(CANADA)
W–B
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR(OXYGEN SENSOR)(SUB)
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR(SPEED SENSOR)(FOR ELECTRONICCONTROLLEDTRANSMISSION SYSTEM)
ENGINE CONTROLMODULE (ENGINE ANDELECTRONIC CONTROLLEDTRANSMISSION ECU(A/T), ENGINE ECU(M/T)(E1)
209
GLOVE BOX LIGHT SW
SHIFT LOCK ECU
REMOTE CONTROLMIRROR SW
O/D MAIN SW
POWER WINDOWMASTER SW ANDDOOR LOCK CONTROLSW LH
DOOR KEY LOCK ANDUNLOCK SW LH
MIRROR HEATER LH
LUGGAGE COMPARTMENTDOOR OPENER SW
DOOR HANDLE SW
DOOR LOCK MOTOR,DOOR UNLOCK ANDOPEN DETECTION SWFRONT LH
SEAT HEATER SW(PASSENGER’ S)
SEAT HEATER SW(DRIVER’ S)
THEFT DETERRENT ANDDOOR LOCK ECU
MIRROR HEATER RH
DOOR LOCK CONTROLSW RH
DOOR KEY LOCK ANDUNLOCK SW RH
DOOR LOCK MOTOR,DOOR UNLOCK ANDOPEN DETECTION SWFRONT RH
I82
B12
B11
B12
B 1
B 1
B 2
B 2
B 2
B 2
IG116
IQ119
(GND)
(E)
IE
IJ
IH
BT1
5
BS1
5
B
B
B
B
B
B
W–
B
W–
BW
–B
W–
B
W–B
W–
BW
–BW
–B
W–
BW
–BW
–B
W–
B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–BW–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
STEREO COMPONENTAMPLIFIER
W–
BW
–B
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
J 2
B 3W–B
I39
I30W–B
W–
B
210
GROUND POINT
KEY INTERLOCKSOLENOID
LIGHT CONTROL SW[COMB. SW]
DIMMER SW[COMB. SW]
HIGH BEAM INDICATORLIGHT [COMB. METER]
PERSONAL LIGHT(W/ MOON ROOF)
WIPER AND WASHER SW[COMB. SW]
RHEOSTAT
COMBINATION METER
THEFT DETERRENTINDICATOR LIGHT
WIPER CONTROLRELAY
CIRCUIT OPENNINGRELAY
PPS ECU
CRUISE CONTROL SW[COMB. SW]
DAYTIME RUNNINGLIGHT RELAY (MAIN)
HEATER MAIN RLEAY
CENTER AIRBAGSENSOR ASEEMBLY(E2)
CIGARETTE LIGHTER
BRAKE FLUID LEVELSW
TURN SIGNAL FLASHER
PERSONAL LIGHT(W/O MOON ROOF)
VANITY LIGHT RH
MOON ROOF CONTROLRELAY
MOON ROOF CONTROLSW
MOON ROOF MOTOR
MOON ROOF LIGHT SW
UNLOCK WARNING SW[IGNITION SW]
CENTER AIRBAGSENSOR ASSEMBLY(E1)
POWER MAIN RELAY
NOISE FILTER
INTEGRATION RELAY
A/C POWERTRANSISTOR
EXTRA HIGH SPEEDRELAY
A/C CONTROLASSEMBLY
AIR VENT MODECONTROL SERVO MOTOR
I36
I46
I46
I47
I42
I59
I59
B 6
B 8
I60
I42
I42
I58
I53I54
II IG
BK
IF
3D6
1M5
1M1
3B
14
3A
12
1C
11
6
4
3C
18
1F
1
1G
4
1I
6
1C
8
1F
2
6
F F
IL1
7
3A
13
3A
4
3B
5
IJ1
1
IK1
2
W–B
W–B
W–B
B B
B
W–B
W–BW–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–BW–BW–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–
BW
–B
W–B
W–B
W–
B
W–
B
W–
B
W–B
W–
B
W–B
W–B
W–B
TURN SIGNAL INDICATORLIGHT [COMB. METER]
CRUISE CONTROL ECU
W–B
CLOCK[A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY]
DIODE(FOR CRUISE CONTROL)
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
J 1
(E)
(E2)
B 7
VANITY LIGHT LH
(CANADA)
211
BUCKLE SW
SEAT HEATER LH(FOR SEAT BACK)
FUEL LID OPENERMOTOR
LIGHT FAILURESENSOR
DOOR LOCK MOTOR,DOOR UNLOCK ANDOPEN DETECTION SWREAR LH
SEAT HEATER RH(FOR SEAT BACK)
HIGH MOUNT STOPLIGHT
DOOR LOCK MOTOR,DOOR UNLOCK ANDOPEN DETECTION SWREAR RH
AUTO ANTENNAMOTOR AND RELAY
LUGGAGE COMPARTMENTKEY UNLOCK SW
BM
BL
B34
B14
B17B15
B27
B34
A
A
A
A
A
A
Bc1
4
Bb1
4
BU1
4
Ba1
5
BV1
4
A
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–BW–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–BW–BW–BW–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–
B
W–
BW
–B
TELEPHONE TRANSCEIVERAND SPEAKER RELAY
BZ1
5W–BPOWER SEAT CONTROL SW
(FOR DRIVER’ S SEAT)
POWER SEAT CONTROL SW(FOR PASSENGER’ S SEAT)
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
J 5
REAR COMBINATIONLIGHT RH
REAR COMBINATIONLIGHT LH
WIRELESS DOOR LOCKECU
DOOR LOCK MOTOR,DOOR UNLOCK ANDOPEN DETECTION SWREAR RH
FUEL PUMPBW1
5
BV1
4
B14
B29
B33
B33
BO
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–
B
REAR WINDOWDEFOGGER
BN
W–B
BY1
11W–B
A
212
GROUND POINT
: PARTS LOCATIONCODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
J 1 31 J 2 31 J 5 32
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
4 25 R/B NO. 4 (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
6 26 R/B NO. 6 (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
7 27 R/B NO. 7 (NEAR THE BATTERY)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1C
1F 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
1G20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
1I 20 ROOF WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
1M 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
2A 22 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
2C 22 ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
2D 22 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
3A
3B24 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
3C24 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
3D
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESSCODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EA1 34 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND RELAY WIRE (UNDER THE R/B NO.7)
IG1 36 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IJ1 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL NO. 2 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE COMBINATION METER)
IK1 36 COWL WIRE AND A/C SUB WIRE (NEAR THE RADIO AND PLAYER)
IL1 36 COWL WIRE AND SERVO MOTOR SUB WIRE (BEHIND RADIO AND PLAYER)
IM3 38 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)
IN1 38 ENGINE WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)
IQ1 38 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
BS1 40 MIRROR LH WIRE AND FRONT DOOR LH WIRE (FRONT LH DOOR INSIDE)
BT1 40 MIRROR RH WIRE AND FRONT DOOR RH WIRE (FRONT RH DOOR INSIDE)
BU1 40 REAR DOOR LH WIRE AND FLOOR NO.1 WIRE (LEFT CENTER PILLAR)
BV1 40 REAR DOOR RH WIRE AND FLOOR NO.2 WIRE (RIGHT CENTER PILLAR)
BW1 40 FUEL GAUGE WIRE FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (UNDER THE REAR SEAT CUSHION)
BY1 40 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LUGGAGE ROOM LEFT)
BZ1 42 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND SEAT LH NO.1 WIRE (UNDER THE DRIVER’S SEAT)
Ba1 42 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND SEAT RH NO.1 WIRE (UNDER THE PASSENGER’S SEAT)
Bb1 42 SEAT LH NO. 2 WIRE AND SEAT LH NO. 1 WIRE (UNDER THE DRIVER’S SEAT)
Bc1 42 SEAT RH NO.2 WIRE AND SEAT RH NO.1 WIRE (UNDER THE PASSENGER’S SEAT)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
EA 34 FRONT RIGHT FENDER
EB 34 FRONT LEFT FENDER
EC 34 INTAKE MANIFOLD RH
ED 34 INTAKE MANIFOLD LH
IE36 LEFT KICK PANEL
IF36 LEFT KICK PANEL
IG 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
IH 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE RH
II36 RIGHT KICK PANEL
IJ36 RIGHT KICK PANEL
BK 40 ROOF LEFT
BL 40 UNDER THE LEFT QUARTER PILLAR
BM 40 UNDER THE RIGHT QUARTER PILLAR
BN 40 LEFT QUARTER PILLAR
BO 40 BACK PANEL CENTER
213
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
E 334 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
I 60 38 COWL WIRE
E 434 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
I 82 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE
E 10 34 RELAY WIRE I 87 38 ENGINE WIRE
E 13 B 1
E 1934 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
B 2 40 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE
E 2134 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
B 3
40 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE
E 23 B 6
E 26 34 ENGINE WIRE B 7 40 ROOF WIRE
I 30 B 8
40 ROOF WIRE
I 36 B 1140 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE
I 38 B 1240 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE
I 39 B 14 40 REAR DOOR LH WIRE
I 42 38 COWL WIRE B 15 40 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE
I 46
38 COWL WIRE
B 17 40 REAR DOOR RH WIRE
I 47 B 27 40 FLOOR NO .2 WIRE
I 53 B 2940 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE
I 54 B 3340 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE
I 58 38 A/C SUB WIRE B 34 42SEAT LH NO 1 WIRE
I 59 38 COWL WIRESEAT LH NO. 1 WIRE
214
HO
W T
O U
SE
TH
IS M
AN
UA
LOVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM
Junction Block (The number in the circle is theJ/B No. and connector code is shown besideit). Junction Blocks are shaded to clearly separate them from other parts (different junc-tion blocks are shaded differently for furtherclarification.).Example:
Indicates related system.Indicates the wiring harness and wiring har-ness connector. The wiring harness with maleterminal is shown with arrowsOutside numerals are pin numbers.
is used to indicate different wiring and connector, etc. when the vehicle model, enginetype, or specification is different.Indicates a shielded cable.
Indicates and located on ground point.The same code occuring on the next pageindicates that the wire harness is continuous.
System TitleIndicates the wiring color.Wire colors are indicated by an alphabetical code.B = Black L = Blue R = RedBR = Brown LG= Light Green V = VioletG = Green O = Orange W = WhiteGR= Gray P = Pink Y = Yellow
The first letter indicates the basic wire color andthe second letter indicates the color of the stripe.
Indicates the connector to be connected to apart (the numeral indicates the pin No.)The position of the parts is the same as shownin the wiring diagram and wire routing.Indicates the pin number of the connector. The numbering system is different for femaleand male connectors.
The numbering system for the overall wiring dia-gram is the same as above.Indicates a Relay Block. No Shading is used andonly the Relay Block No. is shown to distinguishit from the J/B.
215
216
Remote Window Defoggerand Mirror Heater
Remote Control Mirror
Seat Heater
SRS (SupplementalRestraint System)
Shift Lock
Starting and Ignition
Theft Deterrentand Door Lock
Turn Signal andHazard Warning Light
Unlock and SeatBelt Warning
Wiper and Washer
Wireless Door LockRemote Control
Headlight(for USA)
Horn
Illumination
Interior Light
Light Auto Turn Off
Moon Roof
Power Seat
Power Source
Power Window
PPS (ProgressivePower Steering)
Radio and Player
ABS (Anti–Lock BrakeSystem)
Auto Antenna
Automatic AirConditioning
Back–Up Light
Cellular MobileTelephone
Charging
Cigarette Lighterand Clock
Combination Meter
Cruise Control
Electronic ControlledTransmission andA/T Indicator
Engine Control
Front Fog Light
Electronically ControlledHydraulic Cooling Fan
2–2
4–4
9–2
3–2
17–2
19–2
11–4
1–4
20–3
3–7
15–2
16–2
24–2
21–2 (w/ CD Player)22–2 (w/o CD Player
1~24–1
10–2
12–2
13–3
14–2
13–2
20–2
7–2
5–2
4–2
9–4
8–2
12–3
12–2
23–2
9–3
18–2
1–2
6–4
Headlight Cleaner(for Canada)
Taillight
10–4
15–3
11–2
6–2
10–3
SYSTEM INDEX
Headlight Cleaner
Stop Light
18–8
OV
ER
ALL E
LEC
TR
ICA
L WIR
ING
DIA
GR
AM
OV
ER
ALL E
LEC
TR
ICA
L WIR
ING
DIA
GR
AM
1 2 3 4
1 LEXUSES300 ELECTRICALWIRINGDIAGRAM
4
ACC
IG1
ST1
IG2
ST2
AM1 2
7
910 AM2
1G9
2F2
1G6
2
1
3
2
6 6 6
2E8 2E6
1E5
1E1
3
1
4
2
3 EE1
10 IM1 5 IH3
17 IM1
1 EE1
141A
6
1 A
B
1 2
2CB1 1G8 1G3 2F1
1D3 1D6 2CB4
2CA6
61AIM1
16
1
2 2 B
L3
B
1B
1A
IG
S
B
EC
2
15
1 2 3 4 1 2 4
E
12
E
13
3
W–RWWB
B–Y
B–W
WW
W
W
B–R
B–R
W–B
B–W
B–W
B–W
B–W
B–W
BB
B
B–R
W–R
B–WB–R W
–R
B–O
R–L W
W
Y
W–R
B–W
B R L Y
W–R W
Y
BR
YY R–L
B
B–W
B–W
BB
10 IM3
W–R
B–R
B–W
G
G G
B (M/T)
B (A/T)
B–R
B–Y
B–R
W–R W–R
W–R
W
G B
W
W
W–R
To Engine ControlModule (Engine andElectronicControlledTransmissionECU(A/T), EngineECU(M/T))<2–6>
ToE
ngin
eC
ontro
lM
odul
e( E
ngin
ean
dEl
ectro
nic
Con
trolle
dTr
ansm
issi
onE
CU
( A/T
) ,En
gine
EC
U( M
/T))
<2–
8>
Power Source Starting and Ignition Charging
I11IGNITION SW
40AAM1
BATTERY
S2
STAR
TIN
JEC
TOR
TIM
ESW
C1
CO
LDS
TAR
TIN
JEC
TOR
C6
CLU
TCH
STA
RT
SW
P1
PA
RK
/NE
UTR
AL
PO
SIT
ION
SW( N
EU
TRA
LS
TAR
TS
W)
30ASTMAIN
30AAM2
10ASTARTER
I 3IGNITION COIL
D 2DISTRIBUTOR
I 2IGNITER
N1
NO
ISE
FILT
ER
( for
Igni
tion
Sys
tem
)
C7
CH
AR
GE
WAR
NIN
GLI
GH
T[C
OM
B.M
ETE
R]
From
Day
time
Run
ning
Ligh
tRel
ay<
5–2>
To Data LinkConnector 1(CheckConnector)<2–4>
To Cooling FanECU<9–2>To CombinationMeter<19–2>To A/C ControlAssembly<24–4>
STARTER
Intake manifoldRH
7. 5AIGN
10AGAUGE
7. 5AALT–S
100A
ALT
F7
FUS
EB
OX
To’
STAR
TER
’Fu
se<
2–2>
To Theft DeterrentECU<18–4>
From
Dio
de<
17–3
>
To Engine Control Module(Engine and ElectronicControlled TransmissionECU(A/T), Engine ECU(M/T))<2–7>
FL MAIN2. 0L
1
2
1
B–W
STARTERRELAY
B–O
(M/T
)
( A/T
)
BR
W
STARTER
1
GENERATOR(ALTERNATOR)
1
J1
JUN
CTI
ON
CO
NN
ECTO
R
1 2
S 3 , S 4A B G 1 A , G 2
GENERATOR(ALTERNATOR)
B
B–Y
W
2
1
E
BS 4
AS 3 BLACK
BG 2AG 1 BLACK
1
1
2 3
B–W
ToB
ulb
Che
ckR
elay
3 IM3
OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM
12
34
2LE
XUS
ES30
0
4
AC
C
IG1
ST1 IG2
ST2
AM1
2 7 910
AM2
1G9
1G8
2CA
1
3C2
66
6
1E1
1A6
1D9
3B20
2CA
6
2E2C
2A
66
6
3E
E19
IM1
15IM
3
18IM
3
5B
W1
IGB
LEB
3A13
1C11
3C 1M1
54 M
BW1
4II116
2C
1G3
1D6
19 3D
3D7
18 3D
IL1
IL3
12 3D3 3D
16IM
3
ED
EB
12
12
12
12
12
12
19IM
3
3 1D
2 3D
IM1
1122
236
195
16
8 9 12 4
815
4
3
1413
7 2 5 1
3
12 1
B–W B–O
B–O R–Y
W–G
B–W G–R B
R–W
W R–L
G–R
BR–B
G–W GR
W Y GR L R G
Y–B
B–Y
G–O
G–R
G–W
BR–B
Y–G
BRW
–RL–
B
L–B
B–O
B–O
B–W
B–O
L–B
W
B
W W B B
W–RW–R
B–W
B–O
B–Y
B–W
W–G
B–O
W–B
R–Y
G–R
R–YW–GB–WB–O
G–R
LG–R
G–B
G–W
L–W
B
B–Y
R–G
B
R–W
R–W
R–W
R–W
R–L
W
L–B
G–R
W–B
W–B
W–B
BR
W–B
L–B
W–B
G–R
B
W–B
W–B
W–R
W–R
W–R
W–R
W–R
W–R
WY
GR
L
R
GE
1
TE1
OX
2O
X1
TCAB
EC
T
W
FPB
E1
EN
G
TE2 TT TE1
TCW
AW
BO
PT
IG–
ABTS
VF2
VF
I11
IGN
ITIO
NS
W
40A
AM1 F7
FUSEBOX
100AALT 21
7.5A
IGN
10A
STAR
TER
CIR
CU
ITO
PEN
ING
RE
LAY
FromStarterRelay<1–2>
30A
AM
215
AE
FI
EFIMAINRELAY
10A
GAU
GE MALFUNCTIONINDICATOR
LAMP(CHECKENGINEWARNINGLIGHT)[COMB.METER]
From
O/D
Mai
nS
W<
3–5>
From
Cru
ise
Con
trol
ECU
<17
–2>
From
AB
SE
CU
<16
–3>
From
Airb
agE
CU
<12
–4>
From
A/C
Con
trol
Asse
mbl
y<24
–3>
FromABSECU<16–3>FromAirbagECU<12–4>FromCruiseControlECU<17–4>
FromABSECU<16–3>ToABSRelay<16–2>FromCoolingFanECU<9–2>
FromIgniter<1–3>
FromAirbagECU<12–4>
ToABSECU<16–3>
D1
DA
TALI
NK
CO
NN
ECTO
R1
( CH
EC
KC
ON
NEC
TOR
)B–WB–W
4
1
13
GR
Fron
tle
ftfe
nder
Inta
kem
anifo
ldLH
Fron
tlef
tfe
nder
Und
erth
ele
ftqu
arte
rpi
llar
F15
FUE
LP
UM
P
Inst
rum
entp
anel
brac
eLH
BATTERY
FLM
AIN
2.0L
Pow
erS
ourc
eE
ng
ine
Co
ntr
ol
( Con
t.ne
xtpa
ge)
46
1
53
2
IL1 15
GR
22F
B–O
W–B
G–R
BR
18
L–B
2 1
6A1
3A
5
42
31
R–L
G–L
10A
/D
From
Cen
terA
irbag
Sens
orA
ssem
bly<
12–4
>
G–W
2C
A4
1718
12
34
56
78
910 23
2221
2019
1514
1312
1116
1011
1213
1718
1920
21
12
34
56
78
9
1415
16BC
7G
RAY
AC
8
MAL
FUN
CTI
ON
IND
ICA
TOR
LAM
P( C
HE
CK
ENG
INE
WAR
NIN
GLI
GH
T)[C
OM
B.
MET
ER]
TOA/
CC
ontro
lAss
embl
y<
24–4
>ToA
BS
EC
U<
16–3
>R
–L14
ABS
A/C
11LG
–B
1A
1B
C7B,C8A
W–R
W–R
D3
DA
TALI
NK
CO
NN
ECTO
R2
( TD
CL)
B–R
B–O
B–O
B–O
I9INJECTORNo.6
I8INJECTORNo.5
I7INJECTORNo.4
I6INJECTORNo.3
I5INJECTORNo.2
I4INJECTORNo.1
5 6 7 8
2 LEXUS ES300(Cont’ d )
12 IM3
11 IM1
18 IM1
4 IN1 5 IN1
12 IN1 1 IN1 11IN1
1
2
1
2
A A D D D D D D D 5 C A C C A
D B B B B B A A A A
EC ED
A A A A A C C C
A A A D D D A D D A A B B B B
12 IM2
3C19
3B4
11 1
2
1
2
1 ED1 3 ED1 2 ED1 4 ED1
BC B B B B B
EB
1
1
2 2 3 4
7 5 6 4
4 1 6 33 1
2 42 5 21
W TE2 DG TE1 OX1 OX2 E1 EO1 EO2 #10 #20 #30 #40 #50 #60 NE G1 G2 G– KNK1 KNK2 THW THG IDL VTA
BRBR
W–B
WY
GRLRG
GRBR–BG–W
G–RR–LW
BR–W
B–WW–GR–YB–OB–OB–W
W P–B
W P–B
B–WB–OR–L
B–O
B–O
W–L
B–W
R–WBBR
G–R
G–W
BR
–B GR
W–G
B–O R–Y
B–O BR
B–O BR
B–O
B–O
B–R
LG W–L
G–W L–R
R–B
B–O
B–O
LG–R
B–Y
V–Y G R–B
G–W W
–R W L–B
BR
Y–L
L–R
BR
BR
G–R
G–R
L–RBL
LL
BR
W–B
BBRBR
BWW B
G GR B
YLRB
W–B
W–B
BR
W R–L
W R–L BR
W–B
W–B
W Y GR L R G
BRBR
From
Igni
ter
<1–
3>
From
Dis
tribu
tor
<1–
3>
VF2 VF1 STA BATT +B +B1 M–REL IGSW NSW OX3 HT FPU IACV ISC1 ISC2 ISC3 ISC4 ACT A/C SP1 STJ R BK IGF IGT THA E2 VS VC
G–R
B E
HTROX3
H11HEATEDOXYGENSENSOR(OXYGENSENSOR)
(*1)
V1
VSV(
forF
uelP
ress
ure
Up)
V2
VSV
( forI
ntak
eAi
rC
ontro
l)
I1 IDLE
AIR
CO
NTR
OL
VAL
VE
( ISC
VAL
VE)
ToA
/CC
ontro
lA
ssem
bly<
24–4
>
From
A/C
Con
trol
Ass
embl
y<24
–3>
From
Com
bina
tion
Met
er<
19–2
>
From
Sta
rtIn
ject
orTi
me
SW
<1–
2>
From
Par
k/N
eutra
lPos
ition
SW( N
eutra
lSta
rtS
W) <
3–7>
From
Stop
Ligh
tSW
<6–
4>
V5
VOLU
ME
AIR
FLO
W( A
IRFL
OW
ME
TER
)
From
Coo
ling
Fan
ECU
<9–
2>Fr
omC
ruis
eC
ontro
lEC
U<
17–4
>
T 2THROTTLEPOSITIONSENSOR
(Ex.
*1)
( Ex.
*1)
( *1)
( *1)
E1
SH
OR
TPI
N
E1
EG
RG
ASTE
MP
.S
EN
SO
R
E3
EN
GIN
EC
OO
LAN
TTE
MP
.S
ENSO
R( E
FIW
ATE
RTE
MP.
SE
NS
OR
)
K2
KNO
CK
SEN
SO
RN
o.2
K1
KNO
CK
SEN
SO
RN
o.1
( SH
IELD
ED)
( SH
IELD
ED
)
11
O3
OXY
GEN
SEN
SO
RN
o.2(
Mai
n)
O2
OXY
GEN
SEN
SO
RN
o.1(
Mai
n)
Intake manifold LHIntake manifold RH
(SHIELDED)
( SH
IELD
ED)
Front leftfender
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE(ENGINE AND ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU(A/T), ENGINE ECU(M/T))
Engine Control
1 2 3 4 6 7 8 9 10 11
14 15 16 17 18 24
5 12
25 262019 21 22 23
13
A DRAK GRAY
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE(ENGINE AND ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU(A/T), ENGINE ECU(M/T))
B–O
4 15 8 7 5 13 24 13
14 15 11 2 12 1 3 13 22 1 2 3 7 6 45
26 12 11 23 22 21 20 6101112 6 414
6 7 8 25 19 14 17 18 3 9
11 1012
2 1
E 7
W–B
E 7 A , E 8 , B E 9 C , E10 D
C
1 2 3 4 5 7 8 9 10 11
12 14 15 16 17 18 22
6
19 20 2113
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
161514131211109
64321
1211
5
9 1087
E10 D DRAK GRAYE 9 DRAK GRAYE 8 DRAK GRAYB
1G6
1E5
B–W
( SH
IELD
ED
)
B–O B–O B–O B–O
BRBR
BR
( SH
IELD
ED)
( SH
IELD
ED
)
( SH
IELD
ED)
BR3 2A
2CA3
G–W
*1 : Califonia
OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM
12
34
3LE
XUS
ES30
0( C
ont.
next
page
)
1G9
2E6
2F2
1G8
1G3
1E1
2A3
2C2C
2CA4
1D3
1K8
IM1
12IM
3IM
1
4
ACC
IG1
ST1 IG2
ST2
AM
12 9
10A
M2
3EE
13
C
M–R
EL
1C +B
1
2C
BAT
T
13C
IGSW
18C
O/D
1
8C SPD
22C
NSW
12C +B
13AE0
1
26AE02
24AE1
16BSP
2
8BDG
7BTE
1
15BTE
2
15AVF
1
EBED
EC
9IH
3
14AVF2
1BVC
10BVTA
9BE2
11BIDL
9C
O/D
2
2A 2
3A L
20C P
6 1D
IH24
1 2
7.5A
IGN
10A
GAU
GE
15A
EFI
30A
AM
2
40A
AM
1
Inta
kem
anifo
ldR
HFr
ontl
eft
fend
erIn
take
man
ifold
LH
I11
IGN
ITIO
NS
W
100AALT
EFI
MA
INR
ELAY
FromCruiseControlECU<17–4>
FromVehicleSpeedSensor(SpeedSensor)<19–2>
SeeEngineControlSystem<2–6>
36
W W–R
B–O
B
R–L
L–R
Y–L
O G–O
L–R
R–L
R–L
R–L
B
W W W B B
W–B
W–B
W–B
BR
BRLG–B
L
L–RL–R
Y–L
O
G–O
B–Y
B–O
B–Y
R–Y
B–O
W–G
B–O
R–L
W–L
Y–B
V–Y
B–O
W–B
B–O
1811
BATT
ER
Y
F7FUSEBOX
V4VEHICLESPEEDSENSOR(SPEEDSENSOR)(forELECTRONICCONTROLLEDTRANSMISSION)
FLM
AIN
2.0L
See
Engi
neC
ontro
lSy
stem
<2–
5>S
eeEn
gine
Con
trol
Sys
tem
<2–
8>
FromCruiseControlECU<17–4>
POWER
NORMAL
Ele
ctro
nic
Con
trolle
dTr
ansm
issi
onan
dA
/TIn
dica
tor
Pow
erS
ourc
e
E11
ELEC
TRO
NIC
CO
NTR
OLL
EDTR
AN
SM
ISSI
ON
PATT
ER
NSE
LEC
TSW
W
10A
9A
8A 2
13S1
S2
SL
P–L
P–L
L–Y
V
R
E2
ELE
CTR
ON
ICC
ON
TRO
LLE
DTR
AN
SM
ISS
ION
SO
LEN
OID
ToCruiseControlECU<17–4>
B
12
34
67
89
1011
1415
1617
1824
512 25
2620
1921
2223
131
23
45
67
8 1615
1413
1211
109
12
34
57
89
1011
1214
1516
1718
22
6
1920
2113
AB
C
EN
GIN
EC
ON
TRO
LM
OD
ULE
( EN
GIN
EAN
DE
LEC
TRO
NIC
CO
NTR
OLL
ED
TRA
NS
MIS
SIO
NE
CU
)
E7
E8
E10
DA
RK
GR
AYD
AR
KG
RA
YD
AR
KG
RAY
A5
A1
1
34
2
12
E7
EN
GIN
EC
ON
TRO
LM
OD
ULE
( EN
GIN
EAN
DE
LEC
TRO
NIC
CO
NTR
OLL
ED
TRA
NS
MIS
SIO
NE
CU
)
,E8
AB
,E10
C
1 2
5 6 7 8
3 LEXUS ES300(Cont’ d )
DD
D
D
7 IN1 8 IN1 13 IN1 1 IN1
9 IN1
14 IN1
16 IH3 15 IH3 14 IH3 10 IH3 13 IH3
2 IM3
II110
7 BY1
8 IH3
1 B 4 A 5 A 6 A 3 C 7 A 8 C 7 C
9 C 5 B 4 B 2 B 23 B
B
B
IE IG BO
3
1
63D
111C
183C
11M
1
2
2
5
2
5
4 9 8 7 5 1
6
L 2 D N R P
Back panel centerLeft kick panel Instrument panelbrace LH
R–L
L–R
Y–L
O
G–O
R–L
R–L
R–B
R–BR–B
R–B
W–BG–O
Y–L
O
W–B
R–L
R–L
Y–L O
Y–L O
B–O R R–B
G–W
Y–L O B–O R
R–B G
–WG
–WY–L O B–O RL–R
R–L
G–O
G–O
G–O
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
R–B
G–O
P 1PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW(NEUTRAL STRAT SW)
( A/T
)
J 1JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
ToD
ata
Link
Con
nect
or2
( TD
CL)
<2–
3>
O/D
OFF
POW
ER
L 2 D N R P
RHEOSTAT
See IlluminationSystem<7–4>
O 4O/D MAINSW
J 2JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
BAC
K–U
PLI
GH
T[R
EAR
CO
MB
.LI
GH
T]
R 7RH
R 6LH
A/T INDICATOR LIGHT[COMB. METER]
(M/T)
( M/T
)
B 1BACK–UP LIGHTSW(M/T)
A/T INDICATOR LIGHT [COMB. METER]
Electronic Controlled Transmission and A/T Indicator Back–Up Light
543216 7 8 9 10 1112
C BLUE
IN19
R–B
(A/T)
C 9
C 7 A , C 9 C, C 8 B
21
9
20
8 7
19
6
18 17 16 15 14
5
13
4 3
12 11 10
2 1
A GRAYC 7
17 18
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
23222120191514131211 16
BC 8
R–B
R–B To Engine Control Module
(Engine and ElectronicControlled Transmission ECU)
<2–7>
OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM
12
34
4LE
XUS
ES30
0
2F2
2D8
2D4
2E1
2A6
2A2
61
21
21
21
21
12IH
15
EC1
IFEB
EB
8E
C1
4
119
3 1314
12
55
11
11
21
53
21
7EC
1
11E
C1
EA
9
6
21
21
4E
E1
12
Left
kick
pane
lFr
ontr
ight
fend
erFr
ontl
eft
fend
er
15A
HE
AD( L
WR
–LH
)
20A
FOG
15A
HE
AD
( LH
)15
AH
EAD
( RH
)
Fron
tlef
tfe
nder
B
B
R–B
R–B
R–Y
G–R
WW
(*1)
R–B
R–W
W–B
R–B
W–B
BWW
R–B R–B R–Y
R–B
R–B
R–Y
R–Y
R–YR–Y
R
R–Y
R
R
W–B W–B
R–BR–B
R–B
W–B
R–B
W–B W–B
W–B
W–B W–B
R–L
R–W R–WR–W
R R
R–Y
W
W
W
100AALT
F7FUSEBOX
FLM
AIN
2.0L
I12
INTE
GR
ATI
ON
RE
LAY
ToTheftDeterrentECU<18–3>
HEA
DLI
GH
TR
ELAY
C9HIGHBEAMINDICATORLIGHT[COMB.METER]
LIGHTCONTROLSW
DIMMERSW
OFF
TAIL
HE
AD
LOW
HIG
H
FLA
SH
BA
TTE
RY
C10
CO
MBI
NA
TIO
NSW
H3HEADLIGHTHILH
H5HEADLIGHTLOLH
H6HEADLIGHTLORH
H4HEADLIGHTHIRH
F3
LHF
4R
HFO
GLI
GH
T
OFF ON
FGEF
C10
FOG
LIG
HT
SW
[CO
MB
.SW
]
FOG
LIG
HT
REL
AY
(*1)
(USA)
Pow
erS
ourc
eH
eadl
ight
( for
US
A)
Fron
tFog
Ligh
t
EL
HT
EDH
FH
I
1
4
2
3
( US
A)
1 1
*1:
Can
ada
(*1)
R( *
1)
ToH
eadl
ight
LOLH
<5–
4>
HL
3
R–L
R–L
W–B
W–B
1 2 3 4
5 LEXUSES300
4
ACC
IG1
ST1
IG2
ST2
AM1 2
AM2
1G9
1E41G32F2
52D4
1E1
3A18 3A9
1B7 1D4 2E1 2D85 5
2A2
3A17 3B11
12 IH1
4 EE1 3 EE1
8 EC1
EB16
1
2
3
3A12 3A10
13 11 18 83
4 2 10 15 9 17 5 16
9 11
4
14 12 13
3
2
1
3C18 3D8
IG IE
A
A
7 5 5
7 5 5
2 4
1 3
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
EA12
EB
5 EC1
EA11
2A6
111C
11M
7. 5ADRL
15AHEAD(LWR–RH)
15AHEAD(LWR–LH)
15AHEAD(UPR–RH)
15AHEAD(UPR–LH)
15AECU–B
10AGAUGE
From
Hea
dlig
htC
lean
erSW
<10
–1>
Front left fenderLeft kick panelInstrument panelbrace LH
From Parking BrakeSW<19–3>To Brake FluidLevel SW<19–3>
To Generator(Alternator)<1–4>
From
Tailli
ghtR
elay
<6–
2><
7–1>
FromFuse” TAIL” <7–2> To
Illum
inat
ion
<7–
2>
ToTh
eftD
eter
rent
and
Doo
rLoc
kEC
U<
18–3
>
ToIn
tegr
atio
nR
elay
<6–
2><
7–1>
B B
WR–L
W–B
R–B
W
B
W–B
Y
R–B
R–G
W W
W
WW
B–Y
W
B
R
R–BL–Y
R–L
G–R G G
R–L
L–Y
R R–B
R–Y
R–B
R–B
R–B
R–B
R–Y
R–Y
R
G–B
W–B Y
W–B
R–Y
R–W
R–W W
–B
W–B
W–B
R–B
W–B
R–B
W–B
W–B
R–W
W W
R
R–B
R
W–R
R–G
R–G
W–B
WW
BB
I11IGNITION SW40A
AM1
HEADLIGHTRELAY
DA
YTIM
ER
UN
NIN
GLI
GH
TR
ELA
YN
o.2
I12
INTE
GR
ATI
ON
REL
AY
E CHG– BRK PKB
IG +B DRL H HI
100A
ALT
F7
FUSE
BO
X
FL MAIN2. 0L
BATTERY
J 5JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
DIM
ME
RS
W
LIG
HT
CO
NTR
OL
SW
HF HL HU ED T H EL
H3
HE
ADLI
GH
TH
ILH
C9
HIG
HBE
AMIN
DIC
ATO
RLI
GH
T[C
OM
B.
MET
ER]
H4
HEA
DLI
GH
TH
IRH
C10COMBINATION SW
1
H6
HE
ADLI
GH
TLO
RH
H5
HE
ADLI
GH
TLO
LH
2
W
R
R–L
W
Power Source Headlight(for Canada)
D 4DAYTIME RUNNINGLIGHT RELAY(Main)
R
RT
oFo
gLi
ghtR
elay
<4–
4>
B
1
3 2
4
TAIL
T
INTB TOUT
2
1
7
EA1
7
7 7
7 7
7
7 7
5
4
3
1
2
4
3
2
1
5 EA1
3 EA1
W–R
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
R–G
R–B
DA
YTI
ME
RU
NN
ING
LIG
HT
REL
AYN
o.4
DAY
TIM
ER
UN
NIN
GLI
GH
TR
ELA
YN
o.3
4
R–B
W–B
R–B
R–Y
LOW
HIGH
FLASH
OFF
TAIL
HEAD
OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM
12
34
6LE
XUS
ES30
0
1E4
3D5
1B8
1D14
1H7
3D4
4E
E111
IH1
3E
C1
1B
Y16
BY1
12
12
IFEB
EA
11
21
22 1
1M3
4 1L 15 1A 17 1H6 1M
12
712
12
6
59
10
BO
BO
BM
216
216
23
23
21
3B
X21
BX1
4B
Y112
BY
114
BY1
25A
STO
P15
ATA
IL
Left
kick
pane
lFr
ontr
ight
fend
erU
nder
the
right
quar
ter
pilla
r
Back
pane
lce
nter
Bac
kpa
nel
cent
erFr
ontl
eft
fend
er
W
G–B
W–B
G
GG
–WG
–W
W–B
W W
G
B
G–R
G G
G G
G G
G W–B
W–B
W–B
LG–R
LG
G–O
G–R
R
R
R
R
G–R
G–O
LG
LG–R
W–B W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
G–W
TAIL
LIG
HT
RE
LAY
ToTheftDeterrentECU<18–3>
ToDaytimeRunningLightRelay<5–1>
FromDaytimeRunningLightRelay<5–1>
I12
INTE
GR
ATI
ON
REL
AY
100AALT
F7FUSEBOX
G–R
G–R
( Can
ada)
(USA)
G–R
TEL
H
OFF
TAIL
HE
AD
BA
TTE
RY
FLM
AIN
2.0L
C10LIGHTCONTROLSW[COMB.SW]
F5FRONTCLEARANCELIGHTLH
F6FRONTCLEARANCELIGHTRH
LICENSEPLATELIGHTRH
G
(w/oCDChanger)
(w/CDChanger)
TAILLIGHTRH
LICENSEPLATELIGHTLH
TAILLIGHTLH
ToS
hift
Lock
ECU
<12
–2>
ToA
BS
EC
U<
16–3
>To
Cru
ise
Con
trolE
CU
<17
–3>
ToE
ngin
eC
ontro
lMod
ule
( Eng
ine
and
Elec
troni
cC
ontro
lled
Tran
smis
sion
ECU
( A/T
) ,En
gine
ECU
( M/T
))
G–W
G–W
G–R
S12
STO
PLI
GH
TSW
Pow
erS
ourc
eT
aill
igh
tS
top
Ligh
t
R6STOPLIGHTLH[REARCOMB.LIGHTLH]
R7STOPLIGHTRH[REARCOMB.LIGHTRH]
H12HIGHMOUNTSTOPLIGHT
R7
REA
RC
OM
BIN
ATIO
NLI
GH
TR
H
R6
RE
ARC
OM
BIN
ATI
ON
LIG
HT
LH
L2
LIG
HT
FAIL
UR
ES
EN
SO
R
23
15
( Can
ada)
4
Y–G
From
Com
bina
tion
Met
er<
19–3
>
1 2 3 4
7 LEXUSES300
1
2
3
7
3
2
1
3
2
1
1
2
4
2
6
3
9
2
4
ACC
IG1
ST1
IG2
ST2
AM1 2
AM2
1G9
3D5 3C4
1E4
1E1
1B8 1D14
3D4
1L7 1B4 1D11
3D203D9
1D10
4 EE1 3 EE1
16 IH2
1 IH1
3C21
C10LIGHT CONTROL SW[COMB. SW]
HEAD
11
2
T EL H
OFF
TAIL
IF IJ
B
B
1B5 1D2 3D11 3C11
1L8 3D11D1 3C1
2
1
12 IH2
10 IH1
1G3
1D6203C
IJ19
IJ16
IJ18
IJ17
6
3
5 IJ1
IG
3D6
1C11
3C18
1M1
23
1 4 8
2 5 6
2
5
4
7
3
A AA
A
5
4
3
6
7
21
1
2
W
W
BB
G G
W–GW–G
W–B
G
G G
R–W
R–B
R–GR–G
R–B
R–W
R–L
W
W WW
W
G–R
G
G
GG
G G
G–W
B B B
B
W–G
W–G
W–G
W–G
W–G
G
G
G G
G R–L
B
W–B
R–Y
R–L
R–G
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–G
W–G
W–BW–B
W–B
G
B
G
B–Y
W–B
15ATAIL
10AGAUGE
Instrument panelbrace LH
Right kick panelLeft kick panel
G
40AAM1
ToD
aytim
eR
unni
ngLi
ghtR
elay
<5–
1>
From
Day
time
Run
ning
Ligh
tRel
ay<
5–2>
ToD
aytim
eR
unni
ngLi
ghtR
elay
<5–
2>
From
Day
time
Run
ning
Ligh
tRel
ay<
5–1>
To Clock<11–4>
I12
INTE
GR
ATI
ON
RE
LAY
J 2JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
100A
ALT
F7
FUS
EB
OX
G3
GLO
VEBO
XLI
GH
T
A12
A/C
CO
NTR
OL
ASS
EMB
LY
H9
HA
ZAR
DSW
C5
ASH
TRA
YIL
LUM
INA
TIO
N
H10
HEA
DLI
GH
TC
LEA
NE
RS
W
E11
ELE
CTR
ON
ICC
ON
TRO
LLED
TRAN
SM
ISS
ION
PAT
TER
NS
ELEC
TS
W
BATTERY
FL MAIN2. 0L
G4
GLO
VE
BO
XLI
GH
TS
W
J 2JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
BG G GG
W–G
O4
A/T
IND
ICAT
OR
LIG
HT
( Shi
ftLe
ver)
R1
RA
DIO
AND
PLA
YER
S5
SEAT
HE
ATER
SW( D
river
’s)
S6
SEAT
HE
ATER
SW( P
asse
nger
’s)
G
( US
A)
G–B G
G–R
( Can
ada)
( Can
ada)
( Can
ada)
G
( Can
ada)
B–Y
TR E2 E
RE
RV
T RL
R 5RHEOSTATVOLUME
Power Source Illumination
TAIL
LIG
HT
REL
AY
( USA
)
TC
ET
TR
EP
C9
CO
MBI
NA
TIO
NM
ETE
R
R–L
ToA/
CC
ontro
lA
ssem
bly<
24–3
>
I11IGNITION SW
1
2 3
2
1 5
R 4RHEOSTAT
IG
OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM
12
34
8LE
XUS
ES30
0
4
AC
C
IG1
ST1
IG2
ST2
AM1
2
AM2
1G9
1G3
3C14
1E1
1C5
3D14
3A16
3EE
1
12IG
210
IG2
2 1B 7 1K 4 1I 2 1H3 1B 1 1K
IEIG
IE
1M1
1H19
21
16IG
216
IG1
2E7
1C1
1H6
1I1
1K12
IH23
4IF
1
13B
Y1
13IG
213
IG2
5IQ
2
21
12
21
21
21
BB
B
B
IH28
IH22
IR29
20IG
1
21
11
211
1
1B
1A
2A
4B
BK
IF
1I6
1M5
19B
11A
14IQ
2
2F2
5BY
1
211K
15 15IH
2
2IG
2
Inst
rum
ent
pane
lbra
ceLH
Roo
flef
tLe
ftki
ckpa
nel
Left
kick
pane
l
20A
DO
ME
10AGAUGE
40A
AM
1
(w/MoonRoof)(w/oMoonRoof)
B
B–Y
B
R–W
G–R
R–W R–Y
R–G
R–Y
R–W
G–R
R
R–W
R–W
R–B
B BWWW
R–BR–B W–B W–B
W–B
R–W
W–B
W–B
R–W
R–W
R–GR–G
R–W
R–WR
R
R
RR
R R
R
R
R
R R–W
R–G
G–R
R–Y
G–R
W–B
G–R R–W
R–W
W–B
W–B
R
R
R
R–W
I11
IGN
ITIO
NSW
INTE
GR
ATI
ON
RE
LAY
100AALT
F7FUSEBOX
I10IGNITIONKEYCYLINDERLIGHT
OPENDOORINDICATORLIGHT[COMB.METER]
Left
kick
pane
l
FLM
AIN
2.0L
BAT
TER
Y
D13DOORHANDLESW
FromWirelessDoorLockECU<18–8>
D11DOORCOURTESYSWREARLH
R–W
R–G
FromTheftDeterrentECU<18–2>
FromTheftDeterrentECU<18–3>
R–G
R–W
FromTheftDeterrentECU<18–4>
FromCDAutomaticChanger<21–1>
V7VANITYLIGHTRH
PERSONALLIGHT
D8DOORCOURTESYLIGHTFRONTRH
D7DOORCOURTESYLIGHTFRONTLH
D14DOORKEYCYLINDERLIGHT
L6LUGGAGECOMPARTMENTLIGHT
R
R–W
R–W
J3
JUN
CTI
ON
CO
NN
ECTO
R
B
Pow
erS
ourc
eIn
terio
rLi
ght
1718
12
34
56
78
910 23
2221
2019
1514
1312
1116
1011
1213
1718
1920
21
12
34
56
78
9
1415
16
AB
OPE
ND
OO
RIN
DIC
ATO
RLI
GH
T[C
OM
B.
MET
ER
]
GR
AY
1 2
12
34
56
AB
PE
RS
ON
ALLI
GH
TC
7C
8
C7A,C8B
M2B,P5A
P5
M2
L7LUGGAGECOMPARTMENTLIGHTSW
(w/oMoonRoof)
(w/MoonRoof)
12
D12DOORCOURTESYSWREARRH
D18DOOROPENDETECTIONSWFRONTLH
D10DOORCOURTESYSWFRONTRH
19
IQ1
21 IQ1 IJ
Rig
htki
ckpa
nel
W–BR–W W–B
15
D9DOORCOURTESYSWFRONTLH
R–G
D19DOOROPENDETECTIONSWFRONTRH
21
D6DIODE
DIO
DE
OFF
DOOR2
1
I13INTERIORLIGHT
ON
21
V6VANITYLIGHTLH
RR
R
R
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
R
R
1 2 3 4
9 LEXUSES300
4
ACC
IG1
ST1
IG2
ST2
AM1 2
AM2
1G9
1E1
3 EE1
1G3
3C16
1A7
3A15
7 IM2
EC IF
6
2F2
52E
2E4 2A5
1A2
6
6
4 EC1 1 EC1
1A9
3D6
1C11
3C18
1M1
1H16
EB BO EA IG
1
3
1
3
9 BY1 10 BY1
2 II1
7 5 65 8
12
10 8 9
11
4 4
2 2
F
F
B1 F B2 TL TR TB
OFF
ON
8 A 2 B
23 C
I11IGNITION SW
40AAM1
15AECU–IG
1 12 2S 1SOLENOIDVALVE(for CoolingFan)
E 4ENGINE COOLANTTEMP. SENSOR(WATER TEMP.SENSOR)
(for CoolingFan)
From
Igni
ter
<1–
3>
ToEn
gine
Con
trolM
odul
e( E
ngin
ean
dEl
ectro
nic
Con
trolle
dTr
ansm
issi
onE
CU
( A/T
) ,E
ngin
eE
CU
( M/T
))<
2–8>
C12COOLING FAN ECU
ToD
ata
Link
Con
nect
or1
( Che
ckC
onne
ctor
) <2–
4>
J1
JUN
CTI
ON
CO
NN
EC
TOR
F5
FRO
NT
TUR
NSI
GN
ALLI
GH
TLH
R6
RE
ARTU
RN
SIG
NA
LLI
GH
TLH
[RE
AR
CO
MB
.LI
GH
TLH
]
R7
REA
RTU
RN
SIG
NA
LLI
GH
TR
H[R
EAR
CO
MB
.LI
GH
TR
H]
F6
FRO
NT
TUR
NS
IGN
AL
LIG
HT
RH
LH RH
TUR
NS
IGN
AL
IND
ICAT
OR
LIG
HT
[CO
MB.
ME
TER
]
TURNSIGNALFLASHER
J5
JUN
CTI
ON
CO
NN
ECTO
R
C10
HO
RN
SW
[CO
MB
.S
W]
H 7LH
H 8RH
HORN
HORNRELAY
15AHAZ–HORN
7. 5ATURN
H9
HA
ZAR
DS
W
C10
TUR
NSI
GN
ALLI
GH
T[C
OM
B.
SW
]
Instrumentpanelbrace LH
Front rightfender
Backpanelcenter
Leftkickpanel
Intakemanifold RH
Frontleftfender
4 2 3 10 9 8
1 6 5
W
B–Y
G–R
G–W
G–B
W
G–WG–W
G–Y
G–B
G–W
G–WG–B
G–WG–B
G–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
G–Y
G–YG–B
G–B G–B
G–B
G–B
G–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
G–Y
G–Y
W–B
W–B
L–R
L–W
L–W
G–B
G–B
G–Y
G–Y
G–Y
G–B
G–W
BR
Y–L Y L–Y
BB
B
WW
B–R
B–R
B L
B
WLFL MAIN2. 0L
BATTERY
E SOL+ SOL– TH– TH+ HP
IDLTACIGB
W–R
1
10 1 1
ToTh
eftD
eter
rent
ECU
<18
–4>
PowerSource
Electronically ControlledHydraulic Cooling Fan Turn Signal and Hazard Warning Light Horn
10111213 17 1819 2021
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
141516
543216 7 8 9 10 11 12
A B
TURN SIGNAL INDICATORLIGHT[COMB. METER]
GRAY BLUE
17 18
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
23222120191514131211 16
C
TURN SIGNAL INDICATORLIGHT[COMB. METER]
F7
FUSE
BOX
1
100A
ALT
2
C7
A,C
9B
C 7 C 9
1
2
2 1
3
G–Y
G–Y
,C8
C
C 8
1 3
2
LH RH
8 EB1
2
3
EB
W–B
L–R
A2
A/C
HIG
HPR
ESSU
RE
SW
Frontleftfender
1C8
1M5
W–B
OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM
12
34
10LE
XUS
ES30
0 4
ACC
IG1
ST1
IG2
ST2
AM1
2
AM2
1A13
1E9
1G3
1E1
4EE
1
3EE
1
17IO
110
EC1
18IO
1
2IH
1
21 M
1H2
1G2
1D6
2B
Z1
1
1
1C71
A
14B
34
12IH
1
BL
IGEA
1E2
1K3
1C1H
1D8
1IH
2
11IG
215
IQ2
1B
S11
BT1
1M1
5B
S15
BT1
16IG
119
IQ2
IEIJ
IGB
N
1B
15
15
5B
Z1
43
2
51
Pow
erS
ourc
eH
eadl
ight
Cle
aner
Unl
ock
and
Sea
tBel
tWar
ning
Rea
rW
indo
wD
efog
ger
and
Mirr
orH
eate
r
HE
MTR
R–L
W W W
W
W
W
W
W
L L
W
Y–R Y–R R–G R–B R–B
W–B
W–BL
W–B
R–Y R–Y W–B W–B W–B
W–B
Y–L
B W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
R–B
R–B
B–R
B–R
B–R
B–R
B–R
B–Y
W
AA
B
I11
IGN
ITIO
NS
W
40A
AM
1
H2
HEA
DLI
GH
TC
LEA
NE
RR
ELA
YIN
TEG
RAT
ION
RE
LAY
20A
WIP
ER
10A
GA
UG
E
SEATBELTWARNINGLIGHT[COMB.METER]
R–L
DEF
OG
GE
RR
ELAY
ToA/CControlAssembly<24–3>
R10,R11
R12MIRRORHEATERLH
R13MIRRORHEATERRH
40A
DE
FOG
10A
MIR
–HTR
Rig
htki
ckpa
nel
Left
kick
pane
lIn
stru
men
tpa
nelb
race
LH
Left
quar
ter
pilla
r
Inst
rum
ent
pane
lbra
ceLH
Und
erth
ele
ftqu
ater
pilla
r
Fron
trig
htfe
nder
BA
TTE
RY
FLM
AIN
2.0L
H10HEADLIGHTCLEANERSW
ToDaytimeRunningLightRelay<5–2>
D9DOORCOURTESYSWFRONTLH
J5
JUN
CTI
ON
CO
NN
ECTO
R
PB
IG
1718
12
34
56
78
910 23
2221
2019
1514
1312
1116
1011
1213
1718
1920
21
12
34
56
78
9
1415
16
ABG
RAY
SEAT
BELT
WAR
NIN
GLI
GH
T[C
OM
B.
MET
ER
]
1
R–W
1
AB
REA
RW
IND
OW
DE
FOG
GE
R
1M2
H1HEADLIGHTCLEANERMOTOR
1H5
2
B5BUCKLESW
1
I11UNLOCKWARNINGSW[IGNITIONSW]
5
A1
C17CHOKECOIL
B
F7FUSEBOX
1 100AALT 2
C7B,C8A
R10
R11
C8C
7
1010
W–B
12
1 235 1
NOISEFILTER
AB
REARWINDOWDEFOGGER
1G4
1M1
W–BW–B
1 2B–Y
1 2 3 4
11 LEXUSES300
4
ACC
IG1
ST1
IG2
ST2
AM1
3
2
AM2
1G9
1G3
1E1
1L10
7 IH2
3 EE14 EE1
Bb14
BZ15B
IJ
1G10 1E4
1D7 1D5
F
F
1B4
1C8
1D10
IGIFBM
Ba12
Bc14
44 7
2
2 2 1
I11IGNITION SW
40AAM1
15ASEAT–HTR
S5
SEA
TH
EATE
RS
W( D
river
’s)
S6
SEA
TH
EATE
RS
W( P
asse
nger
’s)
FL MAIN2. 0L
BATT
ER
Y
Rear left fender
J 2JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
S13SEAT HEATER LH(for Seat Back)
S14SEAT HEATER LH(for Seat Cushion)
Right kick panel
S15SEAT HEATER RH(for Seat Back)
S16SEAT HEATER RH(for Seat Cushion)
Under the leftquarter pillar
Left kickpanel
Instrument panelbrace LH
C 5CIGALETTELIGHTER
J2
JUN
CTI
ON
CO
NN
EC
TOR
A12CLOCK[A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY]
15ACIG/RADIO
15AECU–B
From
Fuse
”TA
IL”
<7–
2>
R–L
B–Y
R
W–BW–B W–B W–B W–B
WW
WW
WW
W
RR
B
W–B
W–B
W–B
L–R
L–R
L–Y
W–B
W–B G
W–B
W–B
W–B
G
PowerSource Seat Heater Cigarette Lighter and Clock
1M5
F7
FUS
EB
OX
1
100A
ALT
2
1
2
21
HILO
LO HI
HI
LO HI
LO
3 Ba1
2 Bc1
8 IR3
5
2
L–Y
BB
B
L–O
18 IR3
1 Ba1
1 Bc1
1
1
YY
Y
L–O
11 IF1
1 Bb1
1 BZ1
1
1
L–O
L–O
L–O
1 IF1
2 Bb1
3 BZ1
5
L–Y
2
L–Y
L–Y
L–Y
12
B
3
W–B
W–B
3
2
44 W–B
B
B
J 1JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
W–B
BL
OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM
12
34
12LE
XUS
ES30
0
4
AC
C
IG1
ST1
IG2
ST2
AM1
3 2 910
AM2
1G9
2E6
2F2
1E1 3
EE1
4EE
1
30A
AM
240
AA
M1
SH
IFT
LOC
KC
ON
TRO
LSW
SHIF
TLO
CK
SOLE
NO
ID
1G3
1L2
1L9
11IH
2 IJIF
1A7
1
2
1
2
IGIF
21
IGR
ight
kick
pane
l
45
13
43
C
1
C
25
1
2
6
10IM
25
IM2
12
12
SPI
RAL
CAB
LE
3A4
3C18
3D17
3D16
7IH
1
1M1
1C11
1G10
1G8
1E4
1F5
1F9
1F3
15A
EC
U–B
ToDataLinkConnector2(TDCL)<2–3>
ToDataLinkConnector1(CheckConnector)<2–3>
3A14
3C16
1M1
1F1
1M5
1F2
Inst
rum
ent
pane
lbr
ace
LH
Inst
rum
ent
pane
lbr
ace
LH
Left
kick
pane
lLe
ftki
ckpa
nel
7.5A
IGN
15A
ECU
–IG
15A
CIG
/RA
DIO
45
32
1110
138
CC
BA
B
147
69
12
BB
BA
A
B
8IM
3
12IM
1
C
B
W
B–OB–Y
W–R
P–L
W–R
W
W
WW
B
W B
L–B L–B W–B
W–BW–B
W–B
B–R
L–RL–R L–R
B–RB–R
P–L
B–OB–O
W W–R
W–R
B–Y
B–YB–Y
B–Y
Y–B
Y–B
P–B
B–Y
W–R
R–L
R–B
B
W
B
W
B
W
W–B
W–B
LG–R LG–R
W–B
W–B
W–BW–B
R–L
R–BG
–R G
G–W
LL–R
From
Veh
icle
Spee
dSe
nsor
( Spe
edSe
nsor
)<
19–2
>
V–W
J2
JUN
CTI
ON
CO
NN
EC
TOR
I11
IGN
ITIO
NSW
AC
CIG
SL+
+BS
PD
ES
OL–
SO
L+
S7
SH
IFT
LOC
KE
CU
100AALT
F7FUSEBOX
BA
TTE
RY
FLM
AIN
2.0L
J2
JUN
CTI
ON
CO
NN
EC
TOR
K3
KEY
INTE
RLO
CK
SO
LEN
OID
20IH
2 FromStopLightSW<6–4>
G–W G–W
KLS
+E
P1 P P2SL–
STP
P2PPSSOLENOID
F1
FRO
NT
AIR
BA
GSE
NS
OR
LH
F2
FRO
NT
AIR
BAG
SEN
SO
RR
HA2
0AI
RB
AGS
QU
IB
ToDataLinkConnector1(CheckConnector)<2–3>
+SL
–SL
+SR
–SR
D+
D–
E1
E2
ACC
IG2
+BLA
TC
P3
PPS
EC
UC
4C
EN
TER
AIR
BAG
SEN
SOR
ASS
EM
BLYJ4
JUN
CTI
ON
CO
NN
EC
TOR
( for
SRS)
Pow
erS
ourc
eS
hift
Lock
PP
SS
RS
( Sup
plem
enta
lRes
train
tSys
tem
)
12
18 17
C7SRSWARNINGLIGHT[COMB.METER]
IH2
9
B–R
1 2 3 4
13 LEXUSES300
4 EE1
1 2 73 11 8 9 5 42
1
12
3 6 5 2 1 2 1
2F2
1C1
2E7
1I1
44
BK
BW B
W
RR
RGR–L
G–W
R–WR–Y
G–YP
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
OPN CLS UP DWN E LS1 LS2 MTR– MTR+
B IG
1E2
1M1 1K10
18 IH2
4 6 3
8
IG IE
IH217
11 IG1 12 IG1 6 IG1 13 IG1
5 IG1 15 IG1
11 13 7 14 10 12
9 IQ1 10 IQ1 14 IQ1 7 BV1 6 BV1 7 BU1 6 BU1 5 BU1
2 IF13 IF113 IF12 IR1 13 IR1 3 IR1
M1 2
M2 1
5 1
4 2
G R
UP
DO
WN
M2 1
5 1
43
2
G R
UP
DO
WN
M2 1
5 1
43
2
G R
UP
DO
WN
5 BV1
3
L
L
L L
L
LGR
W–B
W–B
G–W R–L L
G–B
R–B
G–Y
R–Y L
L
R–B
G–B
R–B
G–BLR–L
G–WL
G–W R–L
G–B
R–B
G–Y
R–Y L
R–Y
G–Y
R–B
G–B
LL
W–B
W–B R G
30APOWER
POWERMAINRELAY
Instrument panelbrace LH
Left kickpanel
CO
NTR
OL
CIR
CU
IT
P10POWER WINDOWMOTOR FRONT LH
P11POWER WINDOWMOTOR FRONT RH
P13POWER WINDOWMOTOR REAR RH
P12POWER WINDOWMOTOR REAR LH
P6
PO
WE
RW
IND
OW
CO
NTR
OL
SWFR
ON
TR
H
P8
PO
WE
RW
IND
OW
CO
NTR
OL
SWR
EA
RR
H
P7
POW
ERW
IND
OW
CO
NTR
OL
SWR
EAR
LH
P 9POWER WINDOW MASTER SW
UP
DO
WN
UP
DO
WN
UP
DO
WN
WIN
DO
WLO
CK
SW
M
1I5
6
20ADOME
BATTERY
61L
IH218
IQ19
From Theft DeterrentECU<18–4>
To Door Lock ControlSW RH<18–4>
IG17
G–B
L
R–L
L
L
IH25
L
M 1MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY
M 2MOON ROOFCONTROL SW
M4
MO
ON
RO
OF
MO
TOR
M3
MO
ON
RO
OF
LIM
ITS
W
L
100A
ALT
F7
FUS
EB
OX
FL MAIN2. 0L
Roof left
L
16 IG1
WB
Power WindowMoon RoofPowerSource
B
OP
EN
CLO
SED
UP
DO
WN
FRONT RH REAR RH REAR LH
5
3
1
2
2
1
UP AUTODOWN
DOWN
111K
3
2
OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM
12
34
14LE
XUS
ES30
0
1E2
1H20
2 1K
4E
E1
4BZ
1
IH2
10
5BZ
1
MM
MM
B B BL
4B
a1
IR14
AA
5B
a1 BM
MM
Pow
erS
ourc
eP
ower
Sea
t
W–L
W–L
W–L
W–L
W
R–WR–W
W W B
W–B W–B W–B
L
L–B
L–R
L–W
L–Y
R
R–G
R–B
W–B W–B
L
L–B
R–G
R–B
W–L W–L
58
1211
26
47
78
23
21
12
12
21
12
12
49
105
30A
POW
ER
P14
POW
ERS
EAT
CO
NTR
OL
SW
( forD
iver
’s
Sea
t)
J3
JUN
CTI
ON
CO
NN
NEC
TOR
FLM
AIN
2.0L
BAT
TER
Y
J2JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
Und
erth
ele
ftqu
arte
rpill
ar
P19
( forD
iver
’s
Sea
tS
lide
Con
trol)
P16
( for
Div
er’
sSe
atFr
ontV
ertic
alC
ontro
l)
P17
( forD
iver
’s
Sea
tR
ear
Verti
cal
Con
trol)
P18
( for
Div
er’
sSe
atR
eclin
ing
Mot
orC
ontro
l)
POW
ERSE
AT
MO
TOR
FRONT
REAR
UP
DOWN
UP
DOWN
FRONT
REAR
FRONT
REAR
P15
PO
WE
RS
EAT
CO
NTR
OL
SW( fo
rPas
seng
er’
sS
eat)
P21
( for
Pass
enge
r’s
Sea
tSlid
eC
ontro
l)
P20
( forP
asse
nger
’s
Seat
Rec
linin
gC
ontro
l)
POW
ERSE
AT
MO
TOR
Und
erth
erig
htqu
arte
rpilla
r
REAR
FRONT
F7FUSEBOX
1 100AALT 2
2 1
1 2 3 4
15 LEXUSES300
4
ACC
IG1
ST1
IG2
ST2
AM1
3
2
AM2
1G9
1G3 2F2 1G10
1C1
1E1
1L1 2E7 1L9
1K12
3 EE1
13 IH2 3 IH2 9 IH2
A
A
CC
C
5 IR1 18 IR1 14 IR1
6 IR1 15 IR1
BM
5 IG2 7 IG2
4 BS12 BS1
3 BS1 3 BT1
6 IG2 7 IQ2
6 IQ2 8 IQ2
4 BT1 2 BT1
M M M M
B
B
IJ
3 8 6 1 5 7
1 4 3
5 2 6
2
4 2 2 4
33
L–R
B
P–L
B–YW
W–B
BR–W
BR–Y
LG–R LG–R
LG–B
LG
WW
BB
B–R R L–R
L–RR
B–R
R L–R
L–R
RR
B–R
LG–R
LG–R
LG–R
LG–R
LG–RW
–B
P–L
LG–R
LG–R
P–L
W–B
BR
–W
BR–Y
LG LG–B
LG–B
LGLGLG
–B
W–B
E ANT AMP
IG B ACC
P–L
PowerSource Auto Antenna Remote Control Mirror
I11IGNITION SW40A
AM1
15AECU–IG
20ADOME
15ACIG/RADIO
J5
JUN
CTI
ON
CO
NN
EC
TOR
J2
JUN
CTI
ON
CO
NN
EC
TOR
BATTERY
FL MAIN2. 0L
A26AUTO ANTENNA RELAYAND MOTOR
Under the rightquarter pillar
Right kick panel
To Radio and Player<21–1><22–2>
From StereoComportmentAmplifier<21–1><22–1>
B E H1 V1 C V2 H2
UP
DOWN
RIGHT
LEFT
UP
DOWN
RIGHT
LEFT
RH
LH
J2
JUN
CTI
ON
CO
NN
EC
TOR
R12REMOTE CONTROLMIRROR LH
R13REMOTE CONTROLMIRROR RH
B P–L
B
R 3REMOTE CONTROLMIRROR SW
F7
FUSE
BOX
1
100A
ALT
2
2
1
OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM
12
34
16LE
XUS
ES30
0
4
ACC
IG1
ST1 IG2
ST2
AM
12
AM
2
3EE
14
EE1
7EB
13
EB1
3IM
33
IM3
3B
1B
6 A
5A
1A
4B
2B
11A SR
23A MR
24A R–
4B D/G
5A TC
15B TS
13B W
13ASFL
1A
SFR
26A
SRR
14ASR
L
18AAST
6AMT
15A
GN
D
2A
GN
D
22AFL
–
9AFL
+
10AFS
S
1G9
3C17
3C13
3D17
3D16
3C3
2IO
2
1E1
1A
SFR
4A
SFL
3A
SR
R
6A
SRL
2A
AST
5A
MT
4B
+BS
1B
GN
D
3B
+BM
EA
6IO
27
IO2
5IO
2
1G3
1E4
3C16
3B11
1D6
1A7
1D4
3C15
3B2
3A10
3D8
12 3C
19 3C
2 A1 B
3AFR
–
16AFR
+
1BRL–
9BRL+
7B
RS
S
16BRR
–
8BRR
+
14B PK
B
25A BA
T
12A IG1
6B STP
1IO
24
IO2
12II1
19II1
6II1
5IP
16
IP1
4IP
1
M
212
1
C C
G–W
G–B
W–L
W
W–B
W–B
W–R
L–W
G–W
L–R
G–R
R
R–W
W–B
G
R
BR
B
W
G
R
BR
BR
BR
Y Y
BR
R
G
R
G
W–B
W–R
W
GR–L
W–R
GR–G
WW–LW–L
B–Y
W
W W
W
W–L
W
W
GR–R
G–W
G–W
GR–R
LG–R
G–W
R–G
LG–RLG–R
G–BG–B
R–G
LG–R
Y–B Y–B
R–L
B–R
L–Y
R–W R–W
L–Y
B–RB–R
L–Y
BR
BR
W–B
G–B
W–B
W–B
WB
–Y W
B–Y
W
R–L
From
Sto
pLi
ght
SW<
6–4>
ToDataLinkConnector1(CheckConnector)
<2–4>
FromDataLinkConnector1(CheckConnector)
<2–4>
ToDataLinkConnector1(CheckConnector)
<2–3>
ToDataLinkConnector2
(TDCL)<2–3>
From
Dat
aLi
nkC
onne
ctor
1( C
heck
Con
nect
or)
<2–
4>
From
Dat
aLi
nkC
onne
ctor
2( T
DC
L)<
2–3>
ToParkingBrakeSW<19–3>
15A
EC
U–B
15A
ECU
–IG
10A
GAU
GE
Fron
trig
htfe
nder
40A
AM
1
60AABS
100AALT
F7FUSEBOX
I11
IGN
ITIO
NS
W
ABSRELAY
J4JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
FLM
AIN
2.0L
BAT
TER
Y
W–B
ABS
ACTU
ATO
R
( SH
IELD
ED)
( SH
IELD
ED)
( SH
IELD
ED)
( SH
IELD
ED
)( S
HIE
LDE
D)
( SH
IELD
ED
)( S
HIE
LDE
D)
BR
11
22
22
11
A8
AB
SS
PEE
DS
ENSO
RFR
ON
TLH
A9
ABS
SPEE
DS
EN
SO
RFR
ON
TR
H
A24
ABS
SPEE
DS
EN
SO
RR
EAR
LH
A25
AB
SS
PEE
DS
ENSO
RR
EAR
RH
ABS
WA
RN
ING
LIG
HT
[CO
MB
.M
ETE
R]
Pow
erS
ourc
eA
BS
( An
ti–L
ock
Bra
ke
Sy
ste
m)
ABS
RE
LAY
1 452
3 6
AB
SE
CU
12
34
67
89
1011
1415
1617
1824
512 25
2620
1921
2223
13
12
34
56
78 16
1514
1312
1110
9
BA
AG
RAY
DAR
KG
RA
Y
DAR
KG
RA
Y
12
3
45
6
21 3
4
AB
GR
AYBL
ACK
AB
SA
CTU
ATO
R
2A
4A
7 3C
1718
12
34
56
78
910 23
2221
2019
1514
1312
1116
1011
1213
1718
1920
21
12
34
56
78
9
1415
16A B
ABS
WA
RN
ING
LIG
HT
[CO
MB.
ME
TER
]
B
A6B,A7AA
7
A18
A19
A4
A5
C7
C8
C7
A,C
8B
2 1
12
34
BG
RAY
A6
A18
A,A
19B
ABS
ECU
A4
A,A
5B
3IM
1
R–G
1 2 3 4
17 LEXUSES300
4
ACC
IG1
ST1
IG2
ST2
AM1 2
AM2
1G9
1G3
1A7 1D6
1E1 3B16
3C16
3 EE14 EE1
83B
3B9
1 A
4 B
3B5
3C18
143B
11M
111C
IG
1E4
3D8 3C19 3D16
1A12
3B12 3B13 3B15
8 IM3
17 IM3 5 IM1
4
33B18
3B17 3B7
2
17 IO1 8 IO1 9 IO1 3 IO1 2 IO1 1 IO1
52D2A
3
EB
193B
M
10
4
20 2
1211262524218413
14 5
1715
1
1 15 3
1 2 3 7 6 5
92223816
From
Engi
neC
ontro
lMod
ule
( Eng
ine
and
Elec
troni
cC
ontro
lled
Tran
smis
sion
ECU
)<
3–2>
B–Y
W–B
W–B
W–B W–B W–B
WWW
WW
B
W–B W
–L W B
L L–B
L–R
R–B
R–G
G–B
R–Y
R–Y
R–G
R–BL–R
L–BL
BB
B–W
W–B
W–B
B–R
B–R R
–L
G–L
G–L
G–L
G–R
G–R
G–R R–W
G–W
G–W
R–W
V–Y
LG–R
LG–R
LG–R
LL
P–L
V–R
Y–B
W
20
I11IGNITION SW
40AAM1
15AECU–IG
10AGAUGE
25ASTOP
CR
UIS
EC
ON
TRO
LIN
DIC
ATO
RLI
GH
T[C
OM
B.
ME
TER
]
FL MAIN2. 0L
BATTERY
C11CRUISE CONTROLSW[COMB. SW]
C13
CR
UIS
EC
ON
TRO
LC
LUTC
HS
W
D5
DIO
DE
( for
Cru
ise
Con
trol)
Instrument panelbrace LH
ToS
tarte
rR
elay
<1–
2>
ToP
arki
ngBr
ake
SW<
19–3
>
From
Sto
pLi
ght
SW<
6–4>
From
Veh
icle
Spe
edSe
nsor
( Spe
edSe
nsor
) <19
–2>
ToD
ata
Link
Con
nect
or1
( Che
ckC
onne
ctor
) <2–
3>
ToE
ngin
eC
ontro
lMod
ule
( Eng
ine
and
Elec
troni
cC
ontro
lled
Tran
smis
sion
ECU
( A/T
) ,En
gine
EC
U( M
/T))
<2–
8><
3–4>
S12STOP LIGHTSW
C2
CR
UIS
EC
ON
TRO
LA
CTU
ATO
R
Front left fender
GND CMS CCS N&C VR1 VR2 VR3 MC MO L
B PI STP+ BATT PKB STP– SPD TC IDL ECT OD
PowerSource Cruise Control
ToD
ata
Link
Con
nect
or2
( TD
CL)
<2–
3>
( A/T
)
( A/T
)
C14 CRUISE CONTROL ECU
17 18
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
23222120191514131211 16
543216 7 8 9 10 1112
A
B
CRUISE CONTROL INDICATOR LIGHT[COMB. METER]
BLUE
RESUME/ACCEL
SET/COAST
CANCEL
MAI
N
F7
FUSE
BO
X
1
100A
ALT
2
W
C 8
C 9
C8
A,C
9B
2
1
( M/T
)
OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM
12
34
18LE
XUS
ES30
0( C
ont.
next
page
)
4
AC
C
IG1
ST1 IG2
ST2
AM
1
3 2
AM
2
1G9
1G10
1G3
2F2
1C1
1E2
1E1
1L1
1L9
2E5
2F7
1K12
1K2
3E
E14
EE1
17IF
116
IF1
18IF
117
IR1
16IR
121
IR1
A IG
B
AC
C
A
ACT–
A
AC
T+
B
LSW
R
A
DS
WP
3IH
211
IH3
5IO
3
13IH
29
IH2
4IO
3
64
M 57
8B
V13
BV1
2B
V119
IG1
14IG
110
IG1
16IQ
118
IQ1
6IQ
1
4BU
116
IG1
4B
V119
IQ1
IJB
LB
MIE
IJ
41
M
12
6
1
M 25
64
M 57
21
A
LSW
D 11
A
LSW
P 7
A
DS
WD
AL2
17
AUL2 18
AUL3 10
AL1
14
AUL1 15
4 B SH
8 A +B2
20 A +B
5 B
HEA
D
13
B
TAIL
1
A
SR
LY
8 B
PRLY
10 B
DSW
L
6 A
KS
W
9 A IND
19 A
TSW
12
B
DSW
H
5 A TO
1 B
LUG
BA
BA
2
13
4
12
7IQ
18
IQ1
1IG
12
IG1
8B
U1
3B
U1
2BU
1
12IH
210
16 A
FromHeadlightRelay<4–2><5–1>
FromTaillightRelay<6–1>
FromStarterRelay<1–2>
ToPowerMainRelay<13–2>
ToLuggageCompartmentLightSW<8–4>
ToDoorOpenDetectionSW<8–4>
ToD
oorO
pen
Det
ectio
nSW
<8–
4>
20A
DO
ME
30A
PO
WE
R
15A
HA
ZH
OR
N
15A
CIG
/R
ADIO
15A
EC
U–I
G
Rig
htki
ckpa
nel
Left
kick
pane
lU
ndre
rth
erig
htqu
arte
rpi
llar
Und
rert
hele
ftqu
arte
rpilla
rR
ight
kick
pane
l
BB
LOCK
UNLOCK
LOCK
UNLOCK
4
From
Pow
erM
ain
Rel
ay<
13–3
>
P–L
R L–B
L–B
W–L
R–B
L–R
L–B
W
B
P–L
B–Y
WR
YP
L–Y
L–R
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
B
R
W
L–B
L–B
R–L
L–Y
B
L
G–W
Y
P
Y–L
R–L
G
P–B
W–B
L–B
L–R
L–B
L–R
R–B
B–R
L–R
W
W–L
W–L
R
R
R
W–L
R–B
G–R
B–Y
G–B
R–W
W–B
W–B
W–B
L–Y
L–R
L–B
L–B
L–R
R–B
L–B
L–R
P
L–B
L–R
Y
P–BG
P–B
G
Y–R
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
L–B
L–B
R–B
L–R
L–B
L–B
B B
W
WW W W
L–Y
L–B
L–R
R–B
R–W
L
L–R
R–W
L–R
Y
P–B
G
P–B
G
L–R
P
W–L
R
W–L
34
212
27
I11
IGN
ITIO
NS
W
40A
AM1
B–R
L–R
E
L–Y
J3
JUN
CTI
ON
CO
NN
ECTO
R
T1THEFTDETERRENTHORN
100AALT
F7FUSEBOX
BAT
TER
Y
FLM
AIN
2.0L
W–B
W–B
W–B
D20DOORLOCKMOTOR,DOORUNLOCKANDOPENDETECTIONSWREARLH
D21DOORLOCKMOTOR,DOORUNLOCKANDOPENDETECTIONSWREARRH
D18DOORLOCKMOTOR,DOORUNLOCKANDOPENDETECTIONSWFRONTLH
D19DOORLOCKMOTOR,DOORUNLOCKANDOPENDETECTIONSWFRONTRH
11 B
HO
RNFromHornRelay<9–4>
G–B
P9POWERWINDOWMASTERSWANDDOORLOCKCONTROLSWLH
D17DOORLOCKCONTROLSWRH
Pow
erS
ourc
eTh
eftD
eter
rent
and
Doo
rLo
ck
THEF
TD
ETE
RR
ENT
AN
DD
OO
RLO
CK
EC
U
J2
JUN
CTI
ON
CO
NN
EC
TOR
T3
A,T
4B
R–G
W–B
5 2
2 1
3 6
3
4
1BU
1
6IF
18
IR1
1BV
1
B
CTY 3
R–B
W–B
W–B
L–YL–Y L–Y
L–Y
R–B
L–Y
L–Y
L–B
13
5 6 7 8
18 LEXUSES300(Cont’ d)
5 IF1 15 IF1 12 IH3
2 IH3
10 IJ121 IF1 9 IF1 6 IF1 20 IF1 8 IF1
19 IH2
3 BY1 11 IO310 BY1 8 IG1
1 IJ1
1K14
1G2
2
1
2
1
2
1
5
6
5
13D6
1G41C11
3C18
1M1 1M1
BO EB IE IG BL
16 IG1
M
1
2
14 IF110 IF1
7
GND
10
CTY
5
L
4
VL
2
LSW2
8
FSSR
3
LSWD
6
KSW
1
+B
A
A
1
2
Y–L
Y–R
3
21
3
21
4 IG1 3 IG1 5 IQ1 11 IQ1
LOC
K
UN
LOC
K
LOC
K
UN
LOC
K
Y–R
Y–R Y–
L
R–L
W–B
W–B
Y–R R–L
R
L–B
L–B
Y
Y–L
Y–R
W–B
Y P L–Y
Y–L
Y–R
G–W L B L–Y
R–Y L–B
R
L–BYPL–Y
Y–L
Y–R
G–W L B
R–Y
R
W–B
R–L
Y–R
Y–L
L–Y P Y L–B
R–Y
R–Y
W–B
W–B
R–L
W–B
RBL
G–W
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B W
–B
W–B
W–B W–B
R–Y
R–W
R
L–B
L–B
L1
LUG
GA
GE
CO
MP
ARTM
ENT
DO
OR
OP
ENER
MAI
NS
W
R5
THE
FTD
ETE
RR
EN
TIN
DIC
ATO
RLI
GH
T
D16
DO
OR
KEY
LOC
KA
ND
UN
LOC
KS
WR
H
D15
DO
OR
KEY
LOC
KA
ND
UN
LOC
KS
WLH
L5
LUG
GAG
EC
OM
PA
RTM
EN
TKE
YU
NLO
CK
SW
L3
LUG
GAG
EC
OM
PA
RTM
EN
TD
OO
RO
PE
NE
RM
OTO
R
E5
EN
GIN
EH
OO
DC
OU
RTE
SY
SW
L4
FUEL
LID
OPE
NE
RS
W
Back panelfender
Front leftfender
Left kickpanel
Instrument panelbrace RH
Under the leftquater pillar
J 5JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
To Door CourtesySW Rear LH<8–2>
W 7WIRELESS DOOR LOCK ECU
W6
WIR
ELES
SD
OO
RLO
CK
MA
INSW
1 32 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
643217 8 9 10 11 12 14
513
A
B
ORANGE
ORANGE
THEFT DETERRENT ANDDOOR LOCK ECU
Theft Deterrent and Door Lock Wireless Door LockRemote Control
R–L
I11
UN
LOC
KW
AR
NIN
GS
W
T 3
T 4
1
Y–R
OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM
12
34
19LE
XUS
ES30
0
1G3
3D10
1G9
3D13
1D131D
6
3D22
1E1
II1II1
II1
IJ1
IJ1
14IM
1
3E
E1
6IM
3
C
CC
CC
CC
CC
BB
BB
BB
BB
BB
BB
A
AA
A
2AA
A
4
ACC
IG1
ST1 IG2
ST2
AM
12
AM
2
10 3B
IM32
3D12
1D12
1M5
1C8
12
32
33
21
ECIF
ED
2
1
1
1
F F21
IM3
BW1
BW
1B
W1
IM3
IM3
16IM
38
IM1
IJ1
1
1
A
AA
AA
B
CC
CC
CA
B
BB
BB
B
IG1C11
3D6
3A10
1M1
3C18
3D8 4
IH1
1
114
155
74
92
2122
109
815
1319
2019
912
1623
617
[5
42
45
63
181
78
78
212
1311
141
R–L
B–Y
R–Y
R–Y
G–B
BR
R–W
R–W
R–L
R–L
R–L R–L
V–Y
V–Y
W–B W–B W–B
R–WR–W
W–B W–B W–B
V–R
Y–G
G–B
V–R
Y–G
BRB–YY–R
V–R
Y–G
G
G–B
B
G–B
G
B
P
LG
B
BRBR
Y–G
BR
Y–G
BR
Y–R
Y–L
Y–B
Y–R
Y–L
BR
Y–B
Y–R
Y–L
BR
W W W B
I11
IGN
ITIO
NSW
B–Y
100AALT
F7FUSEBOX
FLM
AIN
2.0L
518
11
34
R–Y R–Y
V–Y
10A
GAU
GE
40A
AM
1
ToPPSECU<12–2>ToEngineControlModule(EngineandElectronicControlledTransmissionECU(A/T),EngineECU(M/T))<2–7><3–3>
ToCruiseControlECU<17–3>
SeeInteriorLightSystem<8–3>
SeeChargingSystem<1–4>
SeeTurnSignalandHazardWarningSystem<9–4>
SeeA/TIndicatorSystem<3–6>
SeeHeadlightSystem<4–2>
SeeSRSSystem<12–4>
SeeA/TIndicatorSystem<3–6>
RH
EO
STA
T
See
Illum
inat
ion
Sys
tem
<7–
4>
POWER
L
2
D
SRS
HIGHBEAM
N
R
P
TURNLH
TURNRH
BULBCHECK
BRAKE
SeeSRSSystem<12–4>
SeeHeadlightSystem<4–2>
From
Day
time
Run
ning
Ligh
tR
elay
<5–
2> FromDaytimeRunningLightRelay<5–2>
( *2)
(*1)
Inst
rum
ent
pane
lbr
ace
LH
Left
kick
pane
lP4PARKINGBRAKESW
From
Cru
ise
Con
trolE
CU
<17
–3>
From
ABS
EC
U<
16–4
>
J1
JUN
CTI
ON
CO
NN
EC
TOR
J1JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
B2BRAKEFLUIDLEVELSW
E6ENGINEOILLEVELWARNINGSW
SeeChargingSystem<1–4>
SeeInteriorLightSystem<8–3>
2
1411
Inta
kem
anifo
ldR
H
T5
TRIP
SW
V3VEHICLESPEEDSENSOR(SPEEDSENSOR)
FromIgniter<1–3>
SHORTCONNECTOR
CHARGE
OILLEVEL
PEARLIGHT
DOOR
OD
DM
ETER
SPEED
TACHO
WATERTEMP.
ABS
O/DOFF
(*3)SEATBELT
OIL
FUEL
CRUISECONTROL
BATTERY
52
13
W2WATERTEMP.SENDER
F15FUELSENDER
O1OILPRESSURESW
SeeUnlockandSeatBeltWarningSystem<10–2>
SeeEngineControlSystem<2–3>
SeeCruiseControlSystem<17–2>SeeElectronicControlledTransmissionandA/TIndicatorSystem<3–5>SeeABSSystem<16–3>
Inta
kem
anifo
ldLH
Pow
erS
ourc
eC
om
bin
ati
on
Me
ter
*2:
US
A*1
:C
anad
a
SH
OR
TC
ON
NEC
TOR
C
A
54
32
1 67
89
1011
12
1718
12
34
56
78
910 23
2221
2019
1514
1312
1116
1011
1213
1718
1920
21
12
34
56
78
9
1415
16
CO
MB
INAT
ION
ME
TER
C
A B
BLU
E
GR
AY
FUEL
CO
MBI
NA
TIO
NM
ETE
R
( *1)
1A
1B
S8A,S9B
C9
C8
C7
S8
S9
C7
C,C
8B
,C9
A
1 2
17II1 Y–GY–GToLightFailure
Sensor<6–3>
1 2 1 2
B
11
18
B–WFrom”STARTER”Fuse<1–3>
IM3
B–W
*3:
Mal
func
tion
Indi
cato
rLam
p( C
heck
Eng
ine
War
ning
Ligh
t)
1 2 3 4
20 LEXUSES300
4
ACC
IG1
ST1
IG2
ST2
AM1 2
AM2
1A13 1G9
5
1E1
5
12 IO313 IH2
5 IR1 2 IP1
3 EE1
10 EC1
10 B
IG
9 B
+B
11 B
GND
11 A
REG
6 A
C
1 A
R
8 A
AGND
7 A
RGND
2 A
RX
8 B
LGND
3 B
T
7 B
TGND
2 B
TX
6 B
MIC–
9 IR3 11 IR3 7 IR3 17 IR3 16 IR3 6 IR3 1 IR3 3 IR3 2 IR3 10 IR33 IP1
2
REG
4
C
5
R
6
AGND
8
RX
1
LGND
3
T
7
TX
11
PH–
BM
1 B
MIC+
4 A
MUTE
1 IP1 20 IR1
3
PH+
W W
W WRB–R
B–R R
RB–R
Y B BR R L
Y–B
[
YOR
R–W
W–B
WW
B
Y B BR R LYOR
R–W
W–B
Y–B
[
15ATEL
10AGAUGE
Instrument panelbrace LH
BATTERY
40AAM1
543216 7 8 9 10 11 12
2357891012
411
16
A B
TELEPHONE TRANSCEIVER AND SPEAKER RELAY
1
2
FL MAIN2. 0L
100A
ALT
F7
FUS
EB
OX
From
Rad
ioan
dP
laye
r<
21–1
><
22–2
>
PowerSource Cellular Mobile Telephone
I11IGNITION SW
C 3CELLULAR PHONE(Hand Set)
C11TELEPHONEMICROPHONE[COMB. SW]
TELEPHONE TRANSCEIVER AND SPEAKER RELAY
T 6 A , T 7 B
T 6 T 75
6
( SH
IELD
ED)
( SH
IELD
ED)
( SH
IELD
ED)
( SH
IELD
ED)
( SH
IELD
ED)
( SH
IELD
ED)
B
BLUE
2
1
3 2
4 1
IG
1C1
1M1
1H2
3 1G
15AECU–IG
1 1L
2 2F
20ADOME
7 2F
10
1I12INTEGRATION RELAY
4
W–B
See
Hea
dlig
htSy
stem
<4–
1><
5–2>
See
Tailli
ghtS
yste
m<
6–1>
DIO
DE
See
Inte
rior
Ligh
tS
yste
m<
8–2>
See
Hea
dlig
htS
yste
m<
4–1>
<5–
2>
See
Tailli
ght
Syst
em<
6–1>
B
B
B
R
BB–Y
Light Auto Turn Off
Q SR
Q RS
Rear left fender
OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM
12
34
21LE
XUS
ES30
0
4
AC
C
IG1
ST1 IG2
ST2
AM1
2
AM2
1G9
1G10
1L9
1E1
10A
3A
1A
4A
5A
7A
6A
12A
13A
14A
15A
11A
10B
14B
13B
12B
4B
2B
7B
11B
1B
6B
12B
5B
9B
10B
8B
3B
4A
11A
3A
6EB
1
9IH
2
3E
E1
21
10A
6A
15A
9A
8A
A1
A12
A13
A
11B
6B
5B
4B
1B
7B
7A
16A
5A
14A
5 5
CCC
19IO
1
4IH
35
B12
B
5A
12A
14IR
313
IR3
7IR
119
IR1
13IQ
112
IQ1
IQ2
IQ2
9IG
215
IG2
11
12
22
22
22
11
11
IH
CC
C
GYRWBLBR
P–L
L–R
GR
10
8 A
Y–B
P–L
GR
L–R L–R
BR
L
B
W
R
R
W
B
L
BR
P–L
L–R
GR
GRRR
R
W W
R R
W W
R
GR
GR
R
WW–B
W–B
L
LG
W
BR–R
G–W
BR
L–Y
LG–B
V
LG
BR
P
L
W–B
LG–B
L–Y
BR
G–W
BR–R
W
B
Y
P
V
B
Y
V
P
LG L
P V
B
Y
P
V
B
Y
V
P
L
LG
V
P
L
LG
W–B
W–B
W
BR–R
G–W
BR
L–Y
LG–B
V
LG
P
L
W–B
BRBRBR BR
V
LG
P
L
W–B
IR210
IR25
IR212
IR26
IR21
IR23
IR28
IR22
IR27
IR211
IR24
IR29
BX2 13
BX2 8
BX
2 7
BX2 10
BX2 6
BX2 4
BX
2 5
BX2 2
BX2 1
BX
2 11
BX2 2
BX2 9
IR38
IR314
IR315
IR35
IG2 8
IG2 14
15A
CIG
/RA
DIO
40A
AM1
20A
RAD
IO
B
B–Y
L–RL–R
B
W W W B B
B
B
ToAutoAntennaRelayandMotor<15–2>
FromAutoAntennaRelayandMotor<15–2>
ToTelephoneTransceiverandSpeakerRelay<20–4>
L–R
P–LP–L
W
LG–R
BR
ToLuggageCompartmentLightSW<8–4>
R–W
FLM
AIN
2.0L
BATTERY
CD
AU
TOM
ATI
CC
HAN
GE
R
100AALT
F7FUSEBOX
Inst
rum
entp
anel
brac
eR
H
R8
LHR
9R
HF1
0FR
ON
TD
OO
RS
PEAK
ERLH
F8
LHF
9R
HF1
2LH
F13
RH
RE
ARSP
EAK
ERFR
ON
TSQ
UA
WKE
R( S
PEA
KER
)FR
ON
TTW
EE
TER
( SP
EAKE
R)
11
871
2
F11
FRO
NT
DO
OR
SPE
AKE
RR
H
TELEPHONETRANSCEIVERANDSPEAKERRELAY
J3JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
I11
IGN
ITIO
NSW
54
32
1 67
89
1011
122
13
45
67
89
1011
1213
1415
16
AB
AB
STER
EOC
PM
PON
EN
TAM
PLI
FIER
RA
DIO
AN
DPL
AYE
R
64
32
1 78
910
1112
145 13
54
32
1 67
89
1011
12
B
TELE
PHO
NE
TRA
NS
CE
IVER
AND
SPE
AKER
RE
LAY
Rad
ioan
dP
laye
r(w
/CD
Cha
nger
)P
ower
Sou
rce
J2
JUN
CTI
ON
CO
NN
EC
TOR
2
STE
REO
CO
MP
ON
ENT
AM
PLI
FIE
RR
ADIO
AND
PLA
YER
T6
R1
R2
S10
S11
R1
A,R
2B
S10
A,S
11B
T6B,T7A
( SH
IELD
ED
)
23
57
89
1012
4 111 6
AT
7
7A
9A
2A
6A
8A
1A
5A
3A
4A
2B
6B
1B
3B
C15
A,C
16B
12
34
56
78
910
12
34
56
AC
15B
C16
CD
AU
TOM
ATI
CC
HAN
GE
R
2 1
(SHIELDED) (SHIELDED)(SHIELDED)
12
34
56
7
89
1011
1213
1415
B
1 2 3 4
22 LEXUSES300
4
ACC
IG1
ST1
IG2
ST2
AM1 2
AM2
1G9
1G10
1L9
1E1
10 B 14 B 13 B 12 B
4 A 11 A 3 A
6 EB1
9 IH2
3 EE1
2
1
10 A 6 A 15 A 9 A 8A A 1 A 12 A 13 A
11 B 6 B 5 B 4 B 1 B 7 B 7 A 16 A 5 A 14 A
5
5
C C
C
19 IO1
4 IH3 5 B 12 B
5 A 12 A
14 IR3 13 IR3
7 IR1 19 IR1
13 IQ2 12 IQ2
IQ2IQ2
9 IG215 IG2
1 1 1 2 2 2 22 2 2 1 1 1 1
IH
CC
C
G
Y
R
W
B
L
BR
P–L
L–R
GR
10
LG–R
P–L
GR
L–R
L–R
BR L B W R R W B L BR
P–L
L–R
GR
GR
RR
R WWR
R WWR
GR
GR
R WW
–B
W–B
L
LG
B Y P V B Y V P
LGL
PV
B Y P V B Y V P L LG
V P L LG
W–B
W–B
IR3
8
IR3
14
IR3
15
IR3
5
IG2
8
IG2
14
15ACIG/RADIO
40AAM1
20ARADIO
B
B–Y
L–R
L–R
B WW
WB
B
B
B
ToA
uto
Ant
enna
Rel
ayan
dm
otor
<15
–2>
From
Aut
oAn
tenn
aR
elay
and
Mot
or<
15–2
>
ToTe
leph
one
Tran
scei
ver
and
Spe
aker
Rel
ay<
20–4
>L–R
P–L
P–L
W
Y–B
FL MAIN2. 0L
BAT
TER
Y
100A
ALT
F7
FUS
EBO
X
Instrument panelbrace RH
R 8LH
R 9RH
F10FRONT DOORSPEAKER LH
F 8LH
F 9RH
F12LH
F13RH
REAR SPEAKER FRONT SQUAWKER(SPEAKER)
FRONT TWEETER(SPEAKER)
11
8
71 2
F11FRONT DOORSPEAKER RH
TELE
PH
ON
ETR
AN
SC
EIV
ERAN
DS
PEAK
ER
REL
AY
J 3JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
I11IGNITION SW
21 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
A B
STEREO COMPONENT AMPLIFIER
643217 8 9 10 11 12 14
513
2357891012
411
16
543216 7 8 9 10 1112
A
B
TELEPHONE TRANSCEIVER ANDSPEAKER RELAY
Radio and Player(w/o CD Changer)PowerSource
J 2JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
4 3 1 5 6 7 12 13 14 15 11
8 10 2
STEREO COMPONENT AMPLIFIER
R 1RADIO AND PLAYER
(SHIELDED)
S10 A , S11 B
T6
B,T
7A
S10 S11
2
1
T 7
T 6
OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM
12
34
23LE
XUS
ES30
0
4
AC
C
IG1
ST1
IG2
ST2
AM1
2
AM2
+BE
W+1
+2+S
B1
W+2
SIN
TIN
T2
OFF
MIS
T
INT
LOW
HIG
H
WA
SHE
R
1 2
12 M
3EE
1
17IO
1
1G3
1G9
1E1
1M2
M3
25
6
15IO
116
IO1
14IO
1
2IO
33
IO3
6IO
31
IO3
7IO
38
IO3
23
41
5 M
IG
34
110
125
613
89
14
7
6
IO1
11
12IO
1
167
134
86
14
18
L
L
B–Y
L–W
L
L–W
L–B
L–B
LB–Y
W W W B
W–B
L–B
L–O
L–Y
L–O
L–W
W–G
LG–R
L–WLL
L
L
LG–R
W–G
L–W
L–B
R–B
R
Y–G
G–R
R–L
R–Y
W–B
L–B
R–B
R
Y–G
G–R
R–L
R–Y
W–B
L–Y
L–B
W–B
Inst
rum
entp
anel
brac
eLH
20A
WIP
ER
40A
AM
1
100AALT
F7FUSEBOX
FLM
AIN
2.0L
BATT
ERY
W4
WIP
ERM
OTO
R
W1
WAS
HE
RM
OTO
R
C1
+2S
W+1
PA1
PA2
PA3
CO
M/F
M/B
E
W3
WIP
ER
AN
GLE
CO
NTR
OL
MO
TOR
+B
W5
WIP
ERC
ON
TRO
LR
ELAY
I11
IGN
ITIO
NSW
C11WIPERANDWASHERSW[COMB.SW]
Pow
erS
ourc
eW
iper
and
Was
her
1C11
1M1
3C6
3C18
W–B
2 1
RELAY Left
kick
pane
lIF
MEMO
OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM
12
34
24LE
XUS
ES30
0( C
ont.
next
page
)
4
ACC
IG1
ST1
IG2
ST2
AM1
3 2
AM2
1G9
41G
3
1E1
41B
6
44
44
4
45
31
2
4EE
13
EE1
7IM
3
12 M
1IK
1
5IK
1
6IK
1
CC
C
C
IIIG
2IK
1
1G10
1D7
1D5
4IK
1
17 3C17 3D
CC
35
21
IK13
IL11 IL12 IL13 IL14 IL15
IL16 IL17
18 B 5 B 1 A 2 A 5 A 22 B 6 B 8 B 9 B 7 B 16 B 15 B 13 B 12 B 11 B 4 A
3 B4 B10 C2 B 1 B9 C8 C1 C7 C5 C2 C3 C6 C20 B10 B17 B19 B
21B23 B8 A
1E4
32
41
TC
DO
UT
IG–
ACT
PSW
MG
C
LOC
KIN TE
TAM TR SG TW S5 TS TP
AM
C
AM
H
TPI
AIR
AIF
DE
F
F/D
FOO
T
B/L
FAC
E
1 2 3 4 5
6 7
R–L
R–L
LG–B B
LG–R
L–Y
W–L
L–W
B–R
G–Y
W–R
Y–B L W B
–Y P O L–Y R R
–L
L–O
L–B
L–R L
L–W
R–Y
B–Y
L–B R
G–W
L–W
B–W Y–W
W–GLG
–R
R–L
L–R
L–Y
Y–L
B–Y
R–L
R–L
R–L
L–R
R–L
B–Y
W
W
W
W B
WW
W
W
P–L
W
B–Y
P–L
W
R–L
R–L
R–L L
B B–W R R
Y
BR
B
W–B W–B
R–L
W–B
G
L–W
Y–B
Y–B
W–B
R–L
L
R–L
W–BW–B
R
12
I11
IGN
ITIO
NS
W
40A
HE
ATER
10A
GAU
GE
15A
CIG
/R
ADIO
15A
EC
U–B
40A
AM1
HEA
TER
MAI
NR
ELA
Y
J1
JUN
CTI
ON
CO
NN
EC
TOR
J4
JUN
CTI
ON
CO
NN
ECTO
R
FLM
AIN
2.0L
BA
TTE
RY
Rig
htki
ckpa
nel
Inst
rum
ent
pane
lbra
ceLH
A14A/CPOWERTRANSISTOR
E12EXTRAHIGHSPEEDRELAY
A23
AIR
VEN
TM
OD
EC
ON
TRO
LS
ERVO
MO
TOR
B3BLOWERMOTOR
ToEngineControlModule(EngineandElectronicControlledTransmissionECU(A/T),EngineECU(M/T))<2–7>
FromDefoggerRelay<10–3>
From
Rhe
osta
tV
olum
e<7–
4>
From
Dat
aLi
nkC
onne
ctor
2( T
DC
L)<
2–3>
From
Igni
ter<
1–3>
From
Engi
neC
ontro
lMod
ule
( Eng
ine
and
Ele
ctro
nic
Con
trolle
dTr
ansm
issi
onE
CU
( A/T
) ,E
ngin
eE
CU
( M/T
)) <2–
7>
A/CCONTROLASSEMBLY
Pow
erS
ourc
eA
utom
atic
Air
Con
ditio
ning
R–L
W–B
B
IG E
AC1
RD
FGR
+B ACC
IG+
DIN
HR
VM BLW
FR DE
F
F/D
FOO
T
B/L
FAC
E
GN
D
ToD
ata
Link
Con
nect
or2(
TDC
L)<
2–3>
1718
12
34
56
78
910 23
2221
2019
1514
1312
1116
12
34
56
78
911
10
B C
A/C
CO
NTR
OL
ASSE
MB
LY
F7FUSEBOX
1 100AALT 2
BR
A10B,A12A
A10
A11
B–W
Y–W
1 2
12
34
56
78
AA1
2
C ,A11
21
B4BLOWERRESISTOR(forLowSpeed)
BR
R–L
W–B
5 6 7 8
24 LEXUSES300(Cont’ d)
2 1
IH18
IH114
M
1
2
1
2
2
1
9 IO3
5 IO1 6 IO1
4 IM3
4 EB1
10 IO3
9 IM3
4 IO1
5 5
5 5
1
2
3
5
4
EB
FRE
SHR
ECIR
C
M
WA
RM
CO
OL
1 2 3 4 5 6 2 4 1
2 1
1
2
2 1
R–L
L–Y
W–L
L–W
B–R
G–Y
W–R
Y–B
L
W
B–Y
P
O
L–Y
R
R–L
W L W L
L
Y–B
W–R
R–L
R
L–Y
O
P
B–Y
W–R
W–R
R–L
L–Y
W–L
L–W
B–R
G–Y
W–R
R L–Y
W–R L O P B–Y
W–R L
W–R
B–W
R–L
R–L
W–B
R–L
B–WW–L
B–R
W–R
W–RW
–R
W–R
G–Y
L–W
W–L
R–L
W–B
L–Y
R–L
LL
Automatic Air Conditioning
R–L R–L
A17A/C THERMISTER(Engine Coolant Temp. Sensor)
A15A/C SOLARSENSOR
A13
A/C
RO
OM
TEM
P.
SEN
SOR
A21AIR INLET CONTROL SERVO MOTOR
A22AIR MIX CONTROL SERVO MOTOR
A1
A/C
AMB
IEN
TTE
MP
.S
ENSO
R
A16
A/C
EVP
OR
ATO
RTE
MP
.S
ENSO
R
A/C
MAG
NET
ICC
LUTC
HR
ELA
Y
A2
A/C
DU
AL
PRES
SUR
ESW
Front left fender
A 3A/C MAGUNETIC CLUTCHAND LOCK SENSOR
W–R
W–R
3
L–Y
W–L
W–R W–R
W–R
L